Loading...
Backup Documents 05/24/2011 Item #16D 8MEMORANDUM 16 D Date: June 29, 2011 To: Lyn Wood, Contract Specialist Purchasing Department From: Teresa Polaski, Deputy Clerk Minutes and Records Department Re: Contract #11 -5628 — "Tigertail Beach Restroom and Boardwalk Improvements" Contractor: OAC Action Construction, Corp. Attached are one (1) copy original of the Original Contract, referenced above (Item #16D8) approved by the Board of County Commissioners on May 24, 2011. One original has been kept by the Minutes and Records Department to be kept as part of the Boards Official Records. If you should have any questions please contact me at 252 -8411. Thank you. Mrdwitmats-m talk EM Memorandum Purchasing Department 16D8 3327 Tamiami Trail East Naples, Florida 34112 Telephone: (239) 252-2667 FAX: (239) 252 -6593 Email: Lyn Wood(@collier ov.net www.colliergov.net/gurchasing Subject: Contract #11 -5628 "Tigertail Beach Restroom and Boardwalk Improvements" Date: June 15, 2011 From: Lyn M. Wood, C.P.M., Procurement Strategist To: Ray Carter, Risk Manager This Contract was approved by the BCC on May 24, 2011 agenda item 16.D.8. The County is in the process of executing this contract with OAC Action Construction, Corp. Please review the Performance & Payment Bonds and Insurance Certificate(s) for the referenced Contract. • If the insurance or bonds are not in order please contact the vendor /insurance company to obtain proper document(s). Once received, please acknowledge your approval and send to the County Attorney's office via the attached Request for Legal Services. • If the insurance and bonds are in order please acknowledge your approval and send to the County Attorney's office via the attached Request for Legal Services. If you have Insu em questions, pi nature contact me at the above referenced information. (Please route to County Attorney via attached Request for Legal Services) DATE wCE1VW JUN 15 2011 RISK ;/Z//// Date G/ Acquisitions/ AgentFormsandLetters /RiskMgmtReviewoflnsu ran ce4/15/2010/16/09 16D 8 Col ker r Purchasing Tigertail Beach Restroom and Boardwalk Improvements COLLIER COUNTY BID NO. 11 -5628 COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Design Professional: Victor Latavish Pt x3 (3°patTwt • 3327 Tamiami Trail East - Naples: Florida 34112.4901 : • www.colliergov.neJpurciasing TABLE OF CONTENTS 46D g A. PUBLIC NOTICE /LEGAL ADVERTISEMENT (PAGE 1 ONLY) B. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS C. BID, BID SCHEDULE AND OTHER DOCUMENTS D. AGREEMENT E. AGREEMENT EXHIBITS EXHIBIT A: Performance and Payment Bond Forms EXHIBIT B: Insurance Requirement Form EXHIBIT C: Release and Affidavit Form EXHIBIT D: Contractor Application for Payment Form EXHIBIT E: Change Order Form EXHIBIT F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form EXHIBIT G: Final Payment Checklist EXHIBIT H: General Terms and Conditions EXHIBIT I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions EXHIBIT J: Technical Specifications EXHIBIT K: Permits EXHIBIT L: Standard Details (if applicable) EXHIBIT M: Plans and Specifications prepared by Victor Latavish and identified as follows: Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements as shown on Plan Sheets 1 through 36. EXHIBIT N: Contractor's List of Key Personnel PUBLIC NOTICE INVITATION TO BID Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements COUNTY BID NO. 11 -5628 Separate sealed bids for the construction of Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements, addressed to Mr. Steve Carnell, Purchasing Director, will be received at the Collier County Government, Purchasing Department, 3327 Tamiami Trl E, Naples, FL 34112, until 2:30 P.M. LOCAL TIME, on the 22nd day of December, 2010, at which time all bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. Any bids received after the time and date specified will not be accepted and shall be returned unopened to the Bidder. A non - mandatory pre -bid conference shall be held at the Purchasing Department, Conference Room A, at 10:00 a.m. LOCAL TIME on the 1st day of December, 2010, at which time all prospective Bidders may have questions answered regarding the Bidding Documents for this Project. Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be marked or endorsed "Bid for Collier County Government, Collier County, Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements Bid No. 11 -5628 and Bid Date of December 22, 2010 ". No bid shall be considered unless it is made on an unaltered Bid form which is included in the Bidding Documents. The Bid Schedule (GC -P -1 through GC -P -15) shall be removed from the Bidding Documents prior to submittal. One contract will be awarded for all Work. Bidding Documents may be examined on the Collier County Purchasing Department E- Procurement website: www.colliergov.net/bid. Copies of the Bidding Documents may be obtained only from the denoted website. Bidding Documents obtained from sources other than the Collier County Purchasing Department website may not be accurate or current. Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashiers check or a Bid Bond in an amount not less than five percent (5 %) of the total Bid to be retained as liquidated damages in the event the Successful Bidder fails to execute the Agreement and file the required bonds and insurance within fifteen (15) calendar days after the receipt of the Notice of Award. The Successful Bidder acknowledges and agrees that it shall execute the Agreement in the form attached hereto and incorporated herein. The Successful Bidder shall be required to furnish the necessary Payment and Performance Bonds, as prescribed in the General Conditions of the Contract Documents. All Bid Bonds, Payment and Performance Bonds, Insurance Contracts and Certificates of Insurance shall be either executed by or countersigned by a licensed GC -PN -1 (Construction Services Agreement—Revised July 2009) r resident agent of the surety or insurance company having its place of business in the State of Florida. Further, the said surety or insurance company shall be duly licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Attorneys -in -fact that sign Bid Bonds or Payment and Performance Bonds must file with each bond a certified and effective dated copy of their Power of Attorney. In order to perform public work, the Successful Bidder shall, as applicable, hold or obtain such contractor's and business licenses, certifications and registrations as required by State statutes and County ordinances. Before a contract will be awarded for the Work contemplated herein, the Owner shall conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to determine the performance record and ability of the apparent low Bidder to perform the size and type of work specified in the Bidding Documents. Upon request, the Bidder shall submit such information as deemed necessary by the Owner to evaluate the Bidder's qualifications. The Successful Bidder shall be required to finally complete all Work within Two Hundred Seventy (270) calendar days from and after the Commencement Date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Owner reserves the right to reject all Bids or any Bid not conforming to the intent and purpose of the Bidding Documents, and to postpone the award of the contract for a period of time which, however, shall not extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days from the bid opening date without the consent of the Successful Bidder. Dated this 23rd day of November, 2010 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA BY: /s/ Stephen Y. Carnell, C.P.M. Purchasing and General Services Director GC -PN -2 (Construction Services Agreement—Revised July 2009) 6 L-, F-, PART B - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 1. Definitions 1.1 The term "Owner" used herein refers to the Board of County Commissioners, or its duly authorized representative. 1.2 The term "Project Manager" used herein refers to the Owner's duly authorized representative and shall mean the Division Administrator or Department Director, as applicable, acting directly or through duly authorized representatives. 1.3 The term "Design Professional" refers to the licensed professional engineer or architect who is in privity with the Owner for the purpose of designing and /or monitoring the construction of the project. At the Owner's discretion, any or all duties of the Design Professional referenced in the Contract Documents may be assumed at any time by the Project Manager on behalf of the Owner. Conversely, at the Owner's discretion the Project Manager may formally assign any of his /her duties specified in the Contract Documents to the Design Professional. 1.4 The term "Bidder" used herein means one who submits a bid directly to the Owner in response to this solicitation. 1.5 The term "Successful Bidder" means the lowest qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder who is awarded the contract by the Board of County Commissioners, on the basis of the Owner's evaluation. 1.6 The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Legal Advertisement, these Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Schedule and the Contract Documents as defined in the Agreement. 1.7 The term "Bid" shall mean a completed Bid Schedule, bound in the Bidding Documents, properly signed, providing the Owner a proposed cost for providing the services required in the Bidding Documents. Section 2. Preparation of Bids 2.1 The Bids must be submitted on the standard form herein furnished by the Owner (pages GC -P -1 to GC -P -15 as bound in these Bidding Documents). By submitting a Bid, Bidder acknowledges and agrees that it shall execute the Agreement in the form attached hereto and incorporated herein. The Bidder shall complete the Bid in ink or by typewriter and shall sign the Bid correctly. Bid Schedules submitted on disk/CD shall be accompanied by a hard copy of the completed Bid Schedule which shall be signed and dated by the Bidder. The Bid may be rejected if it contains any omission, alteration of form, conditional bid or irregularities of any kind. Bids must be submitted in sealed envelopes, marked with the Bid Number, Project Name and Bid opening Date and Time, and shall be addressed to the Purchasing Department, 3327 Tamiami Trl E, Naples, FL 34112. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in another sealed envelope addressed as above. Bids received at the location GC -IB -1 16D8 specified herein after the time specified for bid opening will be returned to the bidder unopened and shall not be considered. Section 3. Bid Deposit Requirements 3.1 No Bid shall be considered or accepted unless at the time of Bid filing the same shall be accompanied by a cashiers check, a cash bond posted with the County Clerk, a certified check payable to Owner on some bank or trust company located in the State of Florida insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or Bid Bond, in an amount not less than 5% of the bidder's maximum possible award (base bid plus all add alternates) (collectively referred to herein as the "Bid Deposit "). The Bid Deposit shall be retained by Owner as liquidated damages if the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver to Owner the unaltered Agreement, or fails to deliver the required Performance and Payment Bonds or Certificates of Insurance, all within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award. Bid Bonds shall be executed by a corporate surety licensed under the laws of the State of Florida to execute such bonds, with conditions that the surety will, upon demand, forthwith make payment to Owner upon said bond. Bid Deposits of the three (3) lowest Bidders shall be held until the Agreement has been executed by the Successful Bidder and same has been delivered to Owner together with the required bonds and insurance, after which all three (3) Bid Deposits shall be returned to the respective Bidders. All other Bid Deposits shall be released within ten (10) working days of the Bid Opening. No Bid including alternates, shall be withdrawn within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the public opening thereof. If a Bid is not accepted within said time period it shall be deemed rejected and the Bid Deposit shall be returned to Bidder. In the event that the Owner awards the contract prior to the expiration of the 120 day period without selecting any or all alternates, the Owner shall retain the right to subsequently award to the Successful Bidder said alternates at a later time but no later than 120 days from opening, unless otherwise agreed by the Purchasing Director and the Successful Bidder. 3.2 The Successful Bidder shall execute five (5) copies of the Agreement in the form attached and deliver same to Owner within the time period noted above. The Owner shall execute all copies and return one fully executed copy of the Agreement to Successful Bidder within thirty (30) working days after receipt of the executed Agreement from Successful Bidder unless any governmental agency having funding control over the Project requires additional time, in which event the Owner shall have such additional time to execute the Agreement as may be reasonably necessary. Section 4. Right to Reject Bids 4.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or to waive informalities and negotiate with the apparent lowest, qualified Bidder to such extent as may be necessary for budgetary reasons. GC -IB -2 Section 5. Sianina of Bids 1608 1 5.1 Bids submitted by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the president, a vice president, or duly authorized representative. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. 5.2 Bids by a partnership must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner whose title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below said signature. 5.3 If Bidder is an individual, his or her signature shall be inscribed. 5.4 If signature is by an agent or other than an officer of corporation or general partner of partnership, a properly notarized power of attorney must be submitted with the Bid. 5.5 All Bids shall have names typed or printed below all signatures 5.6 All Bids shall state the Bidder's contractor license number. 5.7 Failure to follow the provisions of this section shall be grounds for rejecting the Bid as irregular or unauthorized. Section 6. Withdrawal of Bids Any Bid may be withdrawn at any time prior to the hour fixed in the Legal Advertisement for the opening of Bids, provided that the withdrawal is requested in writing, properly executed by the Bidder and received by Owner prior to Bid Opening. The withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the right of a Bidder to file a new Bid prior to the time specified for Bid opening. Section 7. Late Bids No Bid shall be accepted that fails to be submitted prior to the time specified in the Legal Advertisement. Section 8. Interpretation of Contract Documents 8.1 No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other Bidding Documents shall be made to a Bidder orally. Any such oral or other interpretations or clarifications shall be without legal effect. All requests for interpretations or clarifications shall be in writing, addressed to the Purchasing Department, to be given consideration. All such requests for interpretations or clarification must be received at least ten (10) calendar days prior to the Bid opening date. Any and all such interpretations and supplemental instructions shall be in the form of written addendum which, if issued, shall be sent by mail or fax to all known Bidders at their respective addresses furnished for such purposes no later than three (3) working days prior to the date fixed for the GC -IB -3 • 1 i� opening of Bids. Such written addenda shall be binding on Bidder and shall become a part of the Bidding Documents. 8.2 It shall be the responsibility of each Bidder to ascertain, prior to submitting its Bid, that it has received all addenda issued and it shall acknowledge same in its Bid. 8.3 As noted in the Legal Advertisement, attendance by all bidders at the Pre -Bid Conference is non - mandatory. Section 9. Examination of Site and Contract Documents 9.1 By executing and submitting its Bid, each Bidder certifies that it has: a. Examined all Bidding Documents thoroughly; b. Visited the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect performance of the Work; C. Become familiar with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations affecting performance of the Work; and d. Correlated all of its observations with the requirements of Bidding documents. No plea of ignorance of conditions or difficulties that may exist or conditions or difficulties that may be encountered in the execution of the Work pursuant to these Bidding Documents as a result of failure to make the necessary examinations and investigations shall be accepted as an excuse for any failure or omission on the part of the Successful Bidder, nor shall they be accepted as a basis for any claims whatsoever for extra compensation or for an extension of time. 9.2 The Owner will make copies of surveys and reports performed in conjunction with this Project available to any Bidder requesting them at cost; provided, however, the Owner does not warrant or represent to any Bidder either the completeness or accuracy of any such surveys and reports. Before submitting its Bid, each Bidder shall, at its own expense, make such additional surveys and investigations as may be necessary to determine its Bid price for the performance of the Work within the terms of the Bidding Documents. This provision shall be subject to Section 2.3 of the General Conditions to the Agreement. Section 10. Material Requirements It is the intention of these Bidding Documents to identify standard materials. When space is provided on the Bid Schedule, Bidders shall specify the materials which they propose to use in the Project. The Owner may declare any Bid non - responsive or irregular if such materials are not specifically named by Bidder. GC -IB -4 Section 11. Bid Quantities 11.1 Quantities given in the Bid Schedule, while estimated from the best information available, are approximate only. Payment for unit price items shall be based on the actual number of units installed for the Work. Bids shall be compared on the basis of number of units stated in the Bid Schedule as set forth in the Bidding Documents. Said unit prices shall be multiplied by the bid quantities for the total Bid price. Any Bid not conforming to this requirement may be rejected. Special attention to all Bidders is called to this provision, because if conditions make it necessary or prudent to revise the unit quantities, the unit prices will be fixed for such increased or decreased quantities. Compensation for such additive or subtractive changes in the quantities shall be limited to the unit prices in the Bid. Subsequent to the issuance of a notice to proceed, the Project Manager and the Successful Bidder shall have the discretion to re- negotiate any unit price(s) where the actual quantity varies by more than 25% from the estimate at the time of bid. 11.2 Alternate Bid Pricing: In the event that alternate pricing is requested, it is an expressed requirement of the bid invitation to provide pricing for all alternates as listed. The omission of a response or a no -bid or lack of a submitted price may be the basis for the rejection of the submitted bid response. All bids responses received without pricing for all alternates as listed will be considered technically non - responsive and will not be considered for award. Section 12. Award of Contract 12.1 Any prospective bidder who desires to protest any aspect(s) or provision(s) of the bid invitation (including the form of the bid documents or bid procedures) shall file their protest with the Purchasing Director prior to the time of the bid opening strictly in accordance with Owner's then current Purchasing Policy. 12.2 Statement of Award: The Award of Contract shall be issued to the lowest, responsive and qualified Bidder determined by the base bid, and any, or all, selected alternates, and the Owner's investigations of the Bidder. In determining the lowest, responsive and qualified bidder, the Owner shall consider the capability of the Bidder to perform the contract in a timely and responsible manner. When the contract is awarded by Owner, such award shall be evidenced by a written Notice of Award, signed by a Purchasing Agent of the Owner's Purchasing Department or his or her designee and delivered to the intended awardee or mailed to awardee at the business address shown in the Bid. Local Vendor Preference: The Collier County Board of County Commissioners has adopted a Local Preference "Right to Match" policy to enhance the opportunities of local businesses to receive awards of Collier County contracts. A "local business" is defined as a business that has a valid occupational license issued by either Collier or Lee County for a minimum of one (1) year prior to a Collier County bid or proposal submission that authorizes the business to provide the commodities or GC-181-5 • services to be purchased, and a physical business address located within the limits of Collier or Lee Counties from which the vendor operates or performs business. Post Office Boxes are not verifiable and shall not be used for the purpose of establishing said physical address. In addition to the foregoing, a vendor shall not be considered a "local business" unless it contributes to the economic development and well -being of either Collier or Lee County in a verifiable and measurable way. This may include, but not be limited to, the retention and expansion of employment opportunities, the support and increase to either Collier or Lee County's tax base, and residency of employees and principals of the business within Collier or Lee County. Vendors shall affirm in writing their compliance with the foregoing at the time of submitting their bid or proposal to be eligible for consideration as a "local business" under this section. When a qualified and responsive, non -local business submits the lowest price bid, and the bid submitted by one or more qualified and responsive local businesses is within ten percent (10 %) of the price submitted by the non -local business, then the local business with the apparent lowest bid offer (i.e. the lowest local bidder) shall have the opportunity to submit, an offer to match the price(s) offered by the overall lowest, qualified and responsive bidder. In such instances, staff shall first verify if the lowest non -local bidder and the lowest local bidder are in fact qualified and responsive bidders. Next, the Purchasing Department shall determine if the lowest local bidder meets the requirements of Section 287.087 F.S. If the lowest local bidder meets the requirements of 287.087, F.S., the Purchasing Department shall invite the lowest local bidder to submit a matching offer to the Purchasing Department which shall be submitted within five (5) business days thereafter. If the lowest local bidder submits an offer that fully matches the lowest bid from the lowest non -local bidder tendered previously, then award shall be made to the local bidder. If the lowest local bidder declines or is unable to match the lowest non local bid price(s), then award will be made to the lowest overall qualified and responsive bidder. If the lowest local bidder does not meet the requirement of Section 287.087 F.S. and the lowest non -local bidder does, award will be made to the bidder that meets the requirements of the reference state law. Bidder must complete and submit with their bid response the Affidavit for Claiming Status as a Local Business which is included as part of this solicitation. Failure on the part of a Bidder to submit this Affidavit with their bid response will preclude said Bidder from being considered for local preference on this solicitation. A Bidder who misrepresents the Local Preference status of its firm in a bid submitted to the County will lose the privilege to claim Local Preference status for a period of up to one year. The County may, as it deems necessary, conduct discussions with responsible bidders determined to be in contention for being selected for award for the purpose of GC -IB -6 16D8 clarification to assure full understanding of, and responsiveness to solicitation requirements. 12.3 For Bidders who may wish to receive copies of Bids after the Bid opening, The Owner reserves the right to recover all costs associated with the printing and distribution of such copies. 12.4 Certificate of Authority to Conduct Business in the State of Florida (Florida Statute 607.1501) In order to be considered for award, firms submitting a response to this solicitation shall be required to provide a certificate of authority from the Florida Department of State Divisions of Corporations in accordance with the requirements of Florida Statute 607.1501 (www.sunbiz.org /search.html). A copy of the document shall be submitted with the solicitation response and the document number shall be identified. Firms who do not provide the certificate of authority at the time of response shall be required to provide same within five (5) days upon notification of selection for award. If the firm cannot provide the document within the referenced timeframe, the County reserves the right to award to another firm. Section 13. Sales Tax 13.1 The Successful Bidder acknowledges and agrees that Owner may utilize a sales tax savings program and the Successful Bidder agrees to fully comply, at no additional cost to Owner, with such sales tax savings program implemented by the Owner as set forth in the Agreement and in accordance with Owner's policies and procedures. Section 14. Exclusion of County Permits in Bid Prices 14.1 To ensure compliance with Section 218.80, F.S., otherwise known as "The Public Bid Disclosure Act ", Collier County will pay for all Collier County permits and fees applicable to the Project, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable to this Work through an internal budget transfer(s). Hence, bidders shall not include these permit/fee amounts in their bid offer. However, the Successful Bidder shall retain the responsibility to initiate and complete all necessary and appropriate actions to obtain the required permits other than payment for the items identified in this section. 14.2 The Successful Bidder shall be responsible for procuring and paying for all necessary permits not issued by Collier County pursuant to the prosecution of the work. Section 15. Use of Subcontractors 15.1 To ensure the Work contemplated by the Contract Documents is performed in a professional and timely manner, all Subcontractors performing any portion of the work on this Project shall be "qualified" as defined in Collier County Ordinance 87 -25, meaning a person or entity that has the capability in all respects to perform fully the GC -I B -7 • Agreement requirements and has the integrity and reliability to assure good faith performance. A Subcontractor's disqualification from bidding by the Owner, or other public contracting entity within the past twelve months shall be considered by the Owner when determining whether the Subcontractors are "qualified." 15.2 The Owner may consider the past performance and capability of a Subcontractor when evaluating the ability, capacity and skill of the Bidder and its ability to perform the Agreement within the time required. Owner reserves the right to disqualify a Bidder who includes Subcontractors in its bid offer which are not "qualified" or who do not meet the legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by this Agreement. 15.3 The Owner may reject all bids proposing the use of any subcontractors who have been disqualified from submitting bids to the Owner, disqualified or de- certified for bidding purposes by any public contracting entity, or who has exhibited an inability to perform through any other means. 15.4 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, the Bidders shall identify the subcontractor(s) it intends to use for the categories of work as set forth in the List of Subcontracts attached hereto, said list to be submitted with its bid. Bidders acknowledge and agree that the subcontractors identified on the list is not a complete list of the subcontractors to be used on the Project, but rather only the major subcontractors for each category of Work as established by Owner. Bidders further acknowledge that once there is an Award of Contract, the Successful Bidder shall identify, subject to Owner's review and approval, all the subcontractors it intends to use on the Project. Once approved by Owner, no subcontractor shall be removed or replaced without Owner's prior written approval. Section 16. Prohibition of Gifts No organization or individual shall offer or give, either directly or indirectly, any favor, gift, loan, fee, service or other item of value to any County employee, as set forth in Chapter 112, Part III, Florida Statutes, Collier County Ethics Ordinance No. 2004 -05, and County Administrative Procedure 5311. Violation of this provision may result in one or more of the following consequences: a. Prohibition by the individual, firm, and /or any employee of the firm from contact with County staff for a specified period of time; b. Prohibition by the individual and /or firm from doing business with the County for a specified period of time, including but not limited to: submitting bids, RFP, and /or quotes; and, c. immediate termination of any contract held by the individual and /or firm for cause. Section 17. Public Entity Crimes By its submitting a Bid, Bidder acknowledges and agrees to and represents it is in compliance with the terms of Section 287.133(2)(a) of the Florida Statutes which read as follows: "A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime GC -I B -8 Mll WOP may not submit a bid, proposal, or reply on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity; may not submit a bid, proposal, or reply on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work; may not submit bids, proposals, or replies on leases of real property to a public entity'; may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity; and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in s. 287.017 for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list." GC -IB -9 Memorandum Date: December 21, 2010 From: Scott Johnson To: Interested Bidders LWO Email: ScottJohnson @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -8995 FAX: (239) 252 -6588 ADDENDUM5 Subject: Addendum # 5 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • See attached for deleted scope of work If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryman Please sign below and return 'a ,copy of this Addendum with your submittal for the above referenced solicitation. (Signature) Date (Name of Firm) Addendum-remplate Revised: 4/15/10 1 ADDENDUM #5 TIGERTAIL BEACH RESTROOM & BOARDWALKS This Addendum contains mandatory modifications to the Contract Documents and shall be made part thereof. DRAWINGS The following Drawings are modified to indicate the restroom, utilities, electrical, and related work is "Not in Contract (N IC) ": A -0.1, A -0.2, A01.0, G -1, G -2, G -3, C -2, C -4, C -6. 2. The following Drawings are deleted from the Contract Documents: A -1.1, A -2.1, A -3.1, S1.1, S1.2, P1.1, C -1, C -3, C -5, C -7, C -8, C -9, C -10, E -1, E2. 3. Sheet A0.2, Section 01631, is modified as follows: The contractors markup for overhead and profit may not exceed 5% of the subcontractors invoice. SPECIFICATIONS Section 01110 is modified to indicate the restroom, utilities, electrical, and related work is "Not in Contract (NIC)" 2. The following Specifications sections are deleted from the Contract Documents: 00900, 01000, 02151, 02201, 02221, 02223, 02360, and 02535. 3. The following Specifications divisions are deleted from the Contract Documents: Divisions 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 15, and 16. CLARIFICATIONS Other references to the restroom facility, utilities, electrical, and related work listed elsewhere in the Contract Documents are modified to indicate the " restroom, utilities, electrical, and related work is Not in Contract ". 2. Boardwalk #1 through #5 material specifications are indicated on drawing sheets S -1 through S -3 prepared by American Engineering, Inc. 3. Boardwalk #6 material specifications are indicated on drawings prepared by Taylor Engineering and in specifications section 06065. 4. Handicap parking spaces, parking signs, and related work remains in the contract as part of Boardwalk #6. END OF ADDENDUM MCI Memorandum Date: December 17, 2010 From: Scott Johnson To: Interested Bidders Email: ScottJohnson @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -8995 FAX: (239) 252 -6588 ADDENDUM Subject: Addendum # 4 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • New Bid Opening date January 12, 2011 @ 2:30 pm • Question and Answer period extended If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryman Please sign below and return a copy of this Addendum with your submittal for the above referenced solicitation. (Signature) Date (Name of Firm) AddendumTemplate Revised: 4/15/10 1 i t Memorandum Date: December 16, 2010 From: Scott Johnson To: Interested Bidders Me Email: ScottJohnson @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -8995 FAX: (239) 252 -6588 ADDENDUM 3 Subject: Addendum # 3 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • Questions and Answers from the website If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryman Please sign below and return a copy of this Addendum with your submittal for the above referenced solicitation: (Signature) Date (Name of Firm) AddendumTemplate Revised: 4/15/10 1 • ' O ' M N O (.fl *k c 00- W L E a (a c 0 O 7 cn cn 1 U LL. a) E O N cu a) o cu CL E O a) a) U a N Y(n a) E a) L Q U cu — cu a C c �4-- 3 to a) E a) � �= c a? � E � vi c -° c 4. � a) 0 cu Ec°a�, ° o °c_ a, cn 0 cu L a) a) E U ma)E =0 c a) o`° +. U L 0 > N 3> E 0 a) a) cu a) m a c > c0i 0 �� > o a (nom N O Q� a)� O �_ 0) a �_�� .N U) cn -C O_-O a) � O Q c cnE oin Q 3 0 a)U(D >O C L C O cr N a) 0) '' L 4O •O a) N E. C Oa 0•a) U O C : m LO O rn�"_ O �"' a) Q- cu U fu C O O. a) cn N. L C O c0 C cu 0 C C N (u cu t E U U 0 a) (u m E O M N to > a) w o ' 0 a) 4- � o a) a) a 0 cn a) 'a cn cu > U N a L O 4— -0 a) a) -0 U C Q- a) U a) cu cu c c = — a) a) LO 0--a — 0 o0 00 E Ecu �E0 L0 3 m ° c am � c ° �� � U 0� cn cn x o > c O o ° � c° c a- c Q� a) a ca C) �—o M a a) o U 2 E O= �• c Y 0 E CL cu a cu a U m a) Q cu E ,. L cu 0 a) Q E� =tea o+. ° (u cu C °t oc3L� Lcn a� cu a) 40'00 Q �o � uci °�rno �� �� �cu a`))�u CD c c.. a) cnE °co �._ ° -C +- >cn= cn o0r� �0�n-0 ° �� �° rnE�Ln CU ccn a =_ o °ccdc". Q) L (� E u< cuQ �a m00— L cn ° Oa Q-C t a) 0 Ec op�N� Y L0 oF—c�ca�_'-0 Ica fuCM (u Oa. ns CL C) a) �O Nt� cno0 C a) 4- x O cn E 0 .� a) o Q �`' U a� N cn a) c- a a) O c ° ,r cn N N rn 4 L 0 c CD a. o a) N cu cn N a) ' C — E Z cu � c L cu cu LL. a) 0 c }, Q •- a cu O E cn a) U-ccu oC�Y no�o��03 a)� o0� 0 ° �,�, �0 - 3cn03� �3 c>u� Zvi° 0a).a)0 > J E��.cn��a) O CU ° 4.o CU Ana) c: �0 a M� LL. o) a N -a� a) 0 LO E a) L U a) U C U Na °—'o _ oC3�Ecu��a?C`' 3 M 3::F 3CD—C >m�� "� LO 3�C.. 0— cn pco a) = o o —= :.— n o c Na) a) a�co c� cuU p on n ��o�cnnca.�c0i0 w U ncv (D aa))Y LO aN.L �oQcn � a (� fu i 4- C N (u — Q- a) to � M 0 cn cu n cu a ' 3 M 0— 4-- a) u) cn a) a) -0 cu U c °) 0 0 0� t cc � c :� cu .c >. a° a L cccac � c� y a cu E �o o2S � a o� cu p a0 >0 Cl � co � � o � 00 cn cu ca a ca IoM cn 0 � co l— U _ y,C (D ca a) cn CL . S� 0 16DE 0� W � ��� ���N a E a c cm 0 "p a_ 3 > U > U EEms. Y 2 .''o _ Y U E U O >�a >� 0 r-+ LO ca2 3 c c'm O o m U a 3 c U > a_ � N a 0 ca N D Y E .� c (� 3 a ` c E a) 0 r 0 E N 0 t U �'' O (n O c c Y o 3: 0. U c �c� 3 t6 c c �oE� "- ` C: c ` �3 = N �. _ c cc �' a .� a O (n "O U X a) 0 c -I.- a +r O O M L " 0 a m O � E � E+' c Cc Vic - 3ac}aa�i c N 00 a) L CL a E oai�3� cI- C: "t a)`� �u,rn a C- x000 >O, °- � o cn - c � a W a c CL'- m �- ca > ) a o OU4 a � C or- a) a) Z a E +�+ ,� O .5 3 O V 0 E }, O a a Y .� -p -p a) a) •- c U O E c6 Co a �O N > O CL a_ CL a a � E -0 a_ = cn a_ N a) a a- a cn ~ 0�� m c -W c 0� CD s m W m a O U +. +. in IL ca � `~ E o a fOT � C � U N E -O t c � � (O a) � 0 Al a �Y/ }� f�T � E L a � i, U) O a) O a) cn ca a) L Z O [6 p "' a Y O a) L- M � ` a o.- U-O `' - o 0 O `N c-p U " W t� can-0 "U 0 3 o c -E O c 4- U (n a I..L Q L L a (6 O Q a) N C +2 U .� a L- (� m U) -0 a)�c0 ) a)ca a0— y`d L coac Y y`d cQ4, a)>, oc a p H (n U� L O a t U F- CO a_ H O U O i U 0-4.. U (a tC a 0 a 0 .� 4-. m a c -C 00 o o a) a M cc6 c a O O �`' U N c -a) N Rf _ U N` U o uQi o O cc _ a)'�0a)� L cr Q0µ- a y-+ �acLC y-+ a O LU ++ a a L r- a U ca O E c N O W 0° o N .. a 0) a c 0 U) U o c U 0 00�a)U-M a •� `} ca O .� �, U —��t ca �cain oc�uS> �• pia caN 3aQi fad U 3 ` C N N 0 fB C, (6 o O O c c m e 3 a a O a c0 a � L O O a a E. c.) L U 4- a M N a c .0 � a U- a cn 4- O m - c) (� U L -' p 0 L a •a_ = L O a_ " U >, a_ 0 a to •- O c a_ .- f6 > X a fa c E L c c) to O > -0 a) to O U (n ° o O c a a o c a) ,L 1 � W L (oU o 0 "3 a) = > -0 4- ->.o �a) : `- o O a- a_ . c E U) a) L o L O M C Q ' ) O a .7 -Fu -a 0 U as c p U a (n 2E.O tD6 > o La) _ a �_ a at �� W 0 a) a 4- 0.5 c U E a a 16DE •1: E 3: O U L O O C L a) C o _O a) Y L _� C «-� Co O O +� X O E— CU 0 cu v O t O U Q O _� Q N E° c6 + E • ► a) 0) ° 4.- N cu E O +. ° E CU 3' �•= O U Y Y ° O a E L L c O -0 VJ � Oooa) n �+' cu ° �o VI L V! E °°-�ca o EU — ° ° o W p �. c ca cam a� ?r c 0 cn-0 ° CL ° ° ° c� -0 0 LL E (B o ° U � L ° cn a) O N +' O O O O `+ O O > U o U U >� cn cu oA°'QQ'0m W Yap CU (M (a v, o � `��� ° L cm•°_o�C 0 cm cn O N a) E L E T -0 a� co — ° ° c 3° E (� � E U U .° L 0 cn L `t- > = U a) L E . E > O= O O' cn 0 0 � ja Q U O +� -0 L U U O Q.— E C o O N U cn '° > -5 0 Q -° _� cu m to > L E cr 0 0 a) o O O ° O � N U E O Y > 0 N U • U U ca ... .7 _ o E (D C U CU ° L ° � L ° w o a � O > o 0 N ° CU C: oY° L cucuoco c U) a) am cn L co O' .� = C E A o O co _0� n E� `� � a v .(n cu E 0 O a) .0 j L Q L O .0 N to p� a) O O cu cu 0.3a�U >mQ-0f -Ea) - �: .� aHEQUo mo E cu 0 �-0 U QcLa o_ o E• Q Q o cn L f0 ° c fQ c6 o 0 a) 0 7 �— � N M � LO CO >+ E ca '' O L � -O � cn — E-°E -U )r 0 O E U ca °4� U L cli -0 o T U CU m V � Q) +r co �d-.Cj O)O C ° � U ca �•5� a) 4- CL cr c �� c p cB °aCL° U L �/) 4- U) 0 0 cu E ° E -0 C (n E to ° () E C U) O7.ta C •— _ O o u- M w ° E -0 C O C L > � C •o O > a) N c "0 4-- o O O L Q W c L O U) 0 C) L 16n 8 �� o (D CD E� a) o U U) C CO cn p Q U ( -C C E .0 p C N E C L C C CO N L6 C 4 a) Z C 0 "O cm -a a) a) O C O as O •C N co O w a) f� � CO U) j a) a) L � -a C U E a) m E O O cn ..- p to c Q a) r m a) ' LO c O a) ca >, c V O �' m co C a) �_ C L U) �C a) U) U C U) m U) co L Y O O C a) ° iii L � fB E m 3 Q a) O O) c U) a) a) ca m U ° U — f6 >1 O) C O a) c -CWD 3 �� o c- cn m �nti- n c`vo— O U) cu m r C *k f0 cu -0.0 _ Q a) c oaom0 t 0 cm L cn M O Y L O E co n3 p p' � O ¢ `~ cn vr- U L- Q CU Y cu C O Cl) >+ p. 0) =3 a- C a) O A c0 m cn L � Cfl a) — - �' � Q -0 — Q a) cu *k M .-� Y C cu _O - lf� Y C L O CU Cl) L N u �c� r 3 O f N L Y Q O 0 �3 V) ca �� M M L o a) > ami 0 (B E o fL4 Q a) 0 U cu Y 2 a)-0 CU O• U) a= U Q a) Q O a Um Qm o.S CO Q J o Lts p U U) m t U 0 a cU) L U 1 a) a) L = _ a) U) a �_ L •4+ - cu = � O (6 � U) o L * C 02 ca a) - "a) a) O C,-• Y ._. o ca c cv a) Y. n C — C - ca M 3 ( E Q L ai M O: CU N O -a O �>♦ Q= -p N *k E— cn C O U) V) CD`��� g° -0m (L)— U) �� �� °- ��4-0� 07 o ch m -01 3 U- U "a --rcu OL C m U) -C O - ()�- N a) .-. O c m, Cm0 m O � f6} c m - a E C } HJ •� f- �' N }' L 0 a) U) m —OC �g a- O 1 C �r -0Mo��c� C +r 1 -C Q% _ O 0 U 4, p O U)"a Cl. �a L L 3 a) -0 :� t�C E O -a L m +' cn - M 0 3 ± > - >> LLl • a) O � N N C U) a� � -A a) o �. 5 O N (n O O•n Co W O UV C �4- m= of �06 cr L N c c�° x 0 W c� v) `� Co c a) t a o o >O N cnm5 oU O O C ~ a) 00. C: 0) ' -C U) U) a) 4' .4.1 CCDL - Z r O () -0 L O� m m� C �— U) p� ESC; a) O to M- MQ = 3 -C J 3w _� o c� -°ao_ ao) ate) c Q� _0 -0-0 a) coo U) Q U L U) a) a w c ° - ^ Q . U) �i a) a) a) E � a J — a) C c O m Q a) cn L a) a) c6 0 U) � L a) O `� W (n a) C LO CO -C c *k N w Q - -C cn 0-"a 00- L L — 3 C _O a) 0-0 C LU 0) 0 J c g ca a -" O Y >� c L ca c m Q c C ca � CL *. O O c6 -a) �W Muic`a> °)3tw3°c_)� c�a'� �c 3 cN c� ow om �� p m.� E o }' �'� p a' m ca w u) m 0m 3 Eat zU- �� m a).�Q> c o o DU La-) EL E 16D8 I O U O co a) -a N t +' - u a) c a) N m U `� Q a) E L O L U fo O U :3 .O L C C Q CU 3 CN Q. O a D U 0 "p cu C : O a) U = c E p .co Q o 0CU C 3 L oUcu�� L L O co ._• p U 0 t E U a� � O U v �°, 0 0 L o fo /c� W C C L • O C .— p O cm � C C O .c i E �E�U.� M ca v- -0 CU L p OU .- N O yL+ C co Q c cn aa) ) CL -L-- = c E a" 0 'A Q (B E o L c0 o .r 'L- L 0 o E a) E +� m E a) 0 cu a) C Q O 0 0 C C c Cr C rn -0 a) p C C C) C) p p 0 p U U E a) %P 0 cu N O a m c •c a ) O T 4U N U L � U O W L a• L C O 4— C C O p = a L I+- O m E C U O L U Q U U O -a U C > (6 4- fo is a— •— o�3oQ +• p (� L o=�v_,'(D L a) U.� U c6 U M C Q-E HQ cn �. -° a) C p c C _ D U L L O fo L co a) a) y- LL a_ M M O O p- +r � 0 a) cn E U V) 0 a) c� a) (D O�,�,U) m(U a- lu o ocn co� � aoc pro E c O U) L �' O U cu cu U �a) CL �o a) cn cu C '• N 3 cu co U L- .Co - a) cu U a) C O Q C co O C N c� o y a 0 a) Q f6 (a to a) Cd N O� Q m L- >'� L '� �Y+r f6 CO c". (7 O �, a) 4— L L j> Q 0 +. a) a) � E= E O 0 U p� N Q .O '� O O C7 L N Q Q L L a) O +. a) C � L 3 H 0 O N c a) O= U a) •> O C a) . , p) - CD C c >% -0� I� (u o a) Cfl �- U. c C W C U m> O U .0 M to ' a) o CD 0 0 a) a) 0) CU +r W co -C a) to O C) _ L a) to a) Q ca O a) c CU c o O �O o X> a) C —LL c) V.� L L N f�6M-C O cn co L 'a 070 C ' L L (� a) - C � -p to o r - a) 4-- C . O O 0 O .3 C O� L U 'a W a) O L �� r- o U m� C v Q o p -C CU +, A _ O O c0 0- X c0 U O O cu m co LiU n CnW� ca cu _� I—� Q.00 16D8 I Memorandum Date: December 14, 2010 From: Scott Johnson To: Interested Bidders 16D8 Email: ScottJohnson @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -8995 FAX: (239) 252 -6588 ADDENDUM 2 Subject: Addendum # 2 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • See 199 page attachment If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryman Please sign below and return a copy of this Addendum with your submittal for the above referenced solicitation. (Signature);, Date (Name of Firm) AddendumTemplate Revised: 4/15/10 1 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: COLLIER COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF FACILITIES MANAGEMENT VERTICAL STANDARDS FOR COLLIER COUNTY GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS SEPTEMBER 28, 2006 Revised 11/13/07 Revised 3/1/10 Revised 11/2/2010 Table of Contents DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................ ..............................4 010000 — GENERAL PROVISIONS ............................................................ ..............................4 010020 — SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ....................................... ..............................5 014200 — REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS ............................. ..............................8 017700 — CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS ........................................................ ..............................8 017839 — PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ........................................... ..............................9 017823 — OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA ............................ ..............................9 DIVISION 2 — EXISTING CONDITIONS ...................................................... .............................10 022600 — HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT ............................. .............................10 023200 - GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS .................................................... .............................10 024200 — SALVAGE .................................................................................... .............................10 DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE ............................................................................ .............................10 030000 — GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................10 030010 — DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ .............................10 033000 — CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE .................................................. .............................11 033010 — CONCRETE WALKWAYS ........................................................ .............................11 DIVISION 4 — MASONRY ............................................................................. .............................12 040000 — GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................12 042000 — UNIT MASONRY ........................................................................ .............................12 DIVISION5 — METALS ................................................................................. .............................12 050000 — GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................12 DIVISION 6 — WOOD AND PLASTICS ........................................................ .............................13 061000 — ROUGH CARPENTRY ............................................................... .............................13 062023 — FINISH CARPENTRY ................................................................. .............................14 064023 — CASEWORK ................................................................................ .............................14 DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ..................... .............................15 070000 — GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................15 072100 — INSULATION .............................................................................. .............................16 072419 — EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS — EIFS ............ .............................16 075100 — BUILT UP ROOFING .................................................................. .............................16 075216 — SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING ..................................... .............................16 075323 — EPDM ROOFING ........................................................................ .............................17 076100 — METAL ROOFING ...................................................................... .............................17 COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 1 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 4 t Shared: Project F iles:_Proj ect 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up CO TD 8/10/: 076200 - METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES .............................. .............................18 077200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES ................................................................ .............................18 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS ...................................................................... .............................19 DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS ..................................................... .............................19 080000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................19 081113 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES ................................................. .............................19 081416 - PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS .................... .............................20 083113 - ACCESS DOORS ......................................................................... .............................20 081116 - ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES ....................................... .............................21 083323 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS ................................................ .............................21 085113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS ........................................................... .............................21 086200 - ROOF SKYLIGHTS .................................................................... .............................22 087100 -DOOR HARDWARE ................................................................... .............................22 088000 - GLAZING .................................................................................... .............................23 089000 - LOUVERS AND VENTS ............................................................ .............................23 DIVISION9 - FINISHES ................................................................................ .............................24 090000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................24 092400 - PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER ............................................. .............................24 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ............................................. .............................25 093013 - CERAMIC TILING ...................................................................... .............................25 095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS ................................................ .............................26 096500 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING ................................................... .............................27 096513 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES ..................... .............................27 096812 - TILE CARPETING ...................................................................... .............................27 096816 - SHEET CARPET ......................................................................... .............................27 097200 - WALL COVERINGS ................................................................... .............................29 099100 - PAINTING ................................................................................... .............................29 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES ....................................................................... .............................30 100000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................30 101400 - SIGNS ........................................................................................... .............................30 102113 - TOILET COMPARTMENTS ...................................................... .............................31 102800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES ............................................................. .............................31 102810-MIRRORS .................................................................................... .............................32 104300 - EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES ............................................ .............................32 104400 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS ............................... .............................33 107100 - STORM PANELS ........................................................................ .............................34 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT ........................................................................ .............................34 110000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................34 112423 - WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT ......................................... .............................34 DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS ..................................................................... .............................34 120000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................34 120010 - OFFICE FURNITURE ................................................................. .............................34 124800 - RECESSED FOOT GRILLES ..................................................... .............................35 DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION ............................................... .............................36 130000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................36 133419 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS ................................................. .............................36 COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 2 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D8 , Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS ..................................................... .............................36 140000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................36 142000 - ELEVATORS ............................................................................... .............................36 144000 - WHEELCHAIR LIFTS ................................................................ .............................38 DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION ............................................................ .............................38 211100 -FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM ........................... .............................38 DIVISION22 - PLUMBING ........................................................................... .............................38 220000 - GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS .................................... .............................38 221000 - WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING ............................................. .............................40 224000 - PLUMBING FIXTURES ............................................................. .............................40 224010 - WATER HEATERS ..................................................................... .............................41 DIVISION23 - HVAC .................................................................................... .............................42 230000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................42 230010 - MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ........... .............................42 230020 - AS -BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................. .............................43 230021 - FINAL CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE ................................ .............................43 230548 - VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL ...................................... .............................44 230553 - MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION ........................................... .............................44 230563 - ANTI - MICROBIAL TREATMENT ............................................ .............................44 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING .......................... .............................44 230713 - DUCT INSTALLATION ............................................................. .............................45 232300 - REFRIGERANT PIPING ............................................................. .............................45 233113 - METAL DUCTWORK ................................................................ .............................45 233116 - FIBROUS -GLASS DUCTWORK ............................................... .............................45 233233 - PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS .................................................. .............................46 233346 - FLEXIBLE DUCTS ..................................................................... .............................46 234000 - AIR FILTERS ............................................................................... .............................46 236400 - CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING ...................................... .............................46 236500 - COOLING TOWERS ................................................................... .............................48 237300 - SPLIT - SYSTEM HVAC UNITS ............................................... .............................48 237400 - ROOFTOP UNITS ....................................................................... .............................49 238400 - DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT ....................................... .............................49 DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION .......................................... .............................50 255000 - HVAC CONTROLS ..................................................................... .............................50 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL ....................................................................... .............................51 260000 - GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................51 260010 - AS -BUILT DRAWINGS ............................................................. .............................52 260020 - RENOVATION AND RETROFIT WORK ................................. .............................52 260030 - SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS ................. .............................52 260040 - IDENTIFICATION ...................................................................... .............................52 260500 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ................................................. .............................52 260526 - GROUNDING .............................................................................. .............................53 260536 - CABLE TRAYS ........................................................................... .............................53 260620.16 - DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS .. .............................54 260620.26 - DEVICES ................................................................................ .............................54 262200 - TRANSFORMERS ...................................................................... .............................54 COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 3 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Prolect Files: 16 _Pro�ect 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk: STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENQ g 12/10/: 264100 — LIGHTNING PROTECTION ...................................................... .............................54 264300 — TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION ................................. .............................54 265100 — INTERIOR LIGHTING ............................................................... .............................55 265200 — EMERGENCY LIGHTING ......................................................... .............................55 265300 — EXIT SIGNS ................................................................................. .............................55 265600 — EXTERIOR LIGHTING .............................................................. .............................56 DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS .......................................................... .............................56 272000 — INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) ...................................... .............................56 272010 — FIBER OPTIC LINES .................................................................. .............................56 273000 — TELEPHONE SYSTEMS ............................................................ .............................57 274000 — CABLE TV SYSTEMS ................................................................ .............................57 DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY ........................ .............................57 281000 — SECURITY ALARM ................................................................... .............................57 282300 — CCTV VIDEO SURVEILLANCE ............................................... .............................58 283100 — FIRE ALARM .............................................................................. .............................58 DIVISION31 — EARTHWORK ...................................................................... .............................59 310000 — GENERAL .................................................................................... .............................59 312000 — GRADING .................................................................................... .............................59 DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS ........................................... .............................59 329300 — LANDSCAPING .......................................................................... .............................60 PROJECT CHECKLIST .................................................................................. .............................60 PROJECTDATA FORM ................................................................................. .............................60 1998 SPACE ALLOCATION AND UTILIZATION PLAN ........................... .............................60 DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 — GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The Department of Facilities Management is assigned the responsibility of publishing building standards that are to be followed by all Departments and design teams. Any exceptions to these standards must be approved in writing by the Facilities Management Department. All construction design drawings are to be approved by the Facilities Management Department prior to commencement of the project. The Department responsible for the construction of the project will invite the Facilities Management Department to visit the site during the construction phase to insure that the County Standards are being followed. B. These guidelines shall be considered minimum standards which do not relieve the Design Professional or Contractor from mandatory code compliance or coordination with specific project requirements. These standards may be used only as the basis for specifications written for specific County projects. No portion of this document may be copied and used as the sole specification for any project. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 4 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up &D 82/10/: C. Green Design: The Design Professional shall incorporate sustainable design features into all new nroiects and maior renovations. These design features must include: Bicycle racks, bus shelters when appropriate, operable windows when appropriate, energy efficient appliances and equipment, placement of trees to reduce solar heat gain, orientation of structures to reduce solar heat gain, structural shading whenever practical, and other similar energy saving features. D. "eeffi green" level. Design Professional shall deliver contract documents including design and Specifications for LEED certified projects(s) when required by the RFQ, preliminary design program, or contracts. LEED target level ,gold, platinum, etc, and specific recommended LEED points shall be reviewed with and approved by Facilities prior to completion of required written design program. 010020 — SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The Design Professional shall complete a Project Data Form for each project. The Project Data Form shall include the following information: 1. Name of Project 2. Address or Location of Project 3. Enclosed S.F. Area Tabulation listing all floors and total 4. Project Budget 5. Summary of Program Requirements 6. Project Checklist The Project Checklist must be reviewed with the Facilities Management Project Manager. A copy of a sample Project Data Form and Checklist is attached to the end of the Vertical Standards Document, and may be expanded as needed to suit the project. The Project Data Form must be submitted to the Facilities Management Department with a written Program for each project. The form shall be updated at the completion of Schematic Plans, Design Development Plans, Construction Documents, and Closeout Documents. B. All new public safety facilities (EMS, Fire, Sheriff, Designated Shelters, Public Utilities, Emergency Management, etc.) shall be designed to meet the following minimum standards: All public safety building structures shall be designed to withstand wind pressures resulting from not less than 140 mph winds (fastest mile), or 160 mph 3- second gust. 2. Components, cladding, doors, windows, and opening protection coverings used at new public safety buildings shall be designed to withstand wind pressures resulting from not less than 140 mph winds (fastest mile). All openings shall be protected to withstand impacts from wind -borne debris COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 5 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16,E E, Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12 /10 /: in accordance with FBC section 1606.1.4 except test or design velocities shall be increased 25 %. The finish floor elevation of all public service buildings, including vehicle bay areas, shall be not less than 12" above the base flood elevation established by FEMA unless specifically approved otherwise by Facilities. 4. The first floor elevation of all enclosed portions of public service buildings used for offices, habitable areas, or essential equipment and maintenance areas shall be raised or flood - proofed to a height not less than 36" above the base flood elevation established by FEMA. 5. The Contractor shall furnish the County a signed and sealed Flood Elevation Certificate certifying the finished floor elevations for all new construction and leased property. C. Johnson Controls is the County approved sole source provider for seetir-ity all building automation control systems. D. Building Automation Metasys System 1. Johnson Controls Metasys shall be provided in all new buildings, subject to a case by case review considering building size and location 2. It is the responsibility of the controls contractor to install and set the alarm set Points under the direction of Facilities Management. 3. At projects with lift station(s), emergency generators, computer room A/C and large UPS systems are installed and where a building automation system is provided, the critical alarms for each piece of equipment shall be monitored remotely. E. Card Access Card access shall be installed on new buildings constructed as directed by FM staff. All components of the system shall be backed up with a "building" UPS if available or, if not, a single UPS dedicated to the security and BAS systems, and by the generator if a generator is available. Provide proximal readers with keypads if required. Contractor is responsible for programming back to the operations center. Contractor shall provide at least 2 HID cards for person in the projected staffing of the building. 2. Doors controlled by card access will use County approved subscription service Cylinders supplying two (2) keys per door. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 6 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Pr ct Files: Pro ect 451 to 475:469 Ti ertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMa Revision Mark-Up CQ1GiMT 1210/: Shared. ode _ � g y P 3. Any door controlled by card access during a construction or remodel project shall have a subscription key on the lock according to the CC Standard Key System, with a copy inventoried electronically at operations center. 4. Card readers shall e�y be HID ProxPro 5355. Specialty readers of biometric units may be required on some facilities. Installation shall be compatible with and integrated into the existing JCI Pegasys system at Collier County Building W. F. FD Lock Box A Fire Dept. approved lock box shall be installed in close proximity to the front door. G. Emergency Call Boxes H. CCTV Provide "Code Blue" assistance box where designated by FM Security Staff. The assistance box SHALL be furnished with a standard blue exterior for easy, visual identification. Each building will have appropriate CCTV coverage as directed by Facilities Management. Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS) systems, when required on a project, shall be monitored with existing software in the Facilities Management Operations Center in Building W. Monitoring shall be compatible with the Eaton Cellwatch System. Commercial recycling is mandatory in Collier County. To that end, any area that would generate recyclable materials should have sufficient space to place a suitable container to handle the type and quantity of waste generated. Typical examples would be large trashcan near copiers and a metal / glass / paper separator in break or lunch rooms, etc. Design Professional shall consider locations of trash receptacles, recycle bins, and dumpsters to facilitate ease of use. K. Design Group shall provide a color rendering for building projects of $1,000,000 or larger, unless directed otherwise by FM staff. Rendering shall be matted and framed to match existing projects. 1. Frame size: 24" x 36" 2. Frame finish: Chrome, polished face, brushed sides 3. Matt color: Match existing, unless directed otherwise by FM staff 4. Provide digital copy of rendering, 600 dpi, in TIF, BIM, and CAD format. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 7 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 k -4 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 5. Deliver rendering and digital copy to Facilities Management prior to completion of Construction drawings. 014200 — REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS A. All buildings must be designed to meet all ADA standards as they apply to government buildings. FM policy encourages user - friendly design with accessibility features above the minimum level of standards established by the ADA. a. Provide automatic door openers at main entrances of new and renovated public buildings, ie. Tax Collector, Elections, etc. b. Provide areas of refuge at each stairs. B. All work installed is to comply with the latest Florida Building Code and all Federal, State, and Collier County Ordinances and Codes legally adopted by the authorities having jurisdiction, including applicable appendices and editions. In case of differences between these Codes, the most stringent shall govern. C. All work shall comply with applicable portions of the Referenced Standards listed in the FBC including but not limited to AAMA, ACI, AISC, ANSI, ASCE, ASHRAE, ASTM, FM, GA, OSHA, SJI, LEED, USGBC, ADA, IES, and UL standards. D. All work shall comply with the latest edition of all adopted Collier County Ordinances and Land Development Codes. E. It is the responsibility of the Design Professional to contact the appropriate Authority having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to confirm adopted rules, codes, editions, and subsequent amendments, revisions and/or additional codes and ordinances. F. Provide all documents required for permit applications including but not limited to: Building permit application checklist. 017700 — CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Contractor shall provide 2 copies of Closeout Documents at the time of final completion for review at least five (5) days prior to application for final payment. Closeout Documents include all warranties, users manual, written maintenance COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 8 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 1608 I Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: instructions for all materials and equipment, and Record Documents. All materials except as -built plans shall be organized by specification section number and bound in 3 -ring binders. 017839 — PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Record Documents include as -built plans, supplemental drawings and diagrams, as -built specifications, approved submittals, and records of all changes, including but not limited to Addenda and Change Orders. B. Upon submittal for permitting, Design Professional shall provide (1) CD- Format Disk containing Floor Plan drawing(s) in AutoCAD format (DWG Files) to Facilities Management. C. The Contractor shall maintain and regularly update 'as- built' drawings and shop drawing /submittal file indicating exact locations, material, equipment, etc., as installed. Include locations of buried sleeves, hidden piping and conduits, sizes, etc. not specifically shown on the Drawings. D. Keep one set of record documents at the site for the duration of construction. Do not use record documents for daily construction use. Clearly identify, date, and initial all changes with a red pencil on the plans, specifications, and submittals. Transfer all changes to the final as -built documents at the completion of construction. E. Contractor shall provide two (2) sets of final as -built drawings and two (2) CD- Format Disks containing a set of final as -built drawings in PDF format upon completion of work. Deliver as -built drafting and CD disks to FA49 Design Professional prior to application for final Payment. F. Upon approval of Record Documents received from Contractor, the Design Professional shall update the F4eor Plan(s) to include as -built information. Provide one (1) CD with AutoCAD file of revised €leer Plan(s) to FM prior to close -out of contract. 017823 — OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Prior to Contractors application for final payment, Contractor shall provide manufacturers operation and maintenance manuals for all equipment, fixtures, and all materials requiring maintenance as part of the Closeout Documents. Provide one 1) set in 3 -ring binders and two (2) CD copies in PDF format. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 9 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 022600 — HAZARDOUS MATERIAL ASSESSMENT A. Unless indicated otherwise for renovation projects, a hazardous material report may be provided by an independent firm currently under a continuing services contract with the County. 023200 - GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS A. Geotechnical report may be provided for the Contractors use, but is not a guarantee or warranty of subsurface conditions. 024200 — SALVAGE A. Unless indicated otherwise as salvage material, items indicated or scheduled for demolition shall become property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the jobsite. DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE 030000 — GENERAL A. ACI, CRSI, WRI, FBC and Division 1 requirements apply to all concrete work. B. Testing: Unless specifically indicated otherwise in the contract documents, the Contractor shall provide an adequate allowance for the services of a licensed materials testing laboratory to measure slump and test compressive strength of concrete used in footings, slabs, and beams. Provide tests daily for each batch mix and as required by Code, Building Official, and Contract Documents. Concrete not meeting specified strength requirements shall be removed and replaced. 030010 — DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Floor slabs shall be designed not less than 8" above finish grade. All floor slabs shall be designed for not less than 125 psf live load. 2. IT room floors shall be designed for not less than 200 psf live load. B. Delegated Engineering; Structural components such as precast panels shall be designed and sealed by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 10 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 66 i Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COlG[ a 12/10/: 033000 — CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. Comply with ACI 318 standards. Ready -mix concrete is to comply with ASTM C94. Do not place concrete more than 90 minutes after batch mix at the plant, and do not place concrete more than 60 minutes after batch mix when the temperature exceeds 90d F. 2. Do not use concrete mix containing fly -ash in floor slabs or walkways. 3. Do not add water to concrete on -site. Field modifications to concrete mix are not allowed. Concrete watered -down on -site shall be removed. B. All slabs shall be finished to a tolerance of not over 1/4" depressions in 10' -0" in any direction when checked with a 10' straightedge. Interior slab control joints may be sawcut or tooled. C. Provide diagonal reinforcing in floor slabs at all reentrant corners. Cure all poured concrete to minimize cracking. 033010 — EXTERIOR CONCRETE SLABS AND WALKWAYS A. All exterior concrete slabs and walkways shall receive a heavy broom finish texture to provide a slip resistant surface. Broom texture shall be perpendicular to the direction of travel. There shall be no steps in the accessible route from accessible parking stalls to the main building entrance. B. Reinforce slabs and walkways with 6x6 WWF. C. Provide expansion joints at not more than 20' -0" o.c., at each change of direction, and between exterior slabs and adjacent walls. Provide control joints at not more than 6' -0" o.c. Exterior slab edges, expansion joints, and control joints shall be neatly tooled. D. Exterior walkways shall not be painted. E. Provide concrete stoop at each exterior door. F. No steps are allowed at doors. G. Provide the tactile warning surfaces at all pedestrian sidewalk crossings per ADA requirements. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 11 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:AddendurnNERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision M- I6O0E ;g 12/10/: DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 040000 — GENERAL A. FBC, NCMA, ACI, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. 042000 — UNIT MASONRY A. Where CMU construction is used, , Grade 14 1 „nits rr1 IU oxter-i f lead bear- iig walls are to be reinforced vertically and horizontally. All reinforced cells shall be grouted solid full- height. Provide inspection holes at bottom of all vertically reinforced block cells. Provide mortar and grout installed in strict compliance with provisions of the codes. Bottom course shall be laid in a full bed of mortar. Lay up walls plumb and true and with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Do not use chipped or broken units. Do not wet units or lay block in the rain. Properly dispose of excess mortar and materials off -site; do not bury materials on -site. Remove all loose mortar and repoint as needed prior to application of finishes. Masonry walls shall be straight, true, and plumb to within 1/4" in 8' -0" when checked with a straightedge in any direction. B. Brick veneer or decorative masonry may be used with appropriate waterproofing materials, subject to compliance with Collier County Ordinances and FMS approval. DIVISION 5 — METALS 050000 — GENERAL A. FBC, AISC, AWS, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. All exposed metal components shall be stainless steel, galvalume, hot - dipped galvanized steel, copper, zinc, bronze, anodized aluminum, painted aluminum, or similar non - corroding metal. 2. Plain or painted steel shall not be used in exterior locations. B. All steel construction shall comply with AISC Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings and Code of Standard Practice. Steel plates to comply with ASTM A36, anchor bolts to comply with ASTM A307, all fasteners to be s.s. or galvanized. Shop and touch -up primer to be "10 -99 Tnemec Primer" or Rustoleum 5769 or equal. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 12 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up C046 D 12 C. Structural steel construction shall be designed by a Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. Delegated Engineering for structural components shall be the responsibility of the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. D. Aluminum construction shall comply with the Aluminum Association Specifications for Aluminum Structures, Aluminum Design Manual, Part 1 and the FBC. DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 060000 — GENERAL A. FBC, AITC, APA, AWI,AF &PA, NDS, TPI, NFOPA, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. B. Delegated Engineering; Prefabricated structural components shall be designed and sealed by the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. C. When pre- engineered wood trusses are used, the Contractor shall provide truss shop drawings and sealed truss engineering within 14 days of notice to proceed. Failure to do so will not be accepted as a reason for an extension of the contract time. 061000 — ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Provide pressure treated wood where sills, nailers, and/or furring are in contact with concrete or masonry. Produce joints that are tight, true, well nailed, with members assembled and fastened in accordance with the drawings and with pertinent codes and regulations. Provide solid wood blocking and/or shims for finish materials as required to maintain a tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10'- 0" when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge, plumb and true, for all substrate framing where finish materials will be exposed to view. Do not use warped members. B. Stud framing and furring shall be not more than 16" o.c. C. Provide blocking for all accessories, grab bars, wall mounted door stops, etc. Provide all necessary hardware such as nails, bolts, anchors, ties, etc., required for a complete and proper installation. Bolts, washers, nuts, etc., shall be noncorrosive material. Isolate dissimilar metals. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 13 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 !NIT201 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk: Addendum: VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: D. Interior Door Frame Blocking: Metal Stud Partitions: Provide cont. 2 x 4 blocking fastened to 20gauge stud at the jambs of all interior door frames. Blocking shall be fire- treated where required by Code. Wood Stud Partitions: Provide double 2 x 4 studs at the jambs of all interior door frames. Vertical blocking at door jambs shall be full- height of partition, securely braced to the structure above. 4. Provide horizontal 2 x 4 cont. blocking at the head of all door frames Increase size of blocking to 2 x 6 or larger as required to match size of partition studs. 062023 — FINISH CARPENTRY A. WWPA recommendations apply. Select material for straightness and do not use warped members. Finished woodwork is to be properly framed, closely fitted, and accurately set to the required lines and levels and rigidly secured in place. Miters or other fitted joints shall be planed or sanded Use only hot - dipped galvanized or s.s. fasteners .Countersink all finish nail fasteners. Staple fasteners will not be accepted. Provide solid wood blocking and/or shims for finish materials as required to maintain a straightness tolerance of max. 1/4" deviation in 10' -0" when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge. 064023 — CASEWORK A. Comply with AWI standards for custom work. Cabinet material: not less than 5/8" plywood. 2. Cabinet base: Preservative- treated (PT) wood. 3. Countertop material: 3/4" plywood. 4. Plastic laminate all exposed casework surfaces. 5. Solid surface or solid plastic countertops shall be used in high abuse areas. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 14 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 6. Cabinets are to be true European -style full- overlay construction, with 1/8" joint between doors /drawers, without vertical styles between paired doors. Use concealed heavy duty 170 - degree hinges, with white melamine liner inside cabinets and drawers. Use heavy duty drawer guides, and provide pull at each door /drawer. 7. Securely fasten all casework to blocking or solid substrates. Adjust and clean all casework prior to acceptance. DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070000 — GENERAL A. NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, and Division 1 requirements apply to work of this section. B. Roof design shall comply with referenced standards and Documents shall include all details required for a complete, proper, and watertight roof assembly. All new roof surfaces shall be sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure proper drainage. 2. Roof designs shall not rely primarily on internal roof drains for drainage unless approved by Facilities Management. Penetrations through roof surfaces shall be minimized wherever possible, ie. collect plumbing vent lines in attic to minimize vents through roof, use soffits vents or wall louvers under overhangs where possible, and use curbed penetration details for multiple conduits and pipes wherever practical. Do not use pitch pans except where approved by FMS. Use NRCA and SMACNA details with curbs and hoods to protect roof penetrations from leaks. 4. Roof drains, scuppers, gutters, and downspouts shall be oversized. Provide piped underground collection system tied into the site storm water management system. Reroofing of dead -flat roof structures shall include installation of appropriate tapered rigid insulation or sloped light- weight concrete fill, ie. Zonolite or equal, sloped at not less than 1/4" per ft. to insure proper drainage. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 15 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMEN "S 12/10/: 072100 — INSULATION A. Comply with Florida Energy Code requirements. Provide required insulation at the building envelope of all conditioned areas. Provide insulation at roof deck over all conditioned areas. Insulation at the ceiling or bottom of framing is not allowed. 072419 — EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS — EIFS A. EIFS shall not be used as the primary exterior wall finish or as trim material. 075100 — BUILT UP ROOFING A. Where appheable low -slope roofs are approved for use by facilities, provide premium 20 -year 4 -ply built -up roofing with premium APP or SBS modified bitumen granular, highly reflective cap sheet. Comply with NRCA and SMACNA standards to insure a complete and proper roofing system. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. B. Warranty shall be 20 -yr. NDL. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturer's warranty to FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents. 075216 — SBS MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING A. Premium 20 -year APP or SBS single -ply roof materials may be used for repairs and/or new buildings with limited flat roof areas when approved in advance by FMS. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. B. Provide copies of roofing system specifications and manufacturers warranty to FMS for review prior to issuing bid documents. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 16 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mar)♦U &DENS 12/10/: 075323 — EPDM ROOFING A. EPDM, PVC, rubber roof systems, ballasted systems, and similar single -ply roof systems shall not be used. 076100 — METAL ROOFING A. Standards: All work shall comply with SMACNA and NRCA recommendations. 1. Metal roofing shall not be used with less than 1/12 slope. 2. V -crimp metal roofing shall not be used except to patch or repair small sections of existing v -crimp roofing. Metal re- roofing materials must be installed as a standing -seam system specified below. B. Where metal roofs are used, provide standing seam metal roof with ridge trim, edge flashing, wall flashing, counter - flashing, fasteners, clips, and all related components required for a complete and watertight assembly. 1. Roofing system shall be designed to withstand wind pressures indicated in the FBC for each specific building, location, and substrate. Provide manufacturers certificate and engineering data indicating that system is designed to meet all applicable code requirements. 2. Metal roofing material shall be not thinner than 24 gauge Galvalume. Panels shall be not more than 16" wide unless approved otherwise by FM staff. yes, shall be either- l2" of ' . Standing seam shall be not less than 1" high. Standing seam may be 180d folded seam, or covered with continuous clip. Fastener clips shall be completely concealed, spaced at not more than 12" oc. Pfev a° not less than 3 ° ° ^1°a � ^*°� °r� bleeking. Cover seams at top end with ridge cap flashing or wall flashing. All metal roofing is to be smooth and straight without bends or kinks, properly flashed and counter- flashed with compatible materials. Approved manufacturers include but are not limited to Englert and Berridge. 4. Installation is to be neat and straight; level and true to required lines. Hem all exposed flashing edges and use concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use premolded rubber -boot flashing at vent stacks. Cover top of vent stack with insect screen, neatly fastened to stack with a galvanized metal draw band. Where flashing occurs at roof -to -wall locations, provide counter flashing that will allow replacement of either the roofing or wall COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 17 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16pShared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMME 12/10/: finish without the damage or removal of the other material. Flashing is to be set in sealant. 076200 — METAL FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES A. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards. Provide all details required to illustrate industry- standard assemblies suitable for intended use and capable of providing a complete, proper, durable weather proof, and water proof installation. Use stainless steel, hot - dipped galvanized metal, galvalume, or suitably protected aluminum materials. Do not use plain or painted steel or mill finish aluminum. 2. Do not use details that rely solely on sealant or paint to prevent the intrusion of water into the building. 3. Provide sill flashing and a full bed of sealant at all window sills. 4. Isolate dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic deterioration of materials. All materials shall be non - corrosive. 5. Roof expansion joints shall be constructed with metal fabricated in accordance with referenced standards. Avoid prefabricated Expando -Flash details. 6. Provide details of terminations and corners of parapets, expansion joints, compression bars, and similar non - typical conditions. B. Flashing assemblies shall be counterflashed and constructed in a manner which will allow re- roofing without damage to adjacent finishes. C. Quality Assurance: the Contractor shall provide a five (5) year warranty for all flashing work including all materials and costs required to correct defective flashing work. 077200 — ROOF ACCESSORIES A. Provide anchor points and safety tie -off hardware for ladders at each side of building, and not more than 50' o.c. B. Provide guardrails at roof hatches. C. Provide fixed ladders for access to upper roof areas; ie elevator penthouse roof, stair roof, etc. Fixed ladders shall be constructed from non - corroding materials, ie. G -90 galvanized steel. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 18 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 079200 — JOINT SEALANTS A. Provide and install one or two -part exterior polyurethane elastomeric sealant at all window and door jambs, sills, heads, surface joints, flashing edges, and wherever else required to provide a weather -tight building envelope and a neat and trim installation. All sealants shall be paintable premium grade 4-5,- 20 -year or better products manufactured by Dow, GE, Tremco, Vulkem, or equal. Manufactures Sealant primer shall be applied to all joints before sealant is applied. Provide all infiltration seals as required by the FBC and as stated in Energy Calculations. B. Provide non - yellowing premium polyurethane grade caulking at all countertop and cabinet edges, trim edges, and at other interior conditions where required to provide a neat and trim installation. C. Provide tested penetration system sealants and materials at all pipes, conduits, and misc. penetrations through rated walls and ceilings. DIVISION 8 — DOORS AND WINDOWS 080000 — GENERAL A. FBC, SDI, and requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. B. Exterior Doors shall be impact rated in accordance with FBC Ch. 16. C. The Facilities Management Department may require higher design standards for wind loads and storm protection than that required by the FBC Seefien 1626. As part of the design process, Facilities Management must be consulted to establish the design criteria. 081113 — STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Comply with SDI standards. Use of steel doors and frames are limited to fire - rated applications and service areas only. Provide corrosion resistant coatings: a. Steel doors and frames shall be G60 galvanized or A60 galvaneal material and factory primed. b. Wipe coat and WCGS products may not be used. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 19 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files: Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark-Up CoN 12/10/: 2. Doors and frames shall be not less than 16 gauge thick. Frames in masonry construction shall be fully grouted. Provide not less than 3 anchors at each jamb. 4. Frames in stud construction shall be spot grouted at each anchor, min 3 per jamb. 5. All steel frames are to be fully welded for new construction. KD frames may be used only for retrofit installations. 6. Provide fire rated units where required to maintain integrity of rated assemblies. 7. All metal door frames shall have holes and accessible wire ways to permit electrification of hinges and door or frame mounted hardware. 081416 — PLASTIC LAMINATED FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Typical interior doors for Offices, Restrooms, Meeting Rooms, etc., shall be hinged, flush, solid core units with plastic laminate faces and edges. Doors shall not be less than 36" wide. 2. Frame material shall be fully welded galv. steel or aluminum. B. Wood veneer doors may be used only where approved by FM staff. 083113 — ACCESS DOORS A. Provide access panels in floors, walls, ceilings, and/or soffits where required for maintenance access to all concealed valves, fixtures, and equipment. All panels components and fasteners shall be constructed of non - corroding material limited to stainless steel, painted or anodized aluminum, or factory primed galvanized steel. 2. Unless required otherwise by program, all access panels shall be commercial grade units with a full length hinge, operable with standard tools and/or equipped with lockable, flush mounted latch. 3. Roof access hatches and doors shall be lockable from the inside and equipped with card access locking mechanisms and position switches connected to Operations Center whenever feasible. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 20 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D8 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 081116 — ALUMINUM DOORS AND FRAMES A. Exterior doors and frames shall be Aluminum except as noted below. A60 or G60 galv. steel doors may be used where fire rating is required. 2. FRP doors may be used as exterior doors in utility and high -abuse areas. B. Approved Manufacturers include but are not limited to Kawneer and Cline. 083323 — OVERHEAD COILING DOORS A. Provide overhead coiling doors where required by program. Lock mechanism shall be accessible from the exterior side. 2. All door components including fasteners, slats, guides, and housing shall be constructed of non - corroding material limited to stainless steel, painted or anodized aluminum, or factory primed galvanized steel. B. Provide submittal indicating the units and attachment fasteners meet or exceed current FBC requirements. 085113 — ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. All windows shall be fixed storefront, curtain wall, or commercial grade operable units. All exterior components shall be extruded aluminum. Finish shall be anodized or factory applied finish such as Kynar 500. Mill finish aluminum, residential units, or units with wood components exposed to the exterior may not be used. To maintain proper indoor air quality, windows shall be fixed unless operable units are required otherwise by Code or design program approved by Facilities Management. B. Provide submittal indicating the units, glazing, and attachment fasteners meet or exceed FBC requirements. 1. All openings shall be protected to withstand impacts from wind -borne debris in accordance with FBC sections 1606.1.4 and 1626. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 21 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16o8 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 2. Special requirements apply to public safety buildings. Opening protection in accordance with FBC section 1606.1.4 test or design velocities shall be increased 25% in all public safety facilities. 086200 — ROOF SKYLIGHTS A. Roof skylights are not allowed. 087100 — DOOR HARDWARE A. Provide all hardware needed for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to locks, levers, pulls, exit devices, closers, butts, weatherstripping, astragals, coordinators, door holders, kick plates, push plates, and silencers. Minimum hardware standards: a. Provide Grade 1 hardware b. Materials: All door hardware shall be non - ferrous; plain or painted steel hardware may not be used. C. All hardware shall be ADA compliant. 2. Approved manufacturers are Schlage, LCN, Von Duprin, Desco, Hager, Ives, Rockwood, and Pemko. a. Locks shall be Schlage interchangeable core cylinders, #20 -740 "Primus" High- Security Cores, no substitutions 1inde r- with E ke * Keyed to match County keying syste ll be "6- pin Everest" C 145 for new master key systems and C 123 for stock keys. b. Standard locksets and lever -sets shall be Schlage D- series. Use L- Series where required for security or other program requirements. C. Standard closers shall be LCN model 4041 Super Smoothie series, no substitutions. Adjust to meet ADA and FAC requirements. d. Exit Devices shall be Von Duprin, model 99 unless approved otherwise by FM staff. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 22 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D8 11 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: Exterior threshold shall be Pemko 2005 with raised vinyl seal, or exact equal. Do not use flush or saddle -type threshold at exterior locations. 3. All keys shall be brass. Stamp keys "DO NOT DUPLICATE ". Discard construction keys and re -key entrance lock after final acceptance. 4. Provide grand- master, master, entrance, and office keys as directed by FM staff. 5. Adjust hardware for proper operation, including adjustment of levers and closers to comply with ADA and Florida Accessibility Code requirements. 6. Check adjustments after 90 days use and readjust as needed. 088000 — GLAZING A. Glazing shall comply with referenced codes including FBC requirements for hazardous locations. B. Exterior glazing shall be either tinted or reflective. C. Exterior glazing shall be impact resistant laminated glass complying with FBC Ch. 16. 1. Shuttered applications may be used only with prior approval by County. D. Small windows and narrow windows shall be avoided except where required by the building users design program. In general, windows shall be curtain wall or storefront glazing, generously sized in all offices, lobbies, work areas, etc. Windows shall be architecturally proportioned in a manner that is appropriate to the building design without the use of small or narrow windows. One example of an acceptable ribbon- window arrangement is the Development Services Center on Horseshoe Drive. E. Provide energy efficient glazing features in widow design, ie low -e glazing. 089000 — LOUVERS AND VENTS A. All louvers shall be storm resistant extruded aluminum with anodized or appropriate protective coating. Mill finish units or stamped metal louvers are not allowed. Acceptable products include but are not limited to the following: Ruskin "Extruded Wind Driven Rain Resistant Louvers" COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 23 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk: Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -L1p COMMENTS 12/10/: 2. Ruskin "Hurricane Louvers" B. Locate louvers to minimize water intrusion. Provide sill flashing, gutters, and curbs as needed to prevent rain water damage. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 090000 — GENERAL A. Comply with codes and referenced standards listed in Division 1, including but not limited to FBC requirements. Workmanship shall be proper and neat in appearance conforming to nationally recognized standards and specified tolerances. Work that is not in compliance with referenced codes and standards shall be removed and replaced at no extra cost to the County. 092400 — PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. Standards: Comply with PCA'Portland Cement Plaster Manual' and applicable ASTM /USG requirements and recommendations. B. Use PVC accessories throughout, including corner beads, casing beads, expansion joints, and perforated vent strips. Metal trim shall not be used. Provide bonding agent at concrete substrates. Use galv. self - furring lath with 15# felt underlayment where over a framed substrate. Fasteners shall be stainless steel. 4. Provide expansion joints as recommended in referenced standards, where abutting dissimilar materials, and as needed to prevent cracking. Lath shall be discontinuous at expansion joints and control joints. C. Install all trim straight, plumb, and level. Install stucco finishes with a tolerance not to exceed 1/4" in 10' -0" or 1/8" in T -0" in any direction when measured with a 10' -0" straightedge. Panels with visible rough textures or scaffold lines will not be accepted. D. Thickness shall be not less than 5/8" thick (2 -coat) on cmu and concrete, and not less than 7/8" thick (3 -coat) on galv. metal lath COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 24 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D 8 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark- UpEOMMENTS 12/10/: E. Styrofoam and/or EIFS trim may not be used on County buildings. 1. Exterior decorative moldings, if any, shall be cast stone or cement plaster. 092900 — GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. Comply with FBC, Gypsum Association, USG, and UL requirements and recommendations, the requirements of Division 1, and manufacturers specific instructions. B. Materials: 1. Provide 5/8" type -X gypsum board at fire rated locations 2. Provide 5/8" or 1/2" gypsum board at typical interior locations. 3. Provide 1/2" cement board at all ceramic tile and wet locations. 4. Do not use green board. 5. Do not use gypsum board products at exterior locations. 6. All gypsum board materials shall be domestically produced C. Provide a smooth finish suitable for painting on all exposed surfaces. Visible tape or sanding marks in work will not be accepted. Contractor may provide smooth hardcoat in lieu of smooth drywall finish. 1. Use screw fasteners throughout. 2. Trim drywall at external corners with plastic corner beads. 093013 — CERAMIC TILING A. Comply with Tile Council of America (TCA) standards and details. 1. Tile joints are to be aligned and straight, plumb, level, and true, with equally spaced cut units at ends. 2. Provide tile movement joints at the following locations: a. Perimeter of each room b. Risers, ramps, changes of and planes COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 25 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision M/ c -60&E 12/10/: C. Corridor corners and intersections d. Spacing as determined by Design Professional B. Provide tile finishes at the following locations: Tile floors are required in all Restrooms and Janitors Closets. 2. Provide tile wainscot not less than 60" high in Restrooms, at mop sinks, and at drinking fountains. Extend wainscot not less than 18" to each side of mop sinks and drinking fountains. C. Floor tile shall be porcelain ceramic tile. All grout shall be sealed. D. Provide product certificate indicating the coefficient of friction complies with ADA requirements for both wet and dry conditions. E. Tile base and all corners shall be sanitary cove style. F. Floors must slope towards drains. G. Wall the substrate shall be CMU, concrete, or cement board. 1. Do not use gypsum board as tile substrate. H. Use aluminum or bronze edge strips where abutting carpet floor finishes. 095123 — ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS A. Standard acoustical tile shall be Armstrong World Industries #770 (flat tile) or #704A (reveal edge), white color, size 24" x 24 ". B. Suspended grid shall be white color, Armstrong World Industries manufacturer system same as acoustic tile. Installation shall comply with ASTM C635 and C636. C. Alternate acoustical tile manufacturers and styles may be considered for special rooms with limited areas such as a Lobby, subject to FM approval and 15% extra stock tile material supplied to the FM in unopened boxes at the completion of construction. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 26 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark- Up'OMMENTS 12/10/: 096500 — RESILIENT TILE FLOORING A. Standard 12" x 12" x 1/8" Vinyl Composition Tile shall be used in service areas. 1. Tile material and adhesives shall not contain asbestos materials of any kind. B. Clean, wax, and polish tiles prior to final acceptance. Provide 5% extra stock material. 096513 — RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES A. Provide 4" vinyl base where scheduled. Use premolded corner pieces at all outside corners. Provide 5% extra stock material. B. Provide matching transition strips where VCT floors abut tile or carpet floors. C. Outside corners in all corridors and public spaces shall be fitted with paintable, vinyl or aluminum corner protectors from the top of the cove base extending to a height of 42 ". 096812 — TILE CARPETING A. Provide Carpet Tile unless directed otherwise by FM staff : 1. Product: Mohawk Stati- Tuft III Modular 2. Construction: Tufted/Ultra Performance System 3. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy with Static Control and soil resistant 4. Yarn Weight: 28.3 oz. /sq. yd. 5. Gauge: 1/8 6. Size: 17 5/8 x 17 5/8 7. Density: 7,898 8. Weight Density: 223,504 9. Stitches per inch: 8.4 10. Pile Thickness: 0.129" 11. Warranties: Mohawk Modular 20 yr warranty 20 yr. wear, 20 yr. no edge ravel, 20 yr. no delamination, Cushion Resiliency 20 yr., and Lifetime static. 096816 — SHEET CARPET A. Where approved by FM Staff, provide one of the following broadloom carpet products: COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 27 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 160 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -dp COMMENTS Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Stati -Tuft" UPS 16706 a. Construction: Tufted Loop Pile b. Gauge: 1/8 C. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy B.C.F. and soil resistant d. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts per square CM e. Total thickness: .234 in. f. Yarn Weight: 28.30 oz. square yard g. Backing Materials: Warp, stuffer, filling all synthetic h. Total Weight: 61.8 oz. square yard i. Density: 7,898 j. Weight Density: 223,504 k. Pitch: 216 1. Stitches Per Inch: 8.4 M. Pile Thickness: 0.129" n. Stock width: 12" o. Smoke density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA -258): Less than 450 p. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC- 134: Under 3.5 KV q. Warranties: UPS Warranty Guaranteed 20 lb. tuft binds, Moisture resistant, Dimensionally stable, Guaranteed for 20 yrs., no delamination for 20 yrs., and Lifetime static 2. Mohawk Commercial Carpet "Regents Row " - 30663 a. Construction: Woven Cut and Loop b. Pitch: 216 Equivalent C. Pile Thickness: .192 d. Rows per inch: 8.0 e. Fiber: 100% Dupont Antron Legacy BCF Nylon with Static control and soil resistant f. Yarn Weight: 34.5 oz/ sq. yd. g. Total Weight: 68.16 oz/ sq. yd. h Total Thickness: .312 in. i. Backing Materials: Synthetic j. Density: 6,468 k. Weight Density: 223,146 1. Stock Width: 12' M. Flammability: Class 1- Exceeds .45 watts per sq. CM n. Smoke Density: NBS Smoke Density Chamber (NFPA -258) Less than 450 o. Static propensity: 70/20 AATCC -134: Under 3.5 KV P. Warranties: Lifetime Limited Woven Wear, and Lifetime Static COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 28 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 8 1 12/10/: •I I Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 097200 — WALL COVERINGS A. Wall coverings are not allowed in County buildings. 099100 — PAINTING A. Provide Sherwin- Williams "Superpaint ", S -W Industrial Enamel, and related premium S -W products throughout. 1. All color selections shall be standard SW colors. 2. Provide a typed Paint and Color schedule for each building. This record shall include the job name, job location, date contractors name, the material manufacturer's name, product name, color name and number, and color formula. A copy of this record shall be delivered to the Facilities Management Contract Manager at the end of the work. A duplicate copy shall be bound into the Closeout Documents. B. Backprime all exposed wood materials scheduled for paint finish prior to installation. C. Provide primer plus two finish coats on all wood, gypsum board, concrete and stucco finishes. D. Provide two coats of rust inhibitive primer on all surfaces of metal doors and frames and prior to installation, then 2 finish coats of S -W industrial enamel on exposed metal surfaces. E. Topcoat shall be either S -W eggshell, semi - gloss, or full- gloss. Restroom walls shall be either semi -gloss or full- gloss. Do not use flat paint as top coat at any wall location. Ceilings and soffits may have flat paint. F. Deliver materials to site in unopened containers with manufacturers labels. Protect adjacent finishes and materials, prepare surfaces, and apply materials in strict accordance with manufacturers recommendations and instructions. Verify material compatibility with substrates. Do not apply paint to wet or damp materials. Do not paint exterior surfaces in the rain. All coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats. Provide temporary barricades, 'WET PAINT' signs, and protect all work until dry. Remove masking when finished. Carefully remove paint from materials not intended for paint finish. Clean and touch -up as required. 2. All paint finishes must be evenly spread, free of runs, sags, or other defects. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 29 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: G. Provide and install medium grey penetrating concrete sealer /stain on all Mechanical and Electrical Equipment Room floors. DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES 100000 — GENERAL A. FBC, ADA, and requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 101400 — SIGNS A. Interior Si ns 1. Graphics Manufacturer shall be Images Graphics Specialties Fort Myers 1- 800- 321 -3718, or 239 -561 -6406 ext.103 approved equal mfr complying with Collier Counterer nape standards. 2. Frames shall be extruded aluminum "Portrait Series VLetter" frames with clear anodized finish, size 8.5" x 8.5" by "Vista Systems" Sarasota 1 -800- 468 -4782, or approved equal mfr complying with Collier Count signage standards. 3. Typical Interior Sign Schedule: Room Vista Systems Font/Size Mounting Copy /Remarks Office Doors WFP22U Helvetica/.625 Door Room Name /Black Face inch White Letters Service WFP22U Helvetica /.625 Door Room Name /Black Face Rooms inch White Letters Rest Rooms WFP25U Helvetica/.625 Door 3 inch Graphic/Men, Woman inch Black Face White Letters B. Required signage at Parking Garage Decks. 1. Directional signage required pointing to the locations of all Assistance "Blue" Boxes. 2. "Notice" posted that the parking deck is under Closed Circuit Television surveillance. 3. Low clearance warning signs utilizing tubular plastic materials, not metal. 4. Speed limit signs at each entrance and each deck; "5 MPH" and/or "Slow" COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 30 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark-Up CUTS8 12/10/: C. Bronze Plaques. All new buildings shall have a bronze plaque installed showing the dedication of the building. Typical content will show the year opened, contractors firm name, architects firm name, Commissioners at time of conception / approval (alphabetical), County Manager, etc. May include Constitutional Officer if they are the prime occupant. See Facilities Management for plaque layout and content during the initial building design process. See efid of standards fef sample. 2. Locate dedication plaques in Lobby or secure area whenever possible. 3. Where exterior dedication plaques are used, locate plaques in area supervised by CCTV camera, i.e. near main entrance, or monitor plaque with security system contact switch. 102113 — TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Provide solid plastic 1" thick toilet compartments manufactured by Santana, Capitol Partitions, or approved equal. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, restroom stall partitions shall be ceiling and wall hung toilet partitions, not floor mounted systems. 2. All fasteners and hardware shall be stainless steel, aluminum, or chrome plated brass. Plastic accessories, hinges, latches, or similar components are not acceptable. Provide latch, hinges, door stop, and coat hook for each door. Coat hook shall not project more than 2" from face of door. 4. In -swing doors shall remain slightly open when not latched. Accessible stall doors shall be self - closing. 5. Brace all compartments at the face of partitions and doors. Size bracing components as needed to avoid perpendicular braces. 102800 — TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established herein. B. All accessories shall be commercial grade, brushed stainless steel, formed and welded with all exposed edges hemmed and ground smooth, with no sharp edges and no sharp corners. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 31 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum: VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision MIL60igEl 12/10/: C. Provide all accessories needed for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to grab bars, hand -dryers toilet paper holders, sanitary napkin receptacles, wall mounted soap dispensers, and coat hooks. Hand Dryers shall be Excel Dryer, Inc. Model XL -W (automatic, white, 110 /120V) with ADA compliant S.S. recess kit. Unit may protrude not more than 4" from face of wall. Separate 20A circuit required for each unit. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, paper towel dispensers shall not be used in restrooms. Coat hooks shall be low - profile, projecting not more than 2" from face of wall or door, and located to prevent "reach- over" theft. 4. Approved manufacturers are Bobrick, Bradley, and Excel Dryer, Inc. D. Coordinate with the work of other trades. Securely install accessories plumb and square, fastening units to solid wood blocking, studs, compartment partitions, or cmu walls. Do not use toggle bolts or expansion shields. All accessories and grab bars shall safely support 250 lbs. L.L 2. All accessories shall be located and mounted to comply with ADA clearances. 102810 — MIRRORS A. Comply with ADA requirements and minimum County standards established herein. B. Standard mirrors shall be tempered glass with stainless steel frames. Provide tilted mirror at accessible stalls only. Use only stainless steel vandal resistant hardware and fasteners, concealed wherever possible. Provide polished stainless steel or unbreakable units where required by program and at all unsupervised public facilities. 104300 — EMERGENCY AID SPECIALTIES A. All new construction and major remodeling projects shall have Automated External Defibrillator (AED) equipment and cabinets installed. Sole source is Cardiac Science. See Collier County Facilities Management Department for location and uanti 4ype of cabinets. Generally, the "Guidelines for Public Access Defibrillation Programs in Federal Facilities" will be followed. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 32 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 loll 8 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 1. Provide Power Heart Model AED G3 with AED cabinet from Cardiac Science with built -in alarm, wall mounted model CB -2EAED Units shall be located adjacent to the fire extinguisher cabinets. 2. Provide oxygen cabinet and first aid station at each AED location in a single cabinet. Fire extinguisher, AED, and First Aid cabinets shall be grouped together at one convenient safety station. Provide alarm system contacts to indicate when any of three cabinets are opened, monitored in the Facilities Management control room located in Building W using the Pegasys alarm system. Local alarms should also be included. b. Digital closed circuit television camera is required to monitor the 4 cabinet safety station, monitored at Facilities Management. All equipment, wiring, controls, etc. shall be compatible with the existing Johnson Controls system. 4. Emergency evacuation devices — "Stryker Chairs" shall be provided at every other stair landing in buildings having more than two stories 104400 — FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS A. Comply with ADA requirements. Provide extinguishers of the types and sizes where required by NFPA 10 and local AHJ, but not less than one 2A:20B:C unit near each required egress door. Use either semi - recessed or fully- recessed cabinets for all units located in occupied interior rooms. Interior cabinets shall have unlocked hinged door with tempered glass view panel. Provide standard bracket - mounted extinguishers without cabinet at enclosed unoccupied utility rooms, mechanical rooms, storage rooms, and similar service areas. 3. Where required at exterior locations, use aluminum or heavy -duty all - plastic cabinets with clear safety -type break - plastic fronts. Steel cabinets shall not be used at exterior locations. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 33 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D8 i Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark-Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 107100 — STORM PANELS A. New Construction and Additions: Provide impact rated doors and windows, not shutters. B. Renovations and Alterations: Provide impact rated doors and windows, or, provide low- maintenance, user - friendly impact rated shutters as follows: 1. Coiling overhead shutter 2. Accordian -style shutter 3. Fixed or hinged impact rated s.s. screens C. Removable hurricane panels or fabric screens are not allowed. D. Hurricane shutters, tracks, accessories, and fasteners shall be fabricated from corrosive resistant materials, rated to withstand pressures developed by 140 mph wind speeds. DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT 110000 — GENERAL A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. B. All equipment shall be commercial grade. 112423 — WINDOW WASHING EQUIPMENT A. All buildings over three stories in height shall have hangers anchored on the roof structure to facilitate exterior window washing equipment. DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS 120000 — GENERAL A. ADA, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 120010 — OFFICE FURNITURE A. Contact FMS for current furnishing contract requirements. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 34 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.doeMay Revision Mark -Up 16ND 12/10/1 124800 — RECESSED FOOT GRILLES A. Provide recessed foot grilles at all interior building entrances. Provide "Pedigrid" entrance mats by Construction Specialties Inc • Muncy, PA or equivalent products by one of the following approved equal manufacturers: 1. Balco, Inc.; Wichita, KS 2. Reese Enterprises, Inc.; Rosemont, MN 3. Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc. 4. Kadee Industries, Inc.; Bedford, OH. 5. Pawling B. Provide one single unitized mat in each recessed frame with heavuty carpet strips, Class A or B fire rating color to be selected by the design team. C. Entrance Mat Frames: Provide manufacturer's standard design, of size and style to mate with insert type and adjacent finish floor or wall construction, for permanent recessed installation in sub -floor; complete with corner pins or reinforcing, and installation anchorages. 1. Provide frames of extruded 6063 -T5 alloy aluminum. Coat surface of frame which will contact cementitious material with zinc chromate paint or manufacturer's standard protective coating. Provide frame members in single lengths or, where frame dimensions exceed available lengths, provide minimum number of pieces possible, with hairline joints equally spaced, and with pieces spliced together by means of straight connecting pins. D. Rigid -Type Foot Grilles: Provide manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum floor grid of top surfaced tread rails and spacer cross bars, 6063 -T5 or 6061 -T6 alloy and mill finish, 1- 5/16" wide continuous treads spaced 1 -1/2" o.c. (3/16" openings), top surfaces as : with heM-du1y carpet strips. 1 518" m over-all thickness of grid system. 1. Top Sulfa Fusion bonded 1 1 t pile nylon ea Yet ,.t; DuPen + . E. Level Bed Applications: Provide manufacturer's standard vinyl cushion support system. F. "Pedimat" or similar loose -lay matts in recessed frames shall not be considered equal to approved "Pedigrid" recessed foot grilles COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 35 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 1608 41 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: G. Malts and frames shall utilize rigid connections to prevent movement or noises generated by foot grilles during use_ DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 130000 — GENERAL A. FBC, MBMA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 133419 — METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS A. Pre - engineered metal buildings may be used for storage and maintenance buildings, and where approved by FM staff. B. Delegated Engineering; Prefabricated structures shall be designed and sealed by the manufacturers Structural Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. All shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional of Record prior to fabrication. C. Contractor shall coordinate the design and installation of anchor bolts. D. Provide rigid steel channel or framing at each door and window opening. Do not use door frame to support wall girt framing. E. Provide concrete curb and flashing at bottom of metal siding, raised not less than 8" above Concrete floor slab. DIVISION 14 — CONVEYING SYSTEMS 140000 — GENERAL A. FBC, NFPA, OSHA, and the requirements of Division 1 apply to work of this section. 142000 — ELEVATORS A. Comply with ANSI /ASME A17.1 and Addenda, CABO /ANSI A117. 1, and all State of Florida codes and regulations for Elevators. B. All elevators specified shall be of generic manufacture with no proprietary items included within the installation. The elevator shall have the capabilities of being served by any elevator manufacture or without the assistance of any manufacturers diagnostic tools. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 36 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 � ' I Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: C. Elevator Emergency Telephones shall be Code Blue Corporation's model # CB 3100 FP I standard speakerphone with single red "Push for Help" button and flush mounted. All emergency elevator telephones, whether new or replacement, will be programmed to dial extension 7721 (Facilities Management Building Operations Center) automatically upon lifting of receiver. 2. All emergency elevator telephone replacements or installations will be coordinated with the Building Automation Coordinator of the Facilities Management Department (239- 252 -8380) as well as the Telecommunications Manager of the Information Technology Department (239- 252- 8888). 3. All emergency elevator telephones will be programmed via the Telecommunications Manager of the Information Technology Department to include the following caller ID information: 3.1. Identifying Building Letter/ Name 3.2. Identifying Elevator Number 3.3. Identifying Phone Extension/Number (for phone in elevator) Example: Bldg F, Elevator 1, 7548 4. All emergency telephones will be tested and information correctly verified before contractor leaves worksite. 5. Contractor to provide written documentation to the Facilities Management Building Automation Coordinator that the above steps were followed and verified. 6. Code Blue speaker phone must be programmed to the Code Blue test computer in the Building "W" operations center. D. Card Readers Exterior Elevators: Provide card reader at each elevators door location at each floor. 2. Interior Elevators: Provide card reader in each elevator cab unless directed otherwise. E. Provide CCTV camera with a fish -eye lens in each elevator cab. F. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 37 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 1603 "A" Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum: VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 144000 — WHEELCHAIR LIFTS A. Wheel Chair Lift may not be used except with prior written approval from FMS and the Building Official. DIVISION 21— FIRE SUPPRESSION 211100 — FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. Provide a complete automatic fire sprinkler system where required by Code or Ordinance. Refer to Division 1 for General Requirements, Codes, and Standards. B. Comply with NFPA 13 and Collier County Ordinance 98 -74 Fire Prevention and Protection Code for the design and installation of all Fire Suppression System work. The system shall be designed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Florida. When the Contractors PE is responsible for the system design, the Engineer of Record for the building shall review and approve the installers shop drawings prior to permit application. C. Sprinkler heads shall be recessed or semi - recessed in all occupied rooms, centered in acoustic ceiling tiles. Maintain centerline alignment with adjacent fixtures in a neat, orderly, and workmanlike appearance. D. Maintain accurate as -built plans of the work. E. All computer rooms, hub rooms, and electrical rooms shall be protected by a gas fire suppression system, no wet sprinklers are allowed in these areas. F. Pumps: 3 -phase equipment, if any, shall have phase -loss protection. DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING 220000 — GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Provide plumbing fixtures and restroom facilities as required by the Code, plus additional requirements as follows: 1. Exterior Requirements; Each building will have at least one (1) hose bib per exterior wall, spaced at not more than 100' -0" o.c. Hose bibs shall have removable metal T- handles, not plastic handles. All hose bibs shall have a vacuum breaker and shall be firmly secured to the building. Provide COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 38 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D8 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum: VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: recessed unit where installed in exterior walls directly abutting exterior walkways. Isolate copper materials from cementitious materials to prevent deterioration. 2. HVAC Equipment Rooms; Provide at least one (1) hose bib and one (1) floor drain in each HVAC Equipment Room. Provide trap primer at FD unless FD is used as condensate drain. All Mechanical Rooms shall be fitted with sufficient floor drains to allow for drainage of any leaks, condensation, or spillage. 4. Janitorial Closets; Each floor of each building shall have one (1) janitorial closet for every 10,000 sq. ft. and located at each set of restrooms. The Janitors Closet will contain a water heater, floor mop sink, shelves, floor drain, a hose bibb, at least one (1) electrical outlet, and sufficient lighting to illuminate room. 5. Restroom Floor Drains; All restrooms, public and private, are to be fitted with floor drains, number and location of which will be determined by size and layout of restroom. Floor drains may be omitted in private restrooms only when located at the first floor. 6. Restroom lavatories and sinks in public areas shall be supplied with Cold- water only. 7. Provide flush valve fixtures where adequate water pressure is available. Provide pressure- assist tank type water closets where low water pressure occurs. Provide at least one (1) hose bibb at each deck level in parking garages, not more than 100' -0" oc. 9. Lavatory faucets in restrooms shall be hands -free automatic faucets. 10. Flush valves shall be hands -free automatic units. 11. Unless approved otherwise by FM staff, automatic faucets and automatic flush valves shall be hard wired, not battery operated units. Conceal all wiring inside walls or removable covers. Provide access panel for all units located inside walls. 12. Provide waterless urinals where directed by FM staff. Where waterless urinals are installed, provide water line inside wall for future connection to flush valve. 13. Pumps: All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 39 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:AddendumNERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark- (61UTkw 12/10/: 14. Water closets with a max of 1.6 gallons /flush, shower heads — 2.5 gpm, and faucets with a 0.5 gpm. 15. Wherever temperature mixing valves are required, they shall be Symmons valves ONLY. 221000 — WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING A. All pipes shall have appropriate shutoff valves located near fixtures to allow for shutoff without shutting down entire systems. Locate valve at fixture, at access panel, or above readily accessible ceiling tile. B. All pipes and fixtures shall have immediate and sufficient access through walls and obstructions to facilitate maintenance and repair. C. All pipes shall have sufficient cleanouts installed to expedite maintenance. Back to back cross -tee assemblies shall have cleanouts above or below cross -tee. D. Insulate all hot water lines. Exposed insulation shall be white color; concealed insulation shall be black or white color. E. plated. Insulate all exposed pipes and fittings, etc. under lavatories and sinks F. Wrap and protect all buried lines to inhibit corrosion where in contact with concrete. G. All main valves shall be brass full -ported ball valves. H. All valves shall be numbered and tagged. Provide typewritten chart indicating each valve number and location, laminated in clear plastic cover and posted in Equipment Room. I. Provide recirculating pump and return lines for hot water lines over 75' developed length. 224000 — PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Acceptable Product Manufacturers: 1. Lavatories, Service Sinks, Water Closets, Urinals, Bath Tubs: a. American Standard. b. Crane Co. C. Eljer Plumbingware Div. d. Kohler Co. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 40 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16 D 8 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum: VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -UP COMMENTS 12/10/: 2. Stainless Steel Sinks: a. American Standard. b. Elkay Mfg. Co. C. Dayton. 3. Faucets: a. Chicago Faucet Co. b. Kohler Co. C. Sloan. d. T & S Brass 4. Flush Valves: a. Sloan Valve Co. (Royal, no substitutions) 5. Water Closet Seats: open front; a. Bemis Mfg. Co. b. Beneke Corp. C. Forbes -Wright Industries, Inc.; Church Products. d. Olsonite Corp.; Olsonite Seats. 6. Urinals: a. Kohler Waterless Urinals Only - NO SUBSTITUTIONS 7. Fixture Supports: a. Josam Mfg. Co. b. Kohler Co. C. Tyler Pipe. d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydomechanics Div. B. All plumbing fixtures shall be white color. C. Faucets and trim shall be chrome- plated brass 224010 — WATER HEATERS A. Provide commercial grade water heaters using only industry standard components and sizes, limited to 110, 208, and 240 -volt units manufactured by State or Lochinvar ONLY. Units requiring 480 -volt service or special heating elements may not be used without prior written approval by FMS. Temperatures to be pre- set to 120 °F. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 41 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 10� � Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum: VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: DIVISION 23 - HVAC 230000 — GENERAL A. Requirements of Division 1, Standard Plumbing and Mechanical Codes, NEC, NFPA, AMSE, State Board of Health Sanitary Code, OSHA, ASHRAE, AMCA, SMACNA, UL, Florida Energy Code, and Collier County Government Vertical Construction Standards apply to work of this section. B. All materials and equipment provided shall be assembled, erected, and installed in such a manner as to insure proper operation of the system of which they are a part, including air - handlers, direct - expansion units, temperature controls, chillers, cooling towers, condenser pumps, brine pumps, the chilled water primary and secondary pumping systems, the EMS control system, and the electrical services. Equipment, devices, and accessories, not covered by Codes and/ or Standards governing their installation shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers' printed instructions. C. All design concepts and drawings, shop drawings submittals, equipment listings, etc. will be reviewed by Facility Management for their approval. D. After the installation is complete, Facilities Management shall review the contractor's commissioning plan and testing and balancing results. After tests and commissioning work is approved the equipment shall be officially accepted by Collier County, warranty and guarantee periods shall begin, and the equipment shall be turned over to Collier County in operating condition. 230010 — MECHANICAL SYSTEM DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The HVAC system shall be designed in accordance with the above referenced codes and standards and the requirements and specifications of the building. B. The system shall be designed to operate at and maintain interior humidity levels at 45% to 50% relative humidity. C. The system shall be designed to provide hearing sufficient to maintain room/space temperatures of 72 °F when the outside air temperature is 35 °F. D. Indoor Air Quality; All buildings shall be designed in accordance with the latest issue of ASHRAE Standard 62, Ventilation for Acceptable Air Quality for building outdoor air. Where the requirements of the Vertical Standards are more stringent than the referenced ASHRAE standards, the Vertical Standards shall be used. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 42 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 .I: Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: E. The system shall be capable of scaling back CFM and outside air when maximum quantities are not required for maintaining acceptable Indoor Air Quality Standards. F. Air conditioning system must provide a positive pressure throughout the building. G. Coordinate with the work of other trades to insure access panels are provided at all required locations and that the access panels are unobstructed by other equipment. H. All mechanical rooms are to be air - conditioned. I. All outside air intakes shall have Huricane Wind/Water shedding louvers installed on the exterior and have duct drains installed immediately on the interior adjacent to the louvers with duct work designed to direct any water entering thru the louvers to the drains. The drains shall be piped directly to floor drains. Electrical equipment rooms shall be air conditioned to maintain 70d F, with not less than 125% excess capacity to cool equipment. K. Exhaust fans in vehicle areas shall be controlled with manual switch and CO detector. a. CO detector overrides manual switch. L. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. M. The overall system shall be designed to operate at maximum electrical energy efficiency while maintaining Indoor Air Quality Standards and Collier County Air Quality Standards under all load conditions. 230020 — AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. Contractor must provide accurate and updated as -built drawings detailing all mechanical installations accurately as they are installed. 230021— FINAL CLEANING AND ACCEPTANCE A. Special care should be taken during construction as to not let any foreign particles into the occupied area air stream. The Contractor shall clean all AHU coils and replace all filters prior to final acceptance. 2. The Contractor shall maintain filter media on all open ducts during the entire construction period until the system is in normal operation. B. The Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall meet on -site and review the As -built Plans, Test and Balance Report, the Manufacturers Operation manuals, and the Maintenance manuals and instructions prior to acceptance. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 43 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Markjo& 9 12/10/: 230548 — VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL A. All units shall be equipped with proper vibration control springs and/or pads specified by manufacturer to minimize vibration and noise. B. Mechanical rooms adjacent to offices must be quiet operating and sound levels shall be abated and subdued with insulation and silencers so that the pressure levels within three feet from any surface on the chiller and within the mechanical room do not exceed 90DB. C. Coordinate with the work of other trades as required to insure adequate sound attenuation of all equipment. Provide full height partitions and sound batt insulation at all mechanical room walls. Seal all wall penetrations, and provide continuous seal at top, bottom, ends and all edges of mechanical room walls. 230553 — MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION A. All supply and return grilles shall be marked with vinyl letters to identify the grille and corresponding air handling units and as directed by Facilities Management Staff. All grilles will be assigned a number by the Senior HVAC technician and included on the master ventilation plan. These numbers will coincide with METASYS identification numbers for ease of identification for remote use. B. All condensers, air handler units, fans, and other major components of the mechanical system shall be identified with the same designation used on the drawings and supplemental numbers as designated by FMS. Use either neatly stenciled signs painted directly on equipment, or plastic signs with 1" high engraved letters permanently fastened to the units. 230563 — ANTI- MICROBIAL TREATMENT A. Not Required. 230593 — TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING A. All air handlers shall be properly balanced at designed static pressure of the unit manufacturer prior to occupancy. Each air handler shall be balanced at: 1 Maximun Cooling Conditions, 2 Minimum Cooling (satisfied) Conditions, and 3 Maximum Heating Conditions. Each zone should be properly balanced, each diffuser should have proper amount of CFM making up the total for each individual VAV box. The total CFM of all VAV boxes should equal the CFM output of their air handler to be properly balanced. This must be achieved for acceptance of the air testing and balancing report. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 44 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 RofflW:9 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: Provide written qualifications of all personnel used to perform any testing, adjusting, or balancing on site. Provide written certification to the County that work was done on site. 2. Install clean filters at AHU and at all R/A grilles prior to testing and balancing. All ceilings shall be installed and all doors and windows shall be closed during test and balance work. B. Test and balance services shall be included in the contract for construction except for building projects exceeding $200,000.00 in construction cost or mechanical equipment contracts exceeding $25,000.00, where the client will provide the services of an independent, certified test and balance firm. 230713 — DUCT INSTALLATION A. All ducts shall be externally insulated. There shall be no fiberglass material in the air stream. 232300 — REFRIGERANT PIPING A. All piping shall be type "K" or type "L" copper piping. All elbow piping shall be of long radius to increase flow and prevent restrictions. Provide 45d elbows in lieiu o 90d elbows wherever possible. All taps, tees, joints, oil- traps, and other connections shall be made only with appropriate fittings designed and selected for the use of the piping system. All connections shall have brazed joints. 233113 — METAL DUCTWORK A. All supply and return ductwork shall be externally insulated galvanized sheet metal with no fiberglass insulation in the air - stream. All exhaust fan ducts and outdoor air ducts shall be aluminum with external insulation. B. Ductwork Accessories; All materials needed such as anchors, hangers, screws, canvas connectors, "S" and "Drive" cleats, duct sealant shall be properly installed as to insure proper safe operation of system. 233116 — FIBROUS -GLASS DUCTWORK A. Fiberglass duct systems are not allowed in new building or renovations. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 45 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 INIT461 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk: Addendum: VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 233233 — PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS A. Plenum return systems are not allowed in new buildings. 233346 — FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. Maximum length 6' -0 ". 234000 — AIR FILTERS A. All air handling units should have clean pleated filters, min 2" thick, 40% MERV 8 efficient per ASHRAE 52. B. Install filter grilles at all returns serving occupied spaces. 236400 — CHILLER EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. Chiller shall be an electric motor driven centrifugal or rotary screw liquid type, equipped with flooded evaporator, water cooled condenser, oil supply system for both lubrication and hydraulic capacity control, electrical disconnect, motor starter, and microcomputer control panel, and all related inter - connecting piping and electrical connections. Chiller shall be a factory assembled and packaged unit complete with full operating charge of oil and refrigerant. Refrigerant shall be R22, HCFC 123, or HFC 134A. Chiller shall be manufactured by the Trane Company unless approved otherwise by FM Director. B. Variable Frequency Drives for pumps and fans shall be manufactured by ABB. No substituitions C. Chiller Room Safety Equipment; The contractors' chiller manufacturer shall furnish all necessary safety equipment as required to bring the existing or new chiller mechanical room up to the current ANSFASHRAE Standard No. 15 -1992 requirements and in accordance with the furnished per Standard No. 32 -1994. The requirement includes signage identifying the type, quantity, pressure, and installer of the refrigerant, oxygen deprivation and refrigerant sensors, monitoring panels, occupancy sensors for automatic activation of the ventilation systems, plus one normal use and one backup use approved self contained breathing apparatuses with storage cabinets. Proper mechanical room ventilation should be sized for heat dissipation. D. Alarms; All chiller rooms shall be equiped with a carbon monoxide sensor and alarm. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 46 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D 8 ' Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/1 E. Pipes and Pipe- Fittings for Chilled Water Systems; Pipe shall be Schedule 40 black carbon steel type BCS -150 meeting requirements of ASTM A120 and A53 for chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water, and vent system usages. All piping shall utilize screw fittings for sizes 2" and smaller and butt welded joints and flange fittings for sizes 2 1/2" and larger as required to join associated valves and equipment flanges. No PVC piping on any chilled water, cooling tower water, brine water and vent system usages. F. Valves for Chilled Water Systems; Valves for isolation and shut -off services shall be gate type with dual supported rising stems for 125PSI working pressure service with bronze valve bodies and screw fittings for pipe sizes up to and thru 2- inches and with iron bodies and either flange or grooved fittings for all larger pipe sizes. Balancing valves for fixing water flow rates shall be ball and/or globe type with calibrated orifices, indicating operating handles and flow rate gauge fittings as required for setting flow rates. 2. Variable water flow system control valves shall be globe and/or butterfly single- and two -way types with manual and motorized operators as required to operate within the BAS system. All valves shall be capable of providing smooth proportioning flow control. Spring returns shall be provided on all two position and/or reversible modulating valves where required for fail -safe operation. G. Piping Specialties for Chilled Water Systems; All required piping accessories shall be provided and shall include, but not be limited to, air vents, pressure relief valves, dielectric connectors, gauge piping, strainers, flexible connectors, temperature sensors and wells, pressure gauges and ports, gaskets, and wall and floor sleeves, expansion joints, pipe supports, and anchors and all other devices necessary for a complete and operable installation. H. Thermal Pipe Insulation for use indoors on all chilled water piping and surfaces shall be minimum 1 1/2 -inch thick fibrous glass insulation with vapor barrier. Use 2" foam glass insulation between chiller and ice tanks. I. All chilled water piping shall be color coded with label and arrows identifying direction and contents of flow. Provide aluminum jacket over all insulated piping where exposed to view and/or exterior to building above grade. J. Each building shall have both supply and return chilled water line shutoffs at the entrance to the building and at each floor of the building. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 47 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 1606 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12/10/: 236500 — COOLING TOWERS A. Cooling tower shall be an induced draft, cross flow, factory assembled. It shall consist of heavy gauge steel frame workcells housing bottom cold water basins, central water spillways, and top hot water basins, fans and speed reducing decks, fan cylinders, electric drive motors, etc. The tower shall include all accessories as required for safe and reliable operation. Structural framing, casing covers, basin, sump, and all fasteners shall be stainless steel. 1. Cooling Tower shall be manufactured by the Marley Company, Baltimore Aircoil, or a County approved equal. 2. Cooling Tower shall be CTI certified. B. Pumps shall be centrifugal types of two mounting arrangements, in -line pipe mounted for secondary chilled water loop pumps and base mounted for all other applications. 1. Pumps shall be manufactured by Bell & Gossett, Armstrong, Aurora, EVAPCO, Peerless, or an approved equal. 2. Limit pump motors to nominal 1800 RPM wherever possible 3. All pumps shall be Horizontal models unless specifically approved by Facilities Management. C. The base mounted pumps shall be installed on housekeeping pads which are installed in such a manner to insure accessibility to remove pump motors. The pumps should be located near accessible doors allowing a portable hoist into and accessing the pumps without any obstructions. Locate motor out of airstream. 237300 — SPLIT — SYSTEM HVAC UNITS A. Split- system HVAC units shall be matched units provided by the same manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are Carrier, Trane, and York. B. Air Cooled Condensers All air cooled condensers shall be concealed from view from the front or sides of the building. Condensers shall be located in a dry, dust -free environment separated from landscaping and maintained lawns and not confined in an enclosed area. Provide `Bronzeglow" factory applied protective finish (or approved equal) where units are located within one mile of the coast. Do not locate exterior units directly under the edge of a roof overhang or roof valley. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 48 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared: Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 121020 1 0.docMay Revision Mark -Up UND 812/10/: 2. Provide sufficient clear area around the unit to for maintenance and free air circulation without recirculation. Confirm the manufacturers minimum recommended clearances between units and walls prior to design. In no cases shall units be placed closer than two (2) feet from an adjacent wall nor closer than three (3) feet between units. Provide additional clear areas for servicing as recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than (5) feet on service side, plus a minimum five (5) foot by five (5) foot clear work area. The work area must be a hard surface such as on a concrete pad or pavement. Coil grill guards shall be installed on all air cooled condensing units 5 ton and larger. C. Air Handling Units All air handling units shall have not less than two (2) feet of clearance around the entire unit, plus not less than five (5) feet clear on the service side(s) of the equipment. Provide at least one five (5) foot by five (5) foot clear floor area in the equipment room for servicing and maintenance of the equipment. The clearances specified herein are minimum sizes and may need to be increased as necessary to accommodate the equipment used. The size and maintenance requirements of the unit shall be used to determine the required room size. 2. Air handlers shall not be located in attic space, but in mechanical rooms with duct leading into the ceiling. (Exception only if an existing system is installed in an attic space. 3. Provide double -wall Air Handler Units with sloped drain pans. 237400 — ROOFTOP UNITS A. Avoid rooftop units whenever possible. When located on roof, units shall not be visible from the ground. Approved manufacturers are Carrier, Trane, York, and Weatherking. Provide `Bronzeglow" or equivalent, factory applied protective finish where units are located within one mile of the coast. B. Comply with SMACNA and NRCA standards for flashing at all roof penetrations. Coordinate work with other trades. Provide prefabricated roof curbs under all roof mounted equipment. Pitch pans are not allowed. Provide walk boards at rooftop locations. 238400 — DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT A. Dehumidification equipment must be correctly sized to maintain 50% (or lower) relative humidity level. Manufacturer shall be Scorpion or DFM approved equal. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 49 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files: Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up CQIO 4B 12 /10 /: B. Coordinate design requirements with other trades as required to meet this specification. Vestibules are recommended at all high - traffic entrances to the building. DIVISION 25 — INTEGRATED AUTOMATION 255000 — HVAC CONTROLS A. "BAS" Control systems All buildings will be evaluated for application of Building Automation Systems, but in general, all buildings over 4,000 square feet will include a Building Automation System. The system will be Johnson Control's Metasys System. Included within the package will be all items currently being utilized by the Facilities Management Department including but not limited to remote monitoring at the main office. 2. Temperature sensors and controls to be located in each private office, zone and/or open area as specified by engineer. Zone and room temperatures to be controlled only by Facility Management Department BAS, not by room occupant. NON - adjustable sensors are to be used in all areas except when specifically exempted in writing by Facilities Management staff. 4. Temperature, CO2 and humidity sensors shall be located in space which is being controlled. The sensors shall be mounted on a wall 5 feet above the floor. An additional humidity sensor shall be located in the R/A ducts, and all RH sensors shall be connected to the BAS system. All humidity sensors installed in County facilities need to be installed in the space that it is monitoring (not in duct). The sensor needs to be installed per manufacturers requirements. This is usually at the 4 -1/2 to 5 foot level It must be clear of all furniture and other obstructions so as to properly read the space RH %. The sensor must be installed on an inside wall of the space being monitored to avoid adverse readinjzs from possible outside wall drafts. Sensors installed in return ducts can be easily forgotten about and be difficult to repair. Again, you may not get accurate readings from return air locations due to dust collecting as an insulator and location of the return near an outside doorway. Any deviation from the standard of room sensors needs to be explained and approved by the Director of Facilities Manaizement. 5 Individual DDC controller for each major piece of mechanical equipment to insure operation in case of failure to our "BAS" system. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 50 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Malfll ]ES 112,10/: 6. As part of the project, the system shall communicate (through the server located on the 5th floor of Building F) with the work station in the Operations Center at the Facilities Management Headquarters. All equipment will be included in the project. 7. All computer and electrical rooms will have temperature sensors with alarmed ranges monitored and pageable. B. 'BAS" Network Design System shall be designed to a fault tolerant distributed system with intelligence at each major piece of mechanical equipment. 2. Communication to all DDC controllers shall be by Network Automated Engine; (NAE) in the building. 3. Communication from NAE/NIE (Network Integrate Engine) to Operator Workstation in Building W via Fiber optic Cabling, if building is on campus, or via modem if building is off campus. System shall allow automatic beeper notification of critical alarms as defined by FM department prior to software generation by utilizing the existing automatic dialer if the building is on campus or a new automatic dialer if building is off campus. DIVISION 26 — ELECTRICAL 260000 — GENERAL A. Standards; Requirements of Division 1, the National Electric Code, NFPA, NEMA, and UL apply to work of this section. B. All automated lighting control systems shall be monitored and controlled through Metasys, unless otherwise approved by the Department of Facilities Management. C. All 3 -phase equipment shall have phase -loss protection. D. All light fixtures must accept G.E. replacement lamps. E. Lighting should be designed to recommended candle power readings of Illumination Engineering Society. F. Wherever practical, high efficiency, LED lamps or Energy Star rated products should be used. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 51 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision M1611185 1 12/10/: G. All private offices, bathrooms, breakrooms, and other areas with intermittent occupancy during the normal work day, shall be equipped with occupancy /motion sensor light switches. 260010 — AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall provide accurate and updated as -built drawings detailing all electrical installations, to include outlets, shown as they are actually installed. 260020 — RENOVATION AND RETROFIT WORK A. For all renovation, retrofit, and building additions projects, the Design Professional and/or Contractor must consult with County maintenance personnel for tie -in to existing equipment. 260030 — SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ROOM REQUIREMENTS A. All mechanical rooms and exterior equipment areas shall be fitted with at least two (2) ane (1) 20 amp duplex electrical outlets, 115 volt single phase. B. All mechanical rooms shall be fitted with sufficient lighting to properly illuminate all areas of the room taking into account light obstruction due to equipment, provide approximately 100 Foot Candles of illumination. C. Provide 2 separate electrical rooms; one for building power and one for low voltage applications such as computer networks, phone etc. The intent is to physically separate functions while maintaning close proximity to each other. D. If building is equipped with card access hardware, provide card reader at each equipment room. 260040 — IDENTIFICATION A. Provide neatly typed panel schedules identifying all circuits in all new and renovated work. B. All panels and switchgear shall be identified with engraved plastic signs indicating same designation shown on the as -built plans. 260500 — CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Only T.H.H.N. or equivalent, insulated copper wire shall be used in all electrical wiring COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 52 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark- Ulc6las 1210/: B. Engineer shall design wiring with respect to the harmonic loads of the building. C. Neutrals shall be installed using one of two approved methods: Install separate neutrals with circuits. 2. Install oversized neutrals. D. Raceways and Raceway Fittings shall be thin wall EMT type steel conduits for indoor use, and PVC for exposed outdoor use. All raceways shall be complete with fittings specifically designed for use with the associated raceways. Flexible metallic and PVC are acceptable. E. Junction, Outlet, and Pull Boxes Shall be constructed of code gauge sheet steel, galvanized or sheradized or otherwise rust proofed, and sized in accordance with the NEC per number of devices and wires within the boxes or the number and sizes of conduits entering the boxes. Outlet boxes shall have suitable cover plates or devices mounting plates as required for its associated device and/or accessory. Junction and pull boxes shall have blank steel covers bolted to the boxes. F. Sleeves for pipe and conduit penetrations through concrete or masonry walls shall be minimum No. 22 gauge sheet steel. 260526 — GROUNDING A. Pull ground wire with all circuits. B. Grounds shall be cadwelded to steel frame structures. C. Ground rods shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet long D. Step down transformers for lighting and receptacle loads shall have grounded electrodes to each transformer. 260536 — CABLE TRAYS A. Provide cable trays or hooks above corridor ceilings where required by Owners building design program. C. Communication Cabling: . The insulation or outer jacket of all wiring shall be color coded by function according to the National Electric Code Standard. CAT -6 Patch Cords Connection Type Color Ethernet Yellow Critical Care Red Cross -Over White UPS Green COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 53 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16BB Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up COMMENTS 12. /1d /: Server Blue Department Owned Hardware Black PoE Connections (Wireless) Orange Voice Connectivity Gray Fiber Patch Cords Connection Type Color MM Fiber (62.5 micron) Orange MM Fiber (62.5 micron) White MM Fiber (50 micron) Aqua SM Fiber Yellow 260620.16 — DISCONNECT SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. All circuit breakers shall be either Square D or ITE type breakers. B. Wafer style breakers shall not be used in new construction. 260620.26 — DEVICES A. All receptacles shall twenty (20) amp combination devices. B. Except as noted below, the color of all switches, cover plates, fixtures, devices, exit lights, emergency lights, etc. shall be either White or as scheduled by Design Professional. Trim shall be white color, aluminum, brushed aluminum, or chrome. Computer/UPS outlets shall be orange color. 2. Emergency generator outlets shall be red color, unless entire facility is powered by emergency generator. 262200 — TRANSFORMERS A. Provide non - linear load transformers where required. 264100 — LIGHTNING PROTECTION A. Where required by building design program, provide a complete UL listed lightning protection system. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the Design Professional prior to installation. Minimize roof penetrations and coordinate the work with other trades as needed for a complete and proper leak- proof installation. Exposed pitch pans are not allowed. 264300 — TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SUPPRESSION A. Provide appropriate surge suppression device for all buildings. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 54 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 160c Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Mp COMMENTS 12/10/: 265100 — INTERIOR LIGHTING A. Fixtures types shall be limited to listed standard fixtures to facilitate maintenance. 1. Basic interior lighting fixtures shall be 2' x 4' fluorescent lighting fixtures. 2. All lighting fixtures shall have electronic ballasts with T -5 fluorescent lamps with safety fuse, or LED equivalents 3. Recessed lamps shall use only standard PL 5, 7, 9, or 13 lamps. Do not use quad or non - standard lamps. 4. Special fixtures must be approved by the County prior to completion of design. 5. Tandem ballasts are not allowed. 6. Provide at least one non - switched fluorescent night light in Foyer, Lobby, Corridors, and large Open Office areas 7. Lighting must be energy efficient and designed to the recommended candle power readings of the Illumination Engineering Society. 265200 — EMERGENCY LIGHTING A. Emergency lights shall be low - profile surface mounted dual head units, white color. 1. Provide Chloride Fusion 2, Surelight CU -1, Bejzhelli Deco 6, or approved equal. 2. Do not use EM backup units for recessed fixtures. 265300 — EXIT SIGNS A. Provide LED exit signs with battery back -up for emergency egress requirements. B. Exit signs shall not use fluorescent lamps and nor any radioactive materials. C. Exit signs shall have brushed aluminum faces. Stencils shall be green. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 55 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 16D 8 t Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum: VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark- OrkCOMMENTS 12/10/: 265600 — EXTERIOR LIGHTING A. Exterior fixtures shall utilize metal halide lamps with standard mogul bases. Acceptable sizes are limited to 150, 250, and 400 watt lamps. B. Light poles shall be individually fused and numbered sequentially in order to confirm exact pole location for bulb maintenance. Call Facilities Management prior to installing numbers for approved number material, colors, and location on pole. C. Exterior fixtures shall be all aluminum or heavy duty vandal resistant plastic construction with vandal resistant glass lenses. D. Well or buried fixtures are not allowed E. Flagpole lights: 100W MH. F. Sign lights: LED equivalent to 70W MH unless approved otherwise. G. Exterior wraparound fixtures: not allowed (use vapor proof fixtures in exterior environments). DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS All communication wiring and cabling shall be run in wire ways, troughs, or other approved supporting means according to NEC 70E 272000 — INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) A. Use Category 6 wire for all data lines in new construction and renovations. B. All offices and conference rooms shall have two IT Duplex Boxes on opposite walls. Each box to have two Cat 6 Lines terminated and certified Open space areas to have two Cat 6 lines for each cubicle shown on the systems furniture layout 272010 — FIBER OPTIC LINES A. All fiber optic lines must be traceable. Acceptable tracing techniques are as follows: 1. Install pull wires with each line. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 56 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Pro ect Files: Project 451 to 475:469 Ti entail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.doeMa Revision Mark-Up COMMENTS J _ J S Y P 2. Encase under ground lines in a steel jaelcet conduit with Metro Tracer Ribbon for underground locator service compatibility. 273000 — TELEPHONE SYSTEMS A. Refer to the Collier County Government Information Technology (IT) Standards Manual. B. Conceal all cables in walls, partitions, and ceiling spaces wherever possible. Run lines in conduit from telephone board to telephone company connection. Do not install unprotected lines or equipment on exterior walls of the building. 274000 — CABLE TV SYSTEMS A. Pre -wire for standard cable TV service to all Conference Rooms, Training Rooms, Meeting Rooms, Lobbies, Executive Offices and where identified in the Owners building design program. Refer to the Collier County Government IT Standards Manual. DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 281000 — SECURITY AND INTRUSION ALARMS A. For new buildings or renovations where the security system is being removed, a new integrated system shall be installed. In existing buildings where the security system is not being replaced, the Facility Management System shall monitor the security system as noted below. 281001 - ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS (CARD ACCESS) A. System shall perform as a stand -alone security system including all required control sequences per occupant's requirements including necessary keypads, card readers, motion detectors, door contacts, etc. B. Security system shall communicate to the central station on contract (3 to indicate at a minimum, zone by zone status. F44-9 shall aet as a seeendafy eY e fti,. station na shall 1. t the p C. All external hardware shall have tamper proof screws. D. All roof hatches shall be monitored by the security system. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 57 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 hh R i Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -U P!1![E1� V 12/10/1 282300 — CCTV VIDEO SURVEILLANCE A. Quantity and locations shall be specified at job design meeting by Building Automation Supervisor. B. Fixed Cameras shall be Pelco, Digital Color Cameras. C. Pan / Tilt / Zoom Cameras shall be Pelco Dome Systems. D. CCTV DVR's recording devices shall be Dedicated Micros 1.2 Terabyte. E. CCTV images shall be transmitted to FM Operations Center via multimode, fiber optics on campus F. Two (2) WP electrical outlets shall be installed in locked panel on poles used for CCTV panel. H. DVR's off site need to be in lockable secure cabinet in an air - conditioned secure (preferably card - accessed) area. 283100 — FIRE ALARM A. Provide a complete Fire Alarm system where required by Code or Ordinance. Refer to Division One for General Requirements, Codes, and Standards, including FBC and NFPA codes. Fire Alarm systems shall be provided by Johnson Controls, GE -EST, Siemens, Simplex, or approved equal as by FM staff. 2. Fire Alarm software shall be compatible with existing I.F.I software utilized at the Facilities Management operations center. B. Comply with the requirements of NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code for all work related to the design and installation of the system. The Engineer of Record shall review and approve the installers shop drawings prior to permit application. C. The fire control panel shall be an addressable fire panel that is ULFM listed. A dual dialer with 2 phone lines coming from the fire panel is required; two (2) lines per fire code to the primary monitoring company, and a third NIC card & ethernet connection back to the Building "W" Operations Center for ancillary monitoring. For new buildings or renovations where the existing fire alarm system is being removed, a new integrated system shall be installed. In existing buildings where the fire alarm system is not being replaced, the Facility Management System shall monitor the fire alarm system as noted below. COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 58 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tiger-tail Beach Boardwalk:Addendum:VERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark- UpZOMbiER 812/10/. System shall perform as a stand -alone fire alarm system including all required control sequences including Fire Department notification. 2. Fire Alarm system shall communicate to (FMS) to indicate at a minimum, zone by zone status. 3. FMS shall act as an ancillary seeeftdafy reporting station and shall not be the primary reporting station. D. Maintain accurate as -built plans of all work. Provide neatly typed zone schedule at the fire alarm panel. 2. Provide CAD discs of any new or revised alarm system. E. Provide a lockable exterior "fire fighter key box" located near the main entry of each new building and containing the building's master key or card access card for use during fire emergencies. Approval of the box type and final location shall be determined solely by the Fire Department and / or Fire Marshall for each fire district. F. Provide a "Stopper II w/Horn Casing" (model # STI -1130 or equivalent) for all Lobby and Entrance area Fire Pull Stations. G. All warning devices (Horn/Strobes etc.) shall be ceiling mounted and not located on the wall unless required by code. Center the device within individual ceiling tiles when possible. All warning devices shall be equipped with internal battery Back -up DIVISION 31 — EARTHWORK 310000 — GENERAL A. Comply with the Collier County Land Development Code, FBC, and requirements of Division 1. 312000 — GRADING A. Enclosed building floor slabs shall be at least 8" above exterior finish grade. Do not slope grades towards buildings. Final grading around the building is to be sloped evenly away from structures and slabs to insure positive drainage. DIVISION 32 — EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 59 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 I Shared:Project Files:_Project 451 to 475:469 Tigertail Beach Boardwalk:AddendurnNERTICAL STDS rev 12102010.docMay Revision Mark -Up MMMENTS 12/10/: 329300 — LANDSCAPING A. Except for grass, all landscaping must be at least three (3) feet away from any exterior wall. Plants and other foliage must have a three (3) foot clearance between outer limbs and each wall. B. Trees are to be planted at least Fifteen (15) feet from any exterior wall. No Trees to be planted in pavers C. Landscaping may not be planted within Four (4) feet of HVAC units, fire protection assemblies, mechanical or electrical equipment. Increase distance as needed to provide required clearance for anticipated full -grown size of landscaping. D. Install not less than 10" wide border of gravel at the perimeter of exterior walls around each building. Gravel shall be not less than 4" thick, installed over weed block fabric, with a suitable continuous edge trim. Top of gravel shall be at least 8" below the finish floor slab. Completely remove all compacted base and sub base material from all areas intended for landscaping and trees. Add top soil to all areas prior to installation of plant material. Facility Manager to approve all plant material prior to installation. K. Irrigation syetem shall tie into existing system or follow standards. Provide connection to reclaimed water system if possible. L. Grading and landscaping shall be sloped away from building walkway pavement, equipment, etc, and water runoff shall drain into site drainage system without standin.2 water. END OF VERTICAL STANDARDS DOCUMENT COLLIER COUNTY VERTICAL STANDARDS PAGE 60 NOVEMBER 2, 2010 !mr.41 TIGERTAIL BEACH RESTROOM AND BOARDWALKS MARCO ISLAND, FLORIDA SECTION 00005 - TABLE OF CONTENTS CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS 000051-4 TABLE OF CONTENTS 008001-2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 009001-1 SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010001-1 COLOR AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE 010301 -2 ALTERNATES 010401 -3 COORDINATION 010451-4 CUTTING AND PATCHING 010501-3 FIELD ENGINEERING 011101-3 SUMMARY OF WORK 012001-3 PROJECT MEETINGS 013001 -7 SUBMITTALS 013701-2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 014101-14 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 014201-3 REFERENCES 014501-8 CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL 015001-5 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 015401-5 SITE SAFETY COMPLIANCE PROGRAM 016001 -4 SUBSTITUTIONS 017001-5 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 017201-6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 020101-1 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION 020701-4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 021511-2 SHORING AND BRACING OF EXCAVATIONS 02201 1 -7 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITY STRUCTURES 02221 1 -7 TRENCHING, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL FOR PIPE 02223 1 -1 EXCAVATION BELOW NORMAL GRADE AND GRAVEL REFILL 022301-2 SITE CLEARING 022761-2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 023601-2 TERMITE CONTROL TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -1 TIGERTAIL BEACH RESTROOM AND BOARDWALKS 16D8 MARCO ISLAND, FLORIDA 024001 -3 PILINGS 02535 1 -12 FORCE MAIN TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 032001-5 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03300 1 -20 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 034801-4 PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 04200 1 -10 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 5 - METALS 05120 1 -10 STRUCTURAL STEEL 055001-4 METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06065 1 -5 OUTDOOR STRUCTURAL GRADE PLASTIC LUMBER WITH FIBERGLASS FILAMENT REINFORCING 061001-4 CARPENTRY DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071001-4 WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING 075521-10 SBS- MODIFIED BITUMINOUS MEMBRANE ROOFING 076201-6 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 079201 -7 SEALANTS DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 084101-9 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 087121-6 DOOR HARDWARE 087151-1 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 089001-5 LOUVERS AND VENTS DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 092201-7 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 098201-5 CEMENTATIONS COATINGS 099121-10 PAINTING 099601-6 EPDXY COATINGS TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -2 TIGERTAIL BEACH RESTROOM AND BOARDWALKS MARCO ISLAND, FLORIDA DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 104251 -4 SIGNS 105201-3 FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 108011-4 TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11311 1 -11 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS DIVISION 12 - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - NOT USED DIVISION 14 - NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 1 -12 PIPING, GENERAL 15050 1 -5 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15064 1 -3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS 15100 1 -5 VALVES, GENERAL 15105 1 -2 CHECK VALVES 15109 1 -2 PLUG VALVES 15140 1-4 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 15150 1-4 SANITARY WASTE, STORM DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 15410 1 -6 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16000 1 -7 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 16050 1 -6 BASIC MATERIALS, METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS 16051 1 -1 TEMPORARY POWER LIGHTING 16110 1 -4 RACEWAYS 16120 1 -3 WIRES AND CABLES 16131 1 -3 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES 16140 1 -2 WIRING DEVICES 16452 1 -1 GROUNDING 16470 1 -3 PANELBOARDS 16515 1 -1 LIGHTING FIXTURES 16601 1 -1 CONNECTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 16900 1 -3 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP LEVEL CONTROL PANEL TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -3 ffo W10:1 TIGERTAIL BEACH RESTROOM AND BOARDWALKS MARCO ISLAND, FLORIDA APPENDICES APPENDIX A 1 -23 APPENDIX B 1 -20 APPENDIX C 1 -9 ATTACHMENT A 1 -9 ATTACHMENT B 1 -4 APPENDIX D 1 -60 FDEP NOTICE TO PROCEED FDEP ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCE PERMIT USACE PERMIT PROJECT DRAWINGS WATER QUALITY CERTIFICATION VERTICAL STANDARDS 16D NOTICE: BIDDERS INCLUDING GENERAL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS SHALL OBTAIN AND REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING PROJECT MANUAL, SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND ADDENDA PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS. END OF SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00005 -4 !NIT6411 SECTION 02151 SHORING AND BRACING OF EXCAVATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work included: Provide shoring at excavations and else where as required to protect workmen, materials, other properties, and the public. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. As established in the General Conditions of the Contract, the Contractor is solely responsible for means and methods of construction and for the sequences and procedures to be used. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are familiar with the specified requirements and the methods required for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Employ a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida, who is qualified to design the shoring system and to inspect and report on the quality of its construction. All drawings must bear the signature and seal of this engineer. C. Comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, specifically the Florida Trench Safety Act. D. The shoring design and construction shall take into consideration all the information regarding the following: 1. Soil investigation report prepared for this Work. 2. Existing Utilities. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340 "Submittals and Substitutions ". B. Submit shoring design for approval by Owner. 1. Should changes in the shoring design be required coordinate all such changes with the Engineer and secure the Owner. 02151 -1 RO W14009i PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Provide list of materials as required for the shoring system. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 DESIGN A. Design a shoring system which will safely and adequately prevent collapse of adjacent materials and which will permit construction of the Work to the arrangement shown on the Drawings. B. Secure approval from Owner. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Construct and install the shoring system in accordance with the design as approved by the Owner. END OF SECTION 02151 -2 1608 1 SECTION 02201 EARTHWORK FOR UTILITY STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work included: Excavation, backfilling and compaction for the installation of utility structures and related construction. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Testing and Inspection Services: Contractor shall employ and pay for a qualified independent geotechnical testing laboratory to perform soil testing and provide inspection services during earthwork operations. C. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, the geotechnical testing laboratory must demonstrate to the Engineers satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory- submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct required field and laboratory geotechnical testing without delaying the progress of the Work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Test Report: Submit the following reports directly to the Engineer from the testing services, with a copy to the Contractor: 1. Verification of suitability of subgrade material, for each footing, in accordance with all specified the requirements. 2. Field reports of in -place soil density tests. 3. Report of actual unconfined compressive strength and /or results of bearing tests of each strata tested. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Data contained in the subsurface investigation reports was used as a basis for the Engineering design and are available to the Contractor for information only. Conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. The Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn from this data by the Contractor. 1. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be performed by Contractor, at the Contractor's option; however, no change in the 02201 -1 •1. Contract Sum will be authorized for such additional exploration. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult Engineer immediately for directions prior to proceeding with excavation work. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective utility services and facilities in operation. Repair any damaged utilities to the satisfaction of utility owner. 2. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing by the Architect and Engineer; and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 3. Provide a minimum of 48 -hour notice to the Engineer, and receive written notice from the Engineer to proceed before interrupting any utility service. C. Use of Explosives: Use of explosives is not permitted. D. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. 1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect building structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 3. Perform excavation by hand within dripline of large trees to remain. Protect root systems from damage or dry-out to the greatest extent possible. Maintain moist conditions for root system and cover exposed roots with moistened burlap. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SOIL MATERIALS A. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SM, SW, and SP. B. Unsatisfactory oil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D3487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT. C. Sub -base Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, crushed limerock and natural or crushed sand. D. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. 02201 -2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION 16D 81 A. Excavation Classifications: Excavation includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated on the Construction Drawings. The following classifications of excavation will be made: 1. Earth Excavation includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible on surface; underground structures, utilities, and other items indicated to be demolished and removed; together with earth and other materials encountered that are not classified as Rock or Unauthorized Excavation. 2. Rock Excavation for trenches and pits includes removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered that cannot be excavated with a track mounted power excavator, equivalent to Caterpillar Model No. 215CLC, and rated at not less than 115 -HP flywheel power and 32,000 - pound drawbar pull and equipped with a short stick and a 42 -inch wide, short tip radius rock bucket rated at a heaped capacity of 0.81 cubic yards. Trenches in excess of 10 feet in width and pits in excess of 30 feet in either length or width are classified as Open Excavation. 3. Rock excavation in open excavations includes removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered that cannot be dislodged and excavated with modern, track - mounted, heavy -duty excavating equipment is defined as Caterpillar Model No. 973 or equivalent track - mounted loader, rated not less than 210 -HP flywheel power and developing minimum breakout force of 45,000 -pound (measured in accordance with SAE J732). a. Typical of materials classified as rock are (boulders 1/2 cubic yard or more in volume), solid rock, rock in ledges, and rockhard cementitious aggregate deposits. b. Intermittent drilling, or ripping performed to increase production and not necessary to permit excavation of material encountered will be classified as Earth Excavation. B. All other excavation is classified as Unauthorized Excavation. The Contractor shall receive written approval from the Owner and Engineer prior to proceeding with any Unauthorized Excavation. 3.02 STABILITY OF EXCAVATIONS A. General: Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. B. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. C. Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers, and shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Extend shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. 02201 -3 ffol ME 3.03 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations, and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting structure bases, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey stormwater runoff and water removed from excavations into collection areas or to direct stormwater runoff in the historical flow direction. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. Maintain proper erosion and sedimentation control measures to avoid siltation of existing stormwater management systems. 3. Contractor to obtain all permits for dewatering and present to owner prior to any dewatering operations. 3.04 STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill where directed. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. B. Dispose of excess excavated soil material and materials not acceptable for use as backfill or fill off -site and at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.05 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot, and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, and other construction and for inspection. 1. Excavations for footings and foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms of required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. 3.06 BACKFILL AND FILL A. General: Place soil material in layers to the required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below, using materials specified in Part 2 of this Section. B. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including where applicable, damp proofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Removal of concrete formwork. 3. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. Cut off temporary sheet piling driven below bottom of structures and remove in a manner to prevent settlement of the structure or utilities, or 02201 -4 MIT leave in place if required. 4. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. 5. Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls. 3.07 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION A. Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fill material(s). Plow, strip, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface. 1. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified in the Drawings, break up the ground surface, pulverize, moisture - condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to the required depth and percentage of maximum density. B. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand - operated tampers. C. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to the required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification as per the Construction Drawings and Article 3.7.E below. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy. D. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping, or conduit to the required elevations. Prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, piping, or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift. E. Control soil and fill compaction, providing a minimum percentage of dry density as specified for each area classification indicated below. Correct improperly compacted areas or lifts as directed by the Engineer if soil density tests indicate inadequate compaction. 1. Percentage of Maximum Dry Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density, in accordance with ASTM D 1557: a. Under structures and pavements, compact top 12 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum dry density. 2. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or a layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of the subgrade or layer of soil material. Apply water in minimum quantities as necessary to prevent free water from appearing on the surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. a. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. b. Stockpile or spread soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction. Assist drying by harrowing, or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. 02201 -5 M0 3.08 GRADING A. Uniformly grade areas within the limits of grading specified in the Drawings and under this Section. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated, or between such points and existing grades. B. Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes. Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade, and cross - section, with the finished surface not more than 1/2 inch above or below the required subgrade elevation. C. Grading surface of fill under building slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to the required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10 -foot long straight edge. D. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum or relative density for each area classification. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: Allow testing service to inspect and approve each subgrade and fill layer before further backfill or construction work is performed. 1. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), as applicable. a. Field density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method in accordance with ASTM D 2922, providing that calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. In conjunction with each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages in accordance with ASTM D 3017. b. If field tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at the beginning of the testing work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Engineer. 2. Foundation Subgrade: For each strata of soil on which footings will be placed, perform at least one test to verify the required design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of each foundation subgrade may be based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata only when acceptable to the Engineer. 3. Paved Areas: In each compacted fill layer, perform one field density test for every 2,00 sq. ft. of overlaying building slab or paved area, but in no case perform fewer than three tests. 4. Foundation Wall Backfill: Perform at least two field density tests at locations and elevations as directed. 5. If in the opinion of the Engineer, based on the testing service reports and inspections, the subgrade or fill that has been placed is below the specified density, perform additional compaction and testing until the specified density 02201 -6 1b L 8 is obtained. 3.10 EROSION CONTROL: A. Provide erosion control methods in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. Protection of Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances. C. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas a -e disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape, and compact to the required density prior to further construction. D. Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during the general project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn, or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.12 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIAL A. Removal to Designated Areas on Owner's Property: Transport acceptable excess excavated material to soil storage areas designated by the Owner on Owner's property. Stockpile soil or spread as directed by the Engineer. B. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash, and debris, and dispose of it off Owner's property. C. Disposal of excess and waste material shall be at no additional cost to the Owner In excess of that stipulated on the Contract. END OF SECTION 02201 -7 4 i SECTION 02221 TRENCHING, BEDDING, AND BACKFILL FOR PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Work included: The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to perform all excavation, backfill, fill, grading and slope protection required to complete the piping work shown on the Drawings and specified herein. The work shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: manholes, vaults, duct conduit, pipe, roadways and paving; all backfilling, fill and required borrow; grading; disposal of surplus and unsuitable materials; and all related work such as sheeting, bracing, and water handling. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02151 2. Section 02201 3. Section 02535 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE "Shoring and Bracing of Excavations" "Earthwork for Utility Structures" "Force Main Transmission Systems" A. Codes and Standards: perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Testing and Inspection Services: Contractor shall employ and pay for a qualified independent geotechnical testing laboratory to perform soil testing and provide inspection services during earthwork operations. C. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, the geotechnical testing laboratory must demonstrate to the Engineers satisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory- submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct required field and laboratory geotechnical testing without delaying the progress of the work. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. The maximum allowable continuous length of trench to be opened at one time without providing temporary or permanent pavement is 1,000 feet. B. The Contractor shall examine the site and review the available soil borings information or undertake his own soil borings prior to submitting his bid, taking into consideration all conditions that may affect his work. The Owner and Engineer will not assume responsibility for variations of sub -soil quality or conditions at locations 02221 -1 16D8 other than places shown and at the time the soil investigation was made. Boring log data and soil samples are available, upon request, for examination after signing a release at the office of the Engineer. C. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in the areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult the Engineer and the owner of such piping or utility immediately for directions. 2. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. D. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, for approval, a representative sample, weighing approximately 50 pounds, of fill material obtained from on -site sources, at least ten calendar days prior to the date of the anticipated use of such material. B. For each material obtained from other than on -site sources, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of the material and shall furnish the Engineer, for approval, a representative sample weighing approximately 50 pounds, at least ten calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of such material. 1.06 TRENCH PROTECTION A. Contractor shall construct and maintain sheeting and bracing as required to support the sides of excavations, to prevent any movement which could in any way diminish the width of the excavation below that necessary for proper construction; and to protect adjacent structures, existing piping and /or foundation material from disturbance, undermining, or other damage. Care shall be taken to prevent voids outside of the sheeting, and if voids are formed, they shall be immediately filled and rammed. B. For pipe trench sheeting, no sheeting is to be withdrawn if driven below mid - diameter of any pipe, and no wood sheeting shall be cut off at a level lower than 1 foot above the top of any pipe unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. If during the progress of the work the Engineer decides that additional wood sheeting should be left in place, he may direct the Contractor in writing. If steel sheeting is used for trench sheeting, removal shall be as specified above unless written approval is given by the Engineer for an alternate method of removal. C. All sheeting and bracing not specified to be left in place shall be carefully removed in such a manner as not to endanger the construction or other structures, utilities, 02221 -2 mol'! ! existing piping, or property. All voids left or caused by withdrawal of sheeting shall be immediately refilled with sand by ramming with tools especially adapted to that purpose, by watering, or otherwise as may be directed. D. The right of the Engineer to order sheeting and bracing to be left in place shall not be construed as creating any obligation on his part to issue such orders, and his failure to exercise his right to do so shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages to persons or property, occurring from or upon the work, occasioned by negligence or otherwise, growing out of a failure on the part of the Contractor to leave in place sufficient sheeting and bracing to prevent any caving or moving of the ground. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: 1. Materials for use as base, fill and backfill shall be as described below: a. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ( AASHTO) M -145, soil classification Groups A -1, A -2 -4. A -2 -5, and A -3. b. Unsatisfactory soil materials are those defined in ASSHTO M -145 soil classification Groups A -2 -6, A -2 -7, A -6, and A -7 along with peat and other highly organic soils. B. Structural Fill: Structural fill material shall be satisfactory soil material consisting of a minimum of 60 percent clean medium to fine grain sized quartz sand, free of organic, deleterious and /or compressible material. Rock in excess of 2 -1/2 inches in diameter shall not be used in the fill material. Structural fill shall not contain hardpan, stones, rocks, cobbles or other similar materials. C. Common Fill: 1. Common fill material shall be satisfactory soil material containing no more than 20 percent by weight finer than No. 200 mesh sieve. The material shall be free from organic matter, much, marl, and rock exceeding 2 -1/2 inches in diameter. Common fill shall not contain broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other similar materials. 2. Material falling within the above specification, encountered during the excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpile(s) for reuse. All material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable for reuse shall be spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable materials. D. Rock bedding shall be 3/8 -inch to 3/4 -inch washed and graded limerock. This rock shall be graded so that 99 percent will pass a 3/4 -inch screen and 80 percent will be retained on a No. 8 screen. PART 3 - EXECUTION 02221 -3 3.01 GENERAL 16D A. All excavation, backfill and grading necessary to complete the Work shall be made by the Contractor and the cost thereof shall be included in the contract price. B. Material may be obtained on -site with the approval of the Owner, or shall be furnished as required from off site sources and hauled to the site. C. The Contractor shall take all the necessary precautions to maintain the work area in a safe and workable condition. D. The Contractor shall protect his work at all times by flagging, marking, lighting and barricading. It shall also be the Contractor's responsibility to preserve and protect all above and underground structures, pipe lines, conduits, cables, drains or utilities which are existing at the time he encounters them. Failure of the Drawings to show the existence of these obstructions shall not relieve the Contractor from this responsibility. The cost of repair of any damage which occurs to these obstructions during or as a result of construction shall be borne by the Contractor without additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Excavation for all trenches required for the installation of pipes and electrical ducts shall be made to the depths indicated on the Drawings. Excavate trench to provide a minimum of 36 -inch clear cover over the pipe bell unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, and to sufficient depth to provide the bedding depth indicated on the Drawings. Excavate in such manner and to such widths as will give suitable room for laying the pipe. The trench width at the top of the pipe shall not exceed the allowable as determined by the depth of cut and these specifications. B. Rock shall be removed to provide a minimum clearance of 8- inches around the bottom and sides of all the pipe or ducts being laid. C. Where pipe or ducts are to specified be laid in limerock bedding or encased in concrete, the trench may be excavated by machinery to or just below the designated subgrade, provided that the material remaining in the bottom of the trench is no more than slightly disturbed. D. Where the pipes or ducts are specified to be laid directly on the trench bottom, the lower parts of the trenches shall not be excavated to the trench bottom by machinery. The last of the material being excavated shall be done manually in such a manner that will give a flat bottom true to grade so that pipe or duct can be evenly and uniformly supported along its entire length on undisturbed material or bedding rock. Bell holes shall be made as required manually so that there is no bearing surface on the bells and pipes are supported along the barrel only. 3.03 PIPE INTERFERENCE AND ENCASEMENT A. The Contractor shall abide by the following schedule of criteria concerning interference with other facilities. 1. In no case shall there be less than 6 inches of vertical separation between 02221 -4 any two pipelines, or 12 inches of separation between JARS structures. 2. Where the above conditions cannot be met, or unless otherwise specified on the Drawings, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer. B. The Engineer shall have full authority to direct the placement of the various pipes and structures in order to facilitate construction, expedite completion and to avoid conflicts. 3.04 BACKFILLING A. Backfilling over pipes shall begin as soon as practicable after the pipe has been laid, jointed, and inspected, and the trench filled with suitable compacted material to the mid - diameter of the pipe. B. Backfilling over ducts shall begin not less than three days after placing concrete encasement. C. All backfilling shall be performed expeditiously and as detailed on the Drawings. D. Any space remaining between the pipe and sides of the trench shall be packed full by hand shovel with selected earth, free from stones having a diameter greater than 2 inches and thoroughly compacted with a tamper as fast as fill is placed, up to a level of one foot above the top of the pipe. Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density in layers not to exceed 4 inches in depth up to the centerline of the pipe from the trench bottom and in layers not to exceed 6 inches from the pipe centerline to 12 inches above the pipe. E. The backfill shall be carried up evenly on both sides with at least one man tamping for each man shoveling material into the trench. F. The remainder of the trench above the compacted backfill, as just described above, shall be filled and thoroughly compacted with common fill by rolling, or ramming, as the Engineer may direct. Compact common fill in 6 -inch layers to 95 percent of maximum dry density. G. When the finish surface above the trench is flexible pavement, backfill and compact as indicated to 12 inches below the surface of the subgrade as shown on the Drawings. H. The bedding rock shall consist of at least 6 inches of washed and graded limerock placed in the trench to the proposed elevation of the centerline of the pipe prior to laying the piping. The bedding shall not be used under any circumstances as a drain for groundwater. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to maintain the bedding in a compacted state and to prevent washing, erosion or loosening of this bed. In location where pipes pass through building walls, the Contractor shall take the following precautions to consolidate the backfill up to an elevation of at least 1 foot above the bottom of the pipes: 1. Place structural fill in such areas for a distance of not less than 3 feet on 02221 -5 ' '0' either side of the center line of the pipe in level layers not exceeding 6 inches in depth. 2. Wet each layer to the extent directed and thoroughly compact each layer with a power tamper to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.05 GRADING A. Grading shall be performed at such places as are indicated on the Drawings, to the lines, grades, and elevations shown or as directed by the Engineer and shall be made in such a manner that the requirements for formation of embankments can be followed. All unacceptable material encountered, of whatever nature within the limits indicated, shall be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of excavation, the grade shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at all times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the performance or condition of the work. B. If at the time of excavation it is not possible to place all available material in its proper section of the permanent structure, the excess material shall be stockpiled in approved areas for later use. Stockpiling or double handling of excavation material shall not bear any additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner, through his Engineer, reserves the right to make adjustments or revisions in lines or grades, if found necessary as the Work progresses, due to discrepancies on the Drawings, adverse field conditions, or in order to obtain satisfactory construction. D. Stones or rock fragments larger than 2 -1/2 inches in their greatest dimensions will not be permitted in the top 6 inches below the subgrade line of all dikes, fills or embankments. E. All fill slopes shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross - section and alignment shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer. F. In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the side slopes shall be barred loose or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut slopes shall be uniformly graded to the slope, cross - section and alignment shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineers. G. No grading is to be done in areas where existing pipe lines that may be uncovered or damaged until such lines which must be maintained are projected or relocated; or, where lines are to be abandoned, all required valves are closed and drains plugged at manholes. H. The Contractor shall replace all pavement cut or otherwise damaged during the progress of the Work as specified elsewhere herein. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF UNSUITABLE AND SUPPLY MATERIAL A. All surplus and /or unsuitable excavated material shall be disposed of in one of the following ways as directed by the Engineer. 02221 -6 1. Transport to designated soil storage area on Owner's property and stockpile or spread as directed by the Engineer. 2. Transport from Owner's property and legally dispose of off -site. Any permit required for the hauling and disposing of this material beyond Owner's property shall be obtained prior to commencing hauling operations. B. Suitable excavated material may be used for fill if it meets the specifications for common fill and is approved by the Engineer. Excavated material so approved may be neatly stockpiled at the site where designated by the Owner /Engineer provided there is an area available where it will not interfere with the operation of the facility nor inconvenience traffic or adjoining property owners. END OF SECTION 02221 -7 RXIM909 SECTION 02223 EXCAVATION BELOW NORMAL GRADE AND GRAVEL REFILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the material at or below the normal grade of the bottom of the trench (9 inches below the invert of the pipe) is unsuitable for foundation, it shall be removed to the depth directed by the Engineer and replaced by drain rock. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this section include, but are not necessarily limited to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02221: "Trenching, Bedding and Backfill for Pipe" PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Drain rock shall be 3/8 -inch to 3/4 -inch washed and graded limerock. The rock shall be graded so that 99 percent will pass a 3/4 -inch screen and 80 percent will be retained on a No. 8 screen. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXCAVATION AND DRAINAGE: A. Whatever the nature of unstable material encountered or the groundwater conditions, trench drainage shall be complete and effective. B. If the Contractor excavates below grade through error or for his own convenience, or fails to properly dewater the trench, or disturbs the subgrade before dewatering is sufficiently complete, he may be directed by the Engineer to excavate below grade as set forth in the preceding paragraph, in which case the work of excavating below grade and finishing and placing the refill shall be performed at the Contractors own expense. 3.02 REFILL A. If the material at the level of trench bottom consists of fine sand, sand and silt or soft earth which may penetrate into the drain rock matrix, the subgrade material shall be removed to the extent directed and the excavation refilled with coarse sand, or a mixture graded from coarse sand to fine peastone, to form a filter layer preserving the voids in the gravel bed of the pipe. The composition and gradation of gravel shall be approved by the Engineer prior to placement. Refill shall be placed in 6 -inch layers thoroughly compacted. If directed by the Engineer, drain rock shall be used for refill of excavation below grade. END OF SECTION 02223 -1 1608 SECTION 02535 FORCE MAIN TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. General: The Contractor shall furnish and install the sanitary sewer force main system, complete with all piping and appurtenances, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 02201 - "Earthwork for Utility Structures ". 2. Section 02221 - "Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe ". 3. Section 02223 — "Excavation Below Normal Grade and Gravel Refill ". 4. Section 02230 — "Site Clearing ". 1.04 REFERENCES A. ASTM D1248: Polyethylene Plastics Molding and Extrusion Materials. B. ASTM D1785: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, schedules 40, 80, and 120. C. ASTM D2466: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fillings, schedule 40. D. ASTM D2744: Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping. E. ASTM D2855: Practice for Making Solvent- Cemented Joints with Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. F. ASTM D3139: Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. G. AWWA C105: Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems. H. AWWA C110: Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In., for Water and Other Liquids. I. AWWA C111: Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. J. AWWA C151: Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water. 02535 -1 16D8 '1 K. AWWA C500: Metal- Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. L. AWWA C504: Rubber - Seated Butterfly Valves. M. AWWA C507: Ball Valves, 6 In. Through 48 In. N. AWWA C508: Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 In. Through. 24 In. NPS. O. AWWA C512: Air release, air /vacuum and combination air valves for water works service. P. AWWA C550: Protective epoxy interior coatings for valves and hydrants. Q. AWWA C600: Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. R. AWWA C651: Disinfecting Water Mains. S. AWWA C900: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 inch Through 12 inch, for water. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. DI: Ductile Iron. B. PE: Polyethylene plastic. C. Bedding: Fill placed under, beside, and directly over pipe, prior to subsequent backfill operations. 1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Force Main Pressure Ratings: All pipe and fittings shall have a pressure class rating of at least 150 psi. or meet local utility company criteria, whichever is greater. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for the following: 1. Piping materials. 2. Fittings and appurtenances. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install products specified. C. Design Mix Reports and Calculations: For each class of cast -in -place concrete. D. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. 02535 -2 • ' j E. Project Record Documents: Record location and alignment of pipe runs, location of all valves, location of connections to existing system(s), and invert elevations. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage, and when feasible, from exposure to ultraviolet radiation. B. Deliver to the work site, store, and handle all materials according to the manufacturer's written instructions. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site Information: Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify all existing utility locations in all construction areas. Contact Sunshine State One -Call of Florida, Inc. (1- 800 - 432 - 4770). B. Locate existing structures and force main piping to be closed and abandoned. C. Provide temporary by -pass of the force main piping system to be abandoned as shown in the Drawings in order to maintain service to the Owner and others during construction of the new force main. D. Existing Utilities: 1. Any damages to existing utilities as a result of the project construction are the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be held responsible for repair costs associated with repairing and restoring utility services interrupted as a result of negligence or carelessness during construction. 2. Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: a) Notify the appropriate utility provider not less than two days (48 hours) in advance of proposed utility interruptions. b) Do not proceed with utility interruptions without the written permission of the appropriate utility provider. PART 2 — PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS 2.01 PIPING A. Plastic (PVC) Pipe according to the following: 1. Pressure Pipe, 2 inch: ASTM D1785, schedule 40, for solvent- cemented or gasketed joints. 2. Pressure Pipe, 4 inches greater: AWWA C900 for solvent- cemented or gasketed joints. 3. Gaskets: ASTM F477, elastomeric seals (gaskets). B. Ductile Iron Pipe according to the following: 1. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151 pressure for push -on joints, AWWA C115 for flanged joints. 02535 -3 C X41% 2. Linings for Pipe: factory- applied PE lining according to ASTM D 1248 extending from the spigot end to the gasket seat in the bell end of the pipe, heat -fused to the interior of the pipe to form a tightly bonded lining with a minimum thickness of 30 mils and compounded with carbon black to resist exposure to ultraviolet radiation during storage in open air. 3. Pipe Encasement: AWWA C105 for PE film encasement. 4. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber. Pressure class ratings of Ductile Iron Pipe shall conform to AWWA C151 for the following sizes: Inside Diameter 6 inches 8 inches 10 — 24 inches FITTINGS Pressure Class 300 300 200 or as specified A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) fittings for 2 inch plastic (PVC) pipe according to ASTM D2466. B. Ductile Iron fittings for force mains greater than 4 inches, according to the following: 1. Standard - Pattern, Ductile Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile for all joints. 2. Linings: factory- applied PE lining according to ASTM D 1248, heat -fused to the interior of the fitting to form a tightly bonded lining with a minimum thickness of 30 mils, and compounded with carbon black to resist exposure to ultraviolet radiation during storage in open air. 3. Encasement: AWWA C105 for PE film encasement. 4. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber. C. Restraints: Restrained fittings shall be utilized where indicated on the Drawings. Retainer shall be EBAA Iron Series 800 "Coverall' for push -on pipe and fitting bells as manufactured by EBAA Iron Sales Inc., PO Box 857, Eastland, Texas, 76448 (254- 629- 1731), or approved equivalent. 2.03 GATE VALVES A. General: Contractor shall furnish and install mechanical joint (with accessories) gate valves of the same manufacturer and of the size indicated in the Drawings. Gate valves shall be installed in the locations and manner shown in the Drawing and described herein, and per the manufacturers written instructions. All gate valves shall be provided by the same manufacturer, and shall conform to AWWA C500 manufacturing and testing standards and as specified herein. The gate valves shall be factory tested, and the Contractor shall furnish written certification from the manufacturer indicating that the valves meet the AWWA testing standards. B. Gate valves conforming to the following: 1. Materials: Gate valves shall be of Cast Iron body and bronze - mounted. Gate valves shall have protective epoxy interior coatings conforming to AWWA C550. 2. Type: Gate valves shall be double -disk type with parallel seats, and the disc spreading devices shall be of bronze. 02535 -4 16D8 Ift 3. Gate valves shall have non - rising stems with 2 -inch square operating nuts. The stems shall have "O" ring seals, and the valve design shall permit replacement of the seals without causing leakage. 4. Gate valves shall be designed for 150 psig working pressure and 300 psig test pressure, minimum. 5. All gate valves shall be provided with valve boxes as specified herein, unless otherwise shown in the Drawings. 2.04 PLUG VALVES A. General: Contractor shall furnish and install mechanical joint (with accessories) plug valves of the same manufacturer and of the size indicated in the Drawings. Plug valves shall be installed in the locations and manner shown in the Drawings and described herein, and per the manufacturer's written instructions. All plug valves shall conform to manufacturing and testing standards as set forth in AWWA C507 and AWWA C504 as specified herein. All plug valves shall be factory tested, and the Contractor shall furnish written certification from the manufacturer indicating that the valves meet the AWWA testing standards. B. Plug valves conforming to the following: 1. Materials: All plug valves shall be of cast iron body and shall have resilient faced plugs. The valves shall have an overlay of high nickel content on all surfaces (seats) contacting the plug face. Plug valves (including plugs) shall have protective epoxy interior coatings conforming to AWWA C550. 2. Type: Plug valves shall be non - lubricated, eccentric and of the bolted- bonnet type, and shall have a minimum port area of 80% of the full pipe area. 3. Plug valves shall have manual, totally enclosed gear actuators mounted on permanently lubricated bearings and capable of accepting the input torque as set forth in AWWA C504. The actuator stem shall be designed for connection to an extension stem also designed by the valve manufacturer, and which includes a 2- inch square operating nut. Stem seals shall be adjustable and of the type that can be replaced without disassembling the valve. 4. Plug valves shall be equipped with an external indicator showing the position of the plug and an externally adjustable stop which allows the valve to be closed and reopened to the same position. 5. Plug valves shall be designed for 175 psig working pressure and 350 psig test pressure, minimum. 6. All plug valves shall be provided with valve boxes as specified herein, unless otherwise shown in the Drawings. 2.05 SWING -CHECK VALVES A. General: Contractor shall furnish and install mechanical joint swing -check valves of the same manufacturer and of the size indicated in the Drawings. Swing -check valves shall be installed in the locations and manner shown in the Drawings and described herein, and per the manufacturer's written instructions. All check valves shall conform to AWWA C508 manufacturing and testing standards and as specified herein. All check valves shall be factory tested, and the Contractor shall furnish written certification from the manufacturer indicating that the valves meet the AWWA testing standards. 02535 -5 W,400 B. Swing -check valves conforming to the following: 1. Materials: Check valves shall be of Cast Iron body with bronze seats, for push - on joints. Check valves shall have protective epoxy interior coatings conforming to AWWA C550. 2. Type: Check calves shall be lever and spring operated valves with "O" ring seals for plugs and bushings. 3. All check valves shall be designed for 175 psig working pressure and 350 psig test pressure, minimum. 2.06 SEWAGE AIR RELEASE VALVES A. Air release valves set below ground shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at such locations as directed by the Engineer in the field. These locations will normally be high points in the main as determined by the contractor's as- builts. The bid price for air release valves shall include all costs for furnishing, delivering and installing the air release valves and accessories complete, including tapping the main, backwash assemblies, the tapping saddle, plug valve, steel nipples, yoke, the air release valve, the enclosure or manhole and foundation and all necessary piping and appurtenances, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. Sewer air release valves shall be specially designed for use on sewage force mains. The valves shall be threaded connection with a cast iron body and internal stainless steel trim parts. All working parts shall be located in the upper portion of the internal chamber. The lower chamber shall contain a ball float which shall activate the valve mechanism. Valve bodies shall be suitable for 150 psi working pressure. The orifice size shall be as indicated on the Drawings. The combination sewage air valves shall consist of two separate valve bodies, an air release sewage valve and a sewage air and vacuum valve. Valves shall be piped into a compact assembly and shall include provisions to back flush the valves. The sewage air release valve shall function automatically to release constrained air to the atmosphere. The sewage air and vacuum valve shall exhaust large quantities of air during the filling of the system and allow air to reenter the main during drainage or when a vacuum occurs. Once air is exhausted, the valve shall seat tightly to prevent sewage leakage. C. Air valves shall be as manufactured by APCO, GA Industries, Val - Matic, or Crispin. D. The connection to the main at the saddle shall be by a stainless steel spool piece. PVC and galvanized steel pipe shall not be allowed. E. Air valve enclosure (manholes) shall have the inside and outside surfaces of the walls coated with two coats of a heavy duty coal tar epoxy coating containing not less than 72.9% by volume nonvolatile solids. The concrete surface shall be relatively dry. If necessary, the Contractor shall utilize blowers to achieve the necessary drying. The first coat shall be thinned approximately 15% with a thinner recommended and furnished by the manufacturer. The total dry film thickness of this finished coating shall not be less than 10 mils. The coating shall be bituminous epoxy by Tnemec, or equal, applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the workmen against toxic or harmful fumes during the painting operations. 02535 -6 16D 8 2.07 TAPPING SLEEVES & TAPPING VALVES A. General: Contractor shall furnish and install mechanical tapping sleeves and tapping valves provided by the same manufacturer and of the size indicated in the Drawings. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be installed in the locations and manner shown in the Drawings and described herein, and per the manufacturer's written instructions. All tapping sleeves and valves shall be factory tested, and the Contractor shall furnish written certification from the manufacturer indicating that the sleeves and valves meet the applicable testing standards. B. Tapping sleeves conforming to the following: 1. Materials: Tapping sleeves shall be cast iron. 2. Type: Tapping sleeves shall be of the mechanical joint type, with a connecting flange outlet to fit the tapping valve. The connecting flange shall include a recess or groove for positive alignment of the tapping valve. 3. Tapping sleeves shall be designed for 150 psig working pressure, minimum. C. Tapping valves: Tapping valves shall be gate valves as specified herein, except: Tapping valves shall include a connecting flange joint to fit the tapping sleeve. 2.08 VALVE BOXES A. General: Contractor shall furnish and install valve boxes for all buried valves as specified herein. B. Valves boxes conforming to the following: 1. Materials: Valve boxes shall be cast iron. 2. Type: Valve boxes shall be three -piece valve boxes. The barrel shall be two - piece slip type with an 18- to 24 -inch adjustable 5 %" shaft. 3. Valve box covers shall include lettering "SEWER" cast into the top. 2.09 THRUST BLOCKS A. General: Concrete thrust blocks shall be constructed at all reaction points along the force main as indicated on the Drawings, at all valve locations and at all points of connection between two or more systems. B. Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi minimum compressive strength, with 0.45 maximum water - cementitious materials ratio and 4 -inch slump ( ±1 inch) shall be utilized. 2.10 GAUGES A. Each pump shall be equipped with a glycerin - filled pressure gauge to monitor discharge pressures. Gauges shall be a minimum of 4 inches in diameter, and shall be graduated in feet of water column and pounds per square inch gauge (psig). Rated accuracy shall be 1 percent (1 %) of full scale reading. Pressure gauges shall be graduated 0 to 140 feet water column minimum. 02535 -7 •1: B. Gauges shall be mounted firmly and secured to pumps or piping as shown. Gauge installation shall be complete with fittings, a shutoff valve, snubber, and diaphragm seals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EARTHWORK A. Earthwork activities are specified in Section 02151 — "Shoring and Bracing of Excavations, Section 02201 — "Excavation for Utility Structures ", Section 02221 — "Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe ", and Section 02223 — "Excavation Below Normal Grade and Gravel Refill. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. Arrange for installing green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground structures. 1. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ductile iron piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over edges of underground structures. 3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Drawing plans and details indicate general location and arrangement of force main piping and components taking design considerations into account. Install piping to the line and grade indicated on the Drawings. Consult the Engineer prior to implementing any changes to the required piping line and grade or to any component of the piping system as specified herein. B. Establish line and grade of the piping system on the field. Line and grade consists of establishing all points of bends, valves, tapping locations, etc. along the proposed centerline of the piping system. C. Install piping as indicated on the Drawings, true to line and grade indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Depth of cover as shown on the Drawings shall be maintained. The Contractor shall control the line and grade of the line utilizing a laser device manufactured for this purpose. D. All work with or within the pipe and fittings shall be performed with care to prevent damage to the lining of the pipe and fittings. E. Install ductile iron piping according to AWWA C600 and Section 02221 — "Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe ". F. Install plastic (PVC) piping according to ASTM D2774 and Section 02221 — "Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe ". G. Install all valves and other force main components according to manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified on the Drawings and herein. H. All bolts, gaskets, and other jointing materials shall be protected. Gaskets shall be properly stored to keep them away from dirt, heat, light and petroleum products. 02535 -8 •1• All bends, valves, and tapping sleeves shall be backed with concrete thrust blocks. 3.04 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be utilized by the Contractor for the safe and efficient execution of the work. Under no circumstances shall the pipe or fittings be dropped or dumped into the trench. B. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering into trench. Defective or damaged materials shall not be utilized, and shall be replaced with sound materials. C. Pipe and fittings shall be kept clean during using practical means that will not damage the pipe or fittings. D. The trench shall be prepared to the proper grade per Section 02221. Pipe shall be laid in the prepared trench so that it rests entirely on its barrel and with the pipe bell facing upstream. E. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for using lubricants, gaskets, and other installation requirements. Exercise caution to prevent damage to the gasket or seals, or to prevent the collection of sand or dirt. F. Bolts and nuts in mechanical joints and restraints shall be tightened in accordance to the manufacturer's specifications. G. During suspension of the work for any reason, the end(s) of the pipe shall be plugged to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe. H. Pipes shall be cleaned following installation utilizing cleaning methods approved by the Engineer. Cleaning methods shall be sufficient to remove any debris accumulated inside the pipe during installation. 3.05 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join and install pipe and fittings according to installation methods indicated: 1. The sealing surface of the pipe, the bell to be joined, and the gasket shall be cleaned immediately before assembly. Assembly shall follow the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. The gasket shall be inserted in the annular groove of the bell in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. All pipe ends shall be cut square and beveled in accordance to the manufacturer's recommendations and without damaging the pipe lining. Areas of loose or damaged polyethylene lining shall be repaired, if approved by the Engineer, according to the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Make joints using system manufacturer's couplings, unless otherwise indicated. C. Join Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile or Cast Iron fittings according to AWWA C600 and as directed herein, and according to the manufacturer's written instructions. 02535 -9 Install PE film, pipe encasement over ductile -iron sewer pipe and ductile -iron fittings according to AWWA C105. D. Join Plastic (PVC) Pipe with Ductile or Cast Iron fittings according to AWWA C600, and ASTM D3139, and according tot he manufacturer's written instructions. E. Join Plastic (PVC) Pipe with PVC fittings when indicated in the Drawings, according to ASTM 2855. F. Joint deflection shall only be allowed once the joint is constructed. The allowable deflection at each joint shall be no greater than 50% of the maximum allowable deflection specified by the piping manufacturer. 3.06 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Adhere to the following: 1. All valves shall be inspected upon delivery in the field to insure proper working order before installation. Any valve that does not operate properly shall be removed from the site and replaced. 2. Valves shall be installed in a vertical position and true to alignment. 3. Valves shall be set and jointed to the pipe in the manner indicated by the manufacturer. 4. Valves shall be installed with valve boxes and covers unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Valve boxes and covers shall be installed as indicated. 5. Construct concrete thrust blocks at all valve locations as indicated. B. Installation of plug valves shall also adhere to the following: 1. Inspect each valve while fully open and tightly closed. Test all valve mechanisms for proper operation and all nuts and bolts for tightness prior to installation. 2. Install valves with the seat on the downstream side of the line. 3. The valve shall be installed with the extension stem utilizing the manufacturer's coupling(s). C. Installation of air release valves shall also adhere to the following: 1. The service saddle shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendation. 2. After the service saddle has been installed, the inside of the pipe around the saddle tap and the outside of the pipe shall be coated with bituminous coating. 3. Connect the corporation stop to the service saddle according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Connect the air release valve to the corporation stop. The valve ancillary equipment shall then be connected to the valve following the manufacturer's recommendation. D. Install valve boxes according to the following: 1. The valve box shall be vertically centered over the valve operating nut. 2. The valve box shall be adjusted as needed for the cover to match the pavement surface or to 3 inches above finish grade elsewhere. 3. The valve box shall be set in concrete to maintain proper alignment. 02535 -10 16D t, 3.07 THRUST BLOCK CONSTRUCTION A. General: Construct thrust blocks in all locations indicated and of the materials specified in the Drawings and herein. Do not cast thrust blocks where restrained fittings are utilized. Thrust blocks shall fill all space between the outside face of the fitting /valve and the undisturbed trench walls and bottom. B. Excavation for thrust blocks shall be made in a manner so that when cast, it will against a firm trench wall of undisturbed material. Where the trench wall has been disturbed, excavate loose material and extend the thrust block to undisturbed material. C. On bends and tees, extend the thrust block the full length of the fitting. On valves and other components, cast thrust block to avoid enclosing the couplings, nuts and bolts. D. Back fill with suitable material and compact as indicated. 3.08 CLOSING ABANDONED SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEMS A. Abandoned Piping: Close open ends of abandoned underground piping indicated to remain in place. Include closures strong enough to withstand hydrostatic and earth pressures that may result after ends of abandoned piping have been closed. Use either procedure below: 1. Close open ends of piping with at least 8 -inch thick, brick masonry bulkheads. 2. Close open ends of piping with threaded metal caps, plastic plugs, or other acceptable methods suitable for size and type of material being closed. Do not use wood plugs. B. Abandoned Structures: Excavate around structure as required and use one procedure below: 1. Remove structure and close open ends of remaining piping. Backfill to grade as needed. 2. Remove top of structure down to at least 36 inches below final grade. Fill to within 12 inches of top with stone, rubble, gravel, or compacted dirt. Backfill to grade as needed. 3. Backfill to grade according to Section 02201 - "Earthwork for Utility Structures ". 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping, and pull past each joint as it is completed. 1. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and when work stops. 2. Flush piping to remove collected debris, and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place, and again at completion of work. 1. Submit separate reports for each system inspection to the Engineer. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: 02535 -11 a) Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between joints. b) Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. c) Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Re- inspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. C. Test new piping systems for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval by the Engineer and the proper authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Test completed piping systems according to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice. 4. Submit separate reports for each test. 5. Perform hydrostatic piping tests according to AWWA C 600, Section "Hydrostatic Testing" or as instructed by proper authorities. The test pressure shall be equivalent to the system working pressure as furnished by the Engineer, but not less than 150 psig. 6. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 7. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. D. Water Piping systems shall be flushed as indicated in the Drawings, and shall be disinfected according to AWWA C651 and as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 02535 -12 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED •I: A. Provide concrete reinforcement where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 — "Cast -in -Place Concrete ". 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Comply with pertinent provisions of the following, except as may be modified herein. 1. ACI 318 -05: Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 2. AC1315 -99: Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures 3. ASTM A615 -09b: Standard Specifications for Deformed and Plan Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A82 -07: Standard Specifications for Steel Wire fabric for concrete reinforcement. 5. ASTM A185 -07: Standard Specifications for Welded Steel wire fabric for concrete reinforcement 6. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice ", 2009 edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product data: Within 30 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Owner's Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Itemized list of materials proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Shop Drawings showing details of bars, anchors, and other items, if any, provided under this Section. 03200 -1 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640. B. Delivery and Storage: 1. Use necessary precautions to maintain identification after bundles are broken. 2. Store in a manner to prevent excessive rusting and fouling with dirt, grease, and other bond - breaking coatings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Bars: 1. Provide deformed billet steel bars complying with ASTM A615, using grades shown on the Drawings. 2. Where steel grades are not shown on the Drawings, use grade 60. B. Steel Wire: 1. Comply with ASTM A82. 2. For tie wire, comply with Fed Spec QQ -W -461, annealed steel, black, 16 gauge minimum. C. Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Provide welded steel, complying with ASTM A185. D. Welding Electrodes: 1. Comply with AWS A5.1, low hydrogen, E70 series. E. Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement in place: 1. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Do not use wood, brick, or other non - complying material. 3. For slabs on grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. 4. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with either hot -dip galvanized or plastic - protected legs. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: 1. Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with the CRSI Manual, 2. In case of fabricating errors, do not straighten or rebend reinforcement in a manner that will weaken or injure the material. 3. Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be acceptable. a. Bar lengths, depths, and /or bends exceeding the specified 03200 -2 UZ016 fabrication tolerances. b. Bends or kinks not shown on the Drawings. C. Bars with reduced cross - section due to excessive rusting or other cause. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with the specified standards for detail and method of placing reinforcement and supports, except as may be modified herein. 2. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. 3. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, and concrete placing operations. 4. Locate and support reinforcement by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. 5. Place reinforcement to obtain minimum coverage for concrete protection. 6. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with the specified tie wire. 7. Set wire ties so twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces. B. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable, lapping adjoining pieces at least one full mesh, plus two inches, 12 inches, or as noted on the Drawings. C. Provide sufficient numbers of supports, and of strength sufficient to carry the reinforcement specified. D. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2 inches beyond last leg of any continuous bar support. E. The minimum clear distance between parallel bars, except in columns, shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the bars. In no case shall the clear distance between bars be less than one inch, nor less than one and one -third times the maximum size of the coarse aggregate. F. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. G. Interior and exterior horizontal lapped corner bars shall be provided at all corners to match the size, type, and spacing of horizontal footing, or wall reinforcement. 03200 -3 •1: H. Concrete Protection for Reinforcement: The following minimum concrete cover shall be provided for reinforcement: 1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth3 inches 2. Concrete exposed to earth or weather: #6 through #11 bars2 inches #5 bar, W31 or D31 wire, and smaller1 -1/2 inches 3. Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground: Slabs, walls, joists: #11 and smaller1 inch 4. The above protective coverings are minimum standards, however protective coverings shall not be less than required for fire - resistive ratings. 5. The Contractor shall provide the necessary bolsters, chairs, concrete blocks, and miscellaneous reinforcement for the support of reinforcing. Steel wire bar supports used in slabs, beams, and columns shall be Class B, plastic - protected. 3.03 SPLICES A. Lap Splices: 1. Tie securely with the specified wire to prevent displacement of splices during placement of concrete. B. Splice Devices: 1. Obtain the Engineer's approval prior to using splice devices. 2. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Splice in a manner developing at least 125% of the yielding strength of the bar. C. Welding: 1. Perform in accordance with AWS D1.4 -79. D. Do not splice bars except at locations shown on the Drawings, except as otherwise specifically approved by the Engineer. E. In slabs, beams, and girders, splices in reinforcement at points of maximum stress shall be avoided wherever possible. Such splices where used shall be welded, lapped, or otherwise fully developed, but, in any case shall transfer the entire stress from bar to bar without exceeding the allowable bond and shear stresses. The minimum overlap for a lapped splice shall be 24 bar diameters, but not less than 12 inches. The clear distance between bars shall also apply to the clear distance from a contact splice and adjacent splices or bars. F. Splices in slabs or walls not shown in the plans shall be Class B contact lap splices. 3.04 TESTING A. Samples: 1. Samples for physical tests of reinforcement will consist of at least two pieces, each 18 inches long, of each size of reinforcement steel, selected by the testing agency from material at the building site or at the fabricator's or supplier's yard. 2. Material to be sampled at the building site shall have been delivered thereto 03200 -4 16D8 at least 72 hours before it is needed. B. Test: 1. Where samples are taken from bundles as delivered from the mill, with the bundles identified as to heat number, and provided mill analyses accompany the report, then one tensile test and one bend test will be made from a specimen of each ten tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement steel. 2. Where positive identification of the heat number cannot be made, or where random samples are taken, then one series of tests will be made from each 2 -1/2 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement steel. END OF SECTION 03200 -5 4WIT: SECTION 03480 PRECAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. General: The Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor and equipment and construct manholes, wet - wells, meter pits or /and other utility structure as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 1. Section 02201 — "Earthwork for Utilities Structures ". 2. Section 02221 — "Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe ". 3. Section 03200 — "Concrete Reinforcement ". 1.03 REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL A. Manholes shall have an invert channel shaped to correspond with the lower half of the pipe. The top of the shelf shall be at the elevation indicated and shall be sloped to drain toward the flowing- through channel. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to construct watertight structures. B. The forms, dimensions, concrete, and construction methods shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of construction. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Assurance: Use a precasting plant which has been certified by the precast concrete institute and has been engaged for more than five (5) years in the manufacturing of precast utility structures. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340 — "Submittals and Substitutions ". B. Product Data: Within 21 calendar days after award of the Contract, submit the following: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section. 2. Manufacturer's specifications, catalog cuts, and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Manufacturer's recommend installation procedures which, when approved by the Engineer, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedure used on the work. 4. Shop Drawings showing complete details and reinforcement schedules for fabrication, assembly and installation. 03480 -1 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01640 — "Product Handling ". B. The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer, or other representatives of the Owner. Such inspection may be made at the places, and the sections shall be subject to rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification requirements; even though sample sections may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Sections rejected after delivery to the job shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. All sections which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already installed, shall be acceptably repaired, if permitted, or removed and replaced, entirely at the Contractor's expense. C. At the time of inspection, the section will be carefully examined for compliance with the ASTM designation specified below and these Specifications, and with the approved manufacturer's drawings. All sections shall be inspected for general appearance, dimensions, "scratch- strength ", blisters, cracks, roughness, soundness, etc. The surface shall be dense and close- textured. D. Imperfections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the Engineer, after demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result. Repairs shall be carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at the end of 7 days and 5,000 psi at the end of 28 days, when tested in 3 -inch by 6 -inch cylinder stored in the standard manner. Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs subject to the approval of the Engineer. E. Each section of the utility structure must be inspected and stamped at the casting yard by an accredited testing laboratory. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE SECTIONS AND LIFT STATIONS A. Precast concrete manhole and lift station barrel sections and eccentric top sections shall conform to Specifications for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections, ASTM C478, except as otherwise specified below. The method of constructions shall conform to the detailed Drawings appended to these specifications and the following additional requirements: 1. The minimum wall thickness for the various size barrel sections shall be 6 inches, unless otherwise specified herein and approved by the Engineer. 2. Barrel sections shall have tongue and groove joints. Joints shall have round rubber gaskets performed and set in specially provided indentations. The round rubber gasket shall conform to ASTM C443 standard specifications, or Federal Specification SS -S -00210 (GSA -FSS), "Ram -Nek" as manufactured by the K.T. Snyder Co., Houston, Texas, or approved equal. 3. Concrete shall conform to ASTM C94, Type II cement, with a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi, unless otherwise specified herein. Mortar 03480 -2 16p shall be composed of one part cement to two parts sand. 4. The date of manufacture and the name or trademark of the manufacturer shall be clearly marked on the inside of each precast section. Each precast section of the structure must be inspected and stamped by an accredited testing laboratory. 5. Sections shall be cured by an approved method for at least 28 days prior to painting, and shall not be shipped until at least 2 days after having been painted. 6. Top sections shall be eccentric cone type unless otherwise specified. 7. Precast concrete slab tops, where required, shall be capable of supporting the overburden plus a live load equivalent to AASHTO H -20 loading. 8. The tops of base sections shall be suitable shaped to mate with the precast barrel sections. 9. For sanitary sewer wet wells: Reinforcement bars and steel shall be as a minimum what is shown on the Drawings for precast pump wet well sections. 10. For sanitary sewer structures: The exterior of the structure shall be coated with heavy duty coal tar epoxy coating containing not less than 72.9% by volume non - volatile solids, equal to Koppers 300 -N. B. Precast electrical handholes and covers shall be as specified and as shown on the Drawings. C. Precast leveling rings for setting cast iron frames over manholes shall be 2 -inch thick and have one No. 2 continuous reinforcing steel bar. D. Where pipes enter or exit sanitary sewer structures, a "Kor -N -Seal' molded neoprene boot with stainless steel internal and external bonds as manufactured by the National pollution Control Systems, Inc., Nashua, New Hampshire, or an approved equal shall be provided, unless otherwise specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Manholes and other precast structures shall be constructed to the dimensions as shown on the Drawings and as specified in these Specifications. B. The base section shall be cast -in -place concrete, as specified in Section 03300, placed on a thoroughly compacted gravel subbase. The tops of the cast -in -place base section shall be shaped to mate with the precast barrel section, and shall be adjusted in grade so that the top of the section is at the approximately correct elevation. Precast concrete structure sections shall be set so as to be vertical and with section in true alignment, with a maximum allowed tolerance of'/ inch, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall install the precast sections in a manner that will result in a watertight joint. C. Precast base sections, conforming to all requirements of ASTM C478 and above listed requirements for precast sections may be used. D. The outside and inside joint shall be filled with mortar and finished flush with the adjoining surfaces. Allow joints to set for 24 hours before painting. While setting 03480 -3 concrete for manholes or while plastering manholes, great care shall be taken not 6 8 allow mortar or other materials to get into the sewer lines. The Contractor sha I V provide two plumbers test plugs of each size sewer pipe on the job to plug the lines during the work of this section. E. After the manholes are completed, the inside and outside surfaces of the walls shall be located with two coats of a heavy duty coal tar epoxy coating. The masonry surface may be damp but not wet. If necessary, the contractor shall utilize blowers to achieve the necessary drying. The first coat shall be thinned approximately 15% with a thinner and furnished by the manufacturer. The total dry film thickness of the finished coating shall not be less than 10 mils. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect the workmen against toxic or harmful fumes during the painting operations. F. Backfilling shall be done in a careful manner, bringing the fill up evenly on all sides. If leaks appear in the structures, the inside joints shall be caulked to the satisfaction of the Engineer. G. Where holes must be cut in the precast sections to accommodate pipes, cutting shall be done prior to setting them in place to prevent any subsequent jarring which may loosen the mortar joints. All cutting is to be performed only by power driven abrasive wheels or saws. H. Cast iron frames specified shall be placed over precast concrete leveling rings, shimmed and set in portland cement mortar to the required grade. No more than three courses of leveling rings shall be used. Brick may be used for leveling only upon the approval of the Engineer. New pipe connections to new and existing manholes are to be caulked watertight with non - shrinking grout in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 03480 -4 ME016 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes structural steel. B. This Section includes structural steel and architecturally exposed structural steel. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Engineer structural steel connections required by the Contract Documents to be selected or completed by the fabricator to withstand design loadings indicated. B. Engineering Responsibility: Engage a fabricator who utilizes a qualified professional engineer to prepare calculations, Shop Drawings, and other structural data for structural steel connections. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract. B. Product Data for each type of product specified. C. Shop Drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. 3. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify high- strength bolted slip - critical, direct - tension, or tensioned shear /bearing connections. 4. Include Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with 05120 -1 1608 , project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. E. Mill test reports signed by manufacturers certifying that their products, including the following, comply with requirements. 1. Structural steel, including chemical and physical properties. 2. Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3. Direct - tension indicators. 4. Shear stud connectors. 5. Shop primers. 6. Nonshrink grout. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed structural steel work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in fabricating structural steel similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate structural steel without delaying the Work. 1. Fabricator must participate in the AISC Quality Certification Program and be designated an AISC - Certified Plant as follows: C. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings -- Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 2. AISC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design (LFRD) Specification for Structural Steel Buildings." 3. AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single -Angle Members." 4. AISC's "Specification for Load and Resistance Factor Design of Single -Angle Members." 5. AISC's "Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings." 6. ASTM A 6 (ASTM A 6M) "Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use." 7. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 8. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." D. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally authorized to practice in the jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for projects with structural steel framing that are similar to that indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. E. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." 05120 -2 16D8 1. Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver structural steel to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installation. B. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 1.7 SEQUENCING A. Supply anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions, as required, for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: As follows: 1. Carbon Steel: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M). B. Cold- Formed Structural Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. C. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grade 1015 through 1020, headed -stud type, cold - finished carbon steel, AWS D1.1, Type B. D. Anchor Rods, Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: As follows: 1. Headed Bolts: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts and heavy hex carbon -steel nuts. 2. Headed Bolts: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts and heavy hex carbon -steel nuts. 3. Washers: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M). E. High- Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon -steel nuts, and hardened carbon -steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot -dip zinc - coating, ASTM A 153, Class C. 05120 -3 F. High- Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon -steel nuts, and hardened carbon -steel washers, uncoated. G. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 2.2 PRIMER A. Primer: SSPC -Paint 25; red iron oxide, zinc oxide, raw linseed oil and alkyd primer. 2.3 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage- Resistant Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents, plasticizing and water - reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, of consistency suitable for application, and a 30- minute working time. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate and assemble structural steel in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate structural steel according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section and in Shop Drawings. 1. Camber structural steel members where indicated. 2. Identify high- strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6 (ASTM A 6M) and maintain markings until steel has been erected. 3. Mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. 4. Fabricate for delivery a sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of structural steel. 5. Complete structural steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop - priming operations. 6. Comply with fabrication tolerance limits of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel. B. Fabricate architecturally exposed structural steel with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surface blemishes, including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. 1. Remove blemishes by filling, grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating, and shop priming. 2. Comply with fabrication requirements, including tolerance limits, of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for architecturally exposed structural steel. C. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded. D. Finishing: Accurately mill ends of columns and other members transmitting loads in bearing. 05120 -4 E. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors according 16D AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's printed instructions. F. Steel Wall Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel wall framing to be attached to structural steel framing. Straighten as required to provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing. G. Welded Door Frames: Build up welded door frames attached to structural steel framing. Weld exposed joints continuously and grind smooth. Plug -weld fixed steel bar stops to frames. Secure removable stops to frames with countersunk, cross - recessed head machine screws, uniformly spaced not more than 10 inches (250 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. H. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame -cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. 2. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work. 2.5 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. Shop install and tighten nonhigh- strength bolts, except where high- strength bolts are indicated. B. Shop install and tighten high- strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Shop install and tighten high- strength bolts according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1. Bolts: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M) high- strength bolts, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Connection Type: Slip- critical, direct - tension, or tensioned shear /bearing connections as indicated. D. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without warp. 2. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back -side welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch (13 mm) and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds. 05120 -5 16D8 2.6 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high- strength bolted with slip - critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed -on fireproofing. 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust, loose mill scale, and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to SSPC specifications as follows: 1. SSPC -SP 2 "Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC -SP 3 "Power Tool Cleaning." 3. SSPC -SP 5 "White Metal Blast Cleaning." 4. SSPC -SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 5. SSPC -SP 7 "Brush -Off Blast Cleaning." 6. SSPC -SP 8 "Pickling." 7. SSPC -SP 10 "Near -White Blast Cleaning." 8. SSPC -SP 11 "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply 2 coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. 2.7 GALVANIZING A. Hot -Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot -dip process to structural steel indicated for galvanizing according to ASTM A 123. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. 1. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether test specimens comply with or deviate from requirements. 2. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural steel Work is being fabricated or produced so required inspection and testing can be accomplished. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. 05120 -6 16D8 D. Shop - bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Shop - bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1. Direct - tension indicator gaps will be verified to comply with ASTM F 959, Table 2. F. In addition to visual inspection, shop - welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing agency's option. 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level "2 -2T." 4. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. G. In addition to visual inspection, shop - welded shear connectors will be inspected and tested according to requirements of AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: 1. Bend tests will be performed when visual inspections reveal either less than a continuous 360- degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors when weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements of AWS D1.1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before erection proceeds, and with the steel erector present, verify elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces and locations of anchorages for compliance with requirements. B. Do not proceed with erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast -in -place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 05120 -7 1608 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. B. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond - reducing materials and roughen surfaces prior to setting base and bearing plates. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 1. Set base and bearing plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. 3. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow curing. a. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for proprietary grout materials. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 1. Maintain erection tolerances of architecturally exposed structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on mean operating temperature of structure. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature at which structure will be when completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. G. Do not use thermal cutting during erection. H. Finish sections thermally cut during erection equal to a sheared appearance. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or by using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. Install and tighten nonhigh- strength bolts, except where high- strength bolts are indicated. 05120 -8 • 1 B. Install and tighten high- strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." C. Install and tighten high- strength bolts according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1. Bolts: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M) high- strength bolts, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bolts: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M) high- strength bolts, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Connection Type: Slip- critical, direct - tension, or tensioned shear /bearing connections as indicated. D. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC specifications referenced in this Section for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without warp. 3. Verify that weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment used for architecturally exposed structural steel will limit distortions to allowable tolerances. Prevent surface bleeding of back -side welding on exposed steel surfaces. Grind smooth exposed fillet welds 1/2 inch (13 mm) and larger. Grind flush butt welds. Dress exposed welds. 3.5 PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS A. Install prefabricated building columns to comply with AISC specifications referenced in this Section, manufacturer's recommendations, and requirements of the testing and inspecting agency that apply to the fire - resistance rating indicated. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested Work complies with or deviates from requirements. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. D. Field- bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 05120 -9 E. Field- bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." 1. Direct - tension indicator gaps will be verified to comply with ASTM F 959, Table 2. F. In addition to visual inspection, field - welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing agency's option. 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level " 2 -2T." 4. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. G. In addition to visual inspection, field - welded shear connectors will be inspected and tested according to requirements of AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: 1. Bend tests will be performed when visual inspections reveal either less than a continuous 360- degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors when weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements of AWS D1.1. 3.7 CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas using same material as used for shop painting. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on structural steel are included in Division 9 Section "Painting." C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint according to ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05120 -10 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED I no A. The Contractor shall furnish, fabricate, and install miscellaneous metalwork and appurtenances, complete, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Painting and protective coating of metalwork and fabricated items shall, unless otherwise specified herein, be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 09900 - "Painting." 1.03 REFERENCES A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of these Specifications, all work specified herein shall conform to, or exceed, the requirements of the Building Code and the applicable requirements of the following documents to the extent that the provisions of such documents are not in conflict with the requirements of this Section: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), specifications as referred to herein. 2. American Welding Society (AWS) "Structural Welding Code - Steel" (AWS DIA) which includes qualification procedures for welders. 3. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Specifications for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings" and "Commentary on the AISC Specification." 4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) "Specifications for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" and "Commentary on the AISI Specification." 5. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Regulations. 6. Aluminum Association "Specifications for Aluminum Structures" and "Engineering Data for Aluminum Structures." 7. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers "Metal Stairs Manual." B. References herein to "Building Code" or SBC shall mean the South Florida Code, Dade County Latest Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings of all miscellaneous metalwork shall be submitted to the Engineer for review in accordance with Section 01340 - "Submittals and Substitutions." B. Safe working load capacity in tension and shear for each size and type of concrete anchor used shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. 05500 -1 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All structural steel shapes, plates, bars, and their products shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 36 - "Specifications for Structural Steel." B. Unless otherwise shown, miscellaneous "steel' metalwork of fabricated steel, which will be used in a corrosive environment and /or will be submerged in water /wastewater shall be coated in accordance with Section 09850 - "Painting" and shall not be galvanized prior to coating. All other miscellaneous steel metalwork shall be hot -dip galvanized after fabrication as specified herein. C. Unless otherwise shown, aluminum metalwork shall be of Alloy 6601 -T6. Aluminum in contact with concrete, masonry, wood, porous materials, or dissimilar metals shall have contact surfaces coated in accordance with Section 09850 - "Painting ". Aluminum design shall be in accordance with the Aluminum Association standards. Aluminum shall be fastened with 316 stainless steel bolts. D. Unless otherwise shown, iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48 - "Specifications for Gray Iron Castings ", Class 30B or better. E. Fasteners shall meet all design requirements for intended application. Fasteners not manufactured in the United States shall be tested and certification provided with respect to specified and required quality and strength standards. Certifications of origin shall be submitted for all U.S. fasteners supplied on the project. 2.02 BOLTS AND CONCRETE ANCHORS A. For all conditions, all bolts, concrete anchors, anchor bolts, and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Threads shall be Coarse Thread Series conforming to the requirements of the American Standard for Screw Threads for all bolts and nuts. B. Galvanized bolts, anchor bolts, nuts and similar threaded fasteners shall conform to ASTM A307. After being properly cleaned, when called for to be galvanized, shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 153 "Specifications for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware." Field repairs to galvanizing shall be made using "Gaivinox," "Galvo- Weld," or approved equal. C. Concrete Anchors: Where concrete anchors are called for on the Drawings, one of the types listed below shall be used, except, where one of the types listed below is specifically called for on the Drawings, only that specific type shall be used. The determination of anchors equivalent to those listed below shall be on the basis of ultimate tensile and shear capacities from test data published by the manufacturer. 05500 -2 1. Shell -Type anchors: Shell -type anchors shall be self - drilling or non - drilling Red Head anchors as manufactured by the Phillips Drill Company, or equal. 2. Wedge anchors: Wedge anchors shall be Red Head wedge -type anchors as manufactured by the Phillips Drill Company, Parabolt anchors as manufactured by the Molly Division of Emhart Corporation, or equal. 3. Adhesive anchors: Adhesive anchors shall be capsule -type Redi -Chem anchors as manufactured by the Phillips Drill Company, Parabond Capsule anchors manufactured by the Molly Division of Emhart Corporation, or equal. Anchors which use a pour -in or injection system for the epoxy resin placement may be used, provided that test data are submitted substantiating the equivalence of tensile and shear capacities to the capsule -type anchors specified herein. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metals where site welding is required. B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates, and in appropriate sections. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, and free from distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on Drawings. D. Obtain Engineer approval prior to site cutting or making unscheduled adjustments. E. Fabrication and Erection: Except as otherwise shown, the fabrication and erection of structural steel shall conform to the requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction "Manual of Steel Construction." 3.04 WELDING A. All welding shall be by the metal -arc method or gas - shielded arc method as described in the American Welding Society's "Welding Handbook" as 05500 -3 •1I supplemented by other pertinent standards of the AWS. Qualification of welders hall be in accordance with the AWS Standards governing same. B. In assembly and during welding, the component parts shall be adequately clamped, supported and restrained to minimize distortion and for control of dimensions. Weld reinforcement shall be as specified by the AWS Code. Upon completion of welding, all weld splatter, flux, slag, and burrs left by attachments shall be removed. Welds shall be repaired to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform weld contours and dimensions. All sharp corners of material that is to be painted or coated shall be ground to a minimum of 1/32 of an inch on the flat. END OF SECTION 05500 -4 SECTION 07100 16D8 4 WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Through Wall Flashing B. Waterproofing C. Dampproofing D. Caulking 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete work, concrete -to- concrete joint caulking, and under -slab vapor barriers are included in Division 3 — Concrete. B. Caulking of metal -to -metal joints within window system and roofing and siding system is included under each respective Section. C. Cementitious sealant waterproofing (Thoro Seal) is specified under Section 09820 " Cementitious Coatings ". D. Painting is specified in Section 09900 "Painting ". 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer as provided in Section 01340 "Submittals and Substitutions" and the General Conditions for shop drawings, detailed information on materials proposed and installation methods. B. Submit two sets of cured and uncured sealant samples in representative quantities showing colors and materials. Resubmit until approved. C. Submit two sets of representative samples of any or all other proposed materials required for the work of this section as requested by the Engineer. 1.04 APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Dampproof the exterior surfaces of all exterior poured in place concrete walls from the top of the footings to 6 inches below finished grade. B. Deliver in original manufacturer's packages with labels and seals intact. Handle and store in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Inspect job conditions for defects which would prevent proper installation of caulking. Do not proceed until defects have been corrected. 07100 -1 VOW:] D. Caulk all exterior wall joints between metal wall panels and adjacent materials, between frames in opening and adjacent materials, between masonry and cast - in -place concrete, brick paver expansion and control joints, and all other joints shown on the Drawings or required for the completion of the work. E. Caulk all interior joints between frames and masonry, at tops of masonry walls, between masonry and structural concrete, expansion and control joints in ceramic the and brick pavers, exterior window and door frames, louvers, and all other joints shown on the Drawings or required for the completion of the work. F. Joints noted as "caulk ", "caulking ", or "sealant" shall be caulked with the sealant specified herein. G. Furnish and place through wall flashing in exterior masonry walls as shown on the Drawings. H. All proposed water retaining structures scheduled to receive cementitious finish in accordance with Section 09820 "Cementitious Coatings" shall be provided with waterproofing if there is visible leakage during the leakage tests. Waterproofing shall be provided at leakage points. All leaks shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to the application of the cementitious finish. Furnish and place vapor barrier under all building structure slabs contacting soil and slabs. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials for Through Wall Flashing: 1. Through flashing shall be factory assembled material composed of two layers of asphalt saturated woven cotton fabric between which is placed electro sheet copper, bonded to fabric with asphalt mastic. 2. Each layer of fabric shall be coarsely woven cotton and shall weigh not less than 4 oz. per sq. yd. before saturation and 11 ounces after saturation. 3. Electro sheet copper shall consist of a full sheet of copper weighing 3 oz. per sq. ft. 4. When completely assembled, the flashing shall be grooved by a series of parallel depressions. 5. Reglets where required for setting flashing shall be PVC plastic as approved. B. Materials for Dampproofing: 1. Dampproofing shall be Coal -Tar Epoxy System 46H -413 by Tnemec co., Dehydratine 4 by W. R. Grace, or approved equal. C. Materials for Caulking: 1. Caulking Compound: One component, synthetic rubber base sealant, soft curing, non - staining, conforming to F. S. TT -S -00230 and Thiokol's 07100 -2 • Building Trade Performance Specifications for Type 1 Class B sealan4s. Colors shall be as shown on the color schedule. 2. Interior Silicone Sealant: F. S. TT- 001543 for perimeter of plumbing fixtures against walls and floors and joints between laminated plastic counters and walls and shall be transparent. 3. Primer: As recommended by caulking compound manufacturer. 4. Back -Up Material: Closed cell foam polyethylene, or similar non - bituminous material as recommended by manufacturer of caulking compound and complete compatible with compound. D. Material for quickset hydraulic cement shall be Waterplug as manufactured by Thoro System Products, or approved equal. E. Vapor barrier shall be 10 mil thick polyethylene sheet with a vapor transmission rating of 0.20 perms. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation of Through Wall Flashing: 1. On all horizontal masonry surfaces to be flashed, the flashing shall be laid in a fresh bed of mortar or trowel coat of asphalt mastic, while other surfaces receiving the flashing shall be thoroughly dry, free from loose materials, reasonably smooth and sufficiently spotted with asphalt mastic to hold it in place until the masonry is set. Splices shall be accomplished in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 2. Through wall flashing shall start '/z -inch in from the outside face of wall, go through the unit masonry and turn up not less than 2 inches into the block or into reglets cast in concrete. 3. Head flashing shall start '/2 inch in from the outside face of wall and go through the wall as indicated on the Drawings. It shall be carried 6 inches beyond each side of the opening and be turned up at the sides to form a pan. All corners shall be folded and not cut. 4. Secure flashing in reglets using lead wedges or lead wool. B. Installation of Dampproofing: 1. Surface to be treated shall be free from oil and dirt and shall be in the proper condition as indicated by the manufacturer prior to the application of the dampproofing material. The concrete shall have been completely cured and the surface shall be dry and free from frost at the time of application. 2. Surfaces to be dampproofed shall receive two heavy coats, the first coat being carefully applied so the "holidays' or untreated air - bubble depressions in the surface shall be completely filled and the second coat will guarantee a 100% coating of the surface. 3. Particular care shall be given to the application of dampproofing at all construction joints which are encountered. 4. The number of coats specified is in addition to prier coats as recommended by the manufacturer. 07100 -3 16D8 j C. Installation of Caulking: 1. Surface Preparation: Clean metal surfaces free of grease, oil, wax lacquer and other foreign residue by wiping with a clean cloth moistened with a suitable solvent. Scrape or brush masonry surfaces clean. Apply appropriate primer to contact surfaces. 2. Joint Preparation: Joints to be caulked having a depth in excess of 3/8- inch shall be packed with back -up material shall be sized to require 20 percent to 5 percent compression upon insertion. In joints not of sufficient depth to allow packing, install polyethylene bond - breaking tape at back of joint. Avoid lengthwise stretching of back -up material. Cut all corners, avoid wrapping around corners. 3. Application: Apply compound with pressure flow gun with nozzle of proper size and shape to suit width of joint, promptly after mixing and with sufficient pressure to fill joint. Apply as a continuous operation horizontally in one direction, and vertically from bottom to top, except that with joints having excessive widths where compound might sag, the joints shall be built up with successive beads. Finish joints smooth and slightly coved. 4. Cleaning: Immediately clean adjacent material which may be soiled by caulking operation. D. Installation of Quick -Set Hydraulic Cement: 1. The surface shall be cleaned and free of dirt, loose mortar particles, paints, films, protective coatings, efflorescence, laitance, form treatments, curing compounds, etc. 2. Cut out crack at least 3/ inches wide and deep, cutting back into wall slightly. Flush away all cuttings and dirt. Force water -plug into prepared crack with a round tool and smooth out. Form cove at junction. 3. To be applied under manufacturer's recommendations. E. Vapor barrier shall be installed under all concrete floors. Laps between adjacent sheets shall be 10 inches minimum. Vapor barrier shall be carefully inspected by the Engineer prior to concrete placement. Additional polyethylene sheet required for repair or replacement of damage vapor barrier shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 07100 -4 SECTION 07920 SEALANTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. All joint fillers and gaskets. B. Compression seals. C. Sealants and caulking. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Prior to installation of sealants and caulking and at Architect/Engineer's direction, meet at Project site to review material selections, joint preparations, installation procedures, and work sequencing. B. Examine sample application to determine and record whether all parties agree proposed installations are likely to perform as required. C. Products included under this Section shall be acceptable to manufacturers of adjoining materials. D. Use products by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacturer of similar with items and with a history of successful production. E. Perform installation using workman thoroughly trained and certified with the specified products. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in compliance with the procedures stated in the General Conditions and Special Provisions. B. Manufacturer's Data: 1. Published data or manufacturer's letter, clearly indicating that each product to be furnished complies with specifications, recommended for application shown, and compatible with each other material in joint system. 2. Complete instructions for handling, storage, mixing, priming, installation, curing, and protection of each type of compound and sealant. C. Samples: 1. Furnish three sets of samples for color selection of each type of sealant planned to be used. 2. One cartridge or equivalent representative sample of each type of sealant, with labels intact and seals unbroken. 3. Three 12 inch length of each size of back -up material, bond breaker, joint filler, gasket, etc. 07920-1 4. Three of each type of compression seal. 16D V D. A notarized Certificate of Compliance stating that all sealant materials and installations conform to all codes, ordinances, regulations and standards specified herein and otherwise having jurisdiction over this aspect of the Project. 1.04 CLEAN UP A. Clean up such trash and debris generated by the work and leave completed work in a clean, undamaged and finished condition, ready to receive without further preparation, unless so specified in other Sections, any adjacent or abutting work to be performed by others. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Provide 10 -year guarantee to repair joint failure. 1. Joint failure is defined as leaks of air or water, evidence of loss of cohesion or adhesion fading, and or migration of sealant. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Polyurethane, Two - component (Sealant Type A) 1. Applicable ASTM /Fed. Spec. a. ASTM C -920 b. Fed. Spec. TT- S -227E 2. Performance Characteristics a. Service Life: 20 years b. Joint Movement: 20% C. Ultimate Tensile Strength: 150 -400 p.s.i. d. Hardness (Shore A): 40 -50 e. Elongation: 350 -800% f. Maximum Joint Width: 1" g. Self- leveling h. Non -sag 3. Manufacturer /Product a. Pecora Dynatrol II b. Accepted Equivalent B. Urethane, one - component (Sealant Type B) 1. Applicable ASTM /Fed. Spec. a. ASTM C -920 b. Fed. Spec. TT- S -230C 2. Performance Characteristics a. Service Life: 20 years b. Joint Movement: 20% C. Ultimate Tensile Strength: 250 -500 p.s.i. d. Hardness (Shore A): 40 -50 e. Elongation: 100 -600% f. Maximum Joint Width: 3/4" g. Non -sag 07920-2 3. Manufacturer /Product a. Pecora Dynatrol II b. Accepted Equivalent n I0 C. Silicone, one -part construction (Sealant Type C) 1. Applicable ASTM /Fed. Spec. a. Fed. Spec. TT -S -1543 A 2. Performance Characteristics a. Service Life: 20 years b. Joint Movement: 25% C. Ultimate Tensile Strength: 100 -450 p.s.i. d. Hardness (Shore A): 35 -50 e. Elongation: 400 -500% f. Maximum Joint Width: 1" g. Self- leveling h. Non -sag 3. Manufacturer /Product a. Dow Corning 790 b. General Electric Construction 1200 C. Pecora 863 d. Rhone - Poulenc Rhodorsil 5C e. Accepted Equivalent D. Silicone, one -part, low modulus (Sealant Type D) 1. Applicable ASTM /Fed. Spec. a. Fed. Spec. TT -S -1543 B 2. Performance Characteristics a. Service Life: 20 years b. Warranty: 20 years C. Joint Movement: +100 %, -50% d. Tensile Strength: 100 -450 p.s.i. e. Hardness (Shore A): 15 -50 f. Elongation: 1,500% g. Maximum Joint Width: unlimited h. Open Grade i. Non -sag 3. Manufacturer /Product a. Dow Corning 790 b. Pecora 864 C. Accepted Equivalent E. Silicone, one -part, structural (Sealant Type E) 1. Applicable ASTM /Fed. Spec. a. Fed. Spec. TT -S -1543 A 2. Performance Characteristics a. Service Life: 20 years b. Joint Movement: 50% C. Ultimate Tensile Strength: 170 -450 p.s.i. d. Hardness (Shore A): 30 -50 e. Elongation: 400 -500% f. Maximum Joint Width: 1" g. Open Grade 07920-3 h. Non -sag 3. Manufacturer /Product a. Dow Corning 795 b. Rhone - Poulenc Rhodorsil 6B C. Accepted Equivalent F. Intumescent elastomer, one -part (Sealant Type F) 1. Applicable ASTM /Fed. Spec. /NEC /UL a. ASTM E814 (UL 1479) b. NEC 300 -21 2. Performance Characteristics a. Expansion capability: 10 times original volume b. Fire - rating: 1,2,3 hours 3. Manufacturer /Product a. Dow Corning Fire Stop b. Standard Oil Fire Putty C. 3M Fire Barrier d. Accepted Equivalent G. Silicone, One -part, Structural (Butt Joint) Glazing (Sealant Type G) 1. Applicable ASTM /Fed. Spec. a. Fed. Spec. TT- S -1543A 2. Performance Characteristics a. Service Life: 50 years b. Joint Movement: 50% C. Ultimate Tensile Strength: 250 -350 p.s.i. d. Hardness (Shore A): 22 -25 e. Elongation: 500% f. Maximum Joint Width: 1" g. Non -sag 3. Manufacturer /Product a. General Electric Silglaze N b. Rhone - Poulenc Rhodorsil 90 C. Accepted Equivalent 2.02 OTHER MATERIALS A. Joint Filler Materials 1. Preformed Sponge Rubber or ITP Foam: ASTM D1752, Type I, II or III, type suited for joint condition. 2. Closed -Cell Neoprene: ASTM D1056, Type S, Class SEC 41, black. 3. Closed -Cell Vinyl: ASTM D1667, Grade VE041, off - white. 4. Closed -Cell Polyethylene: ASTM D1621, white semi - rigid. 5. Compressible Rod: Use for proper performance of joint, compatible with sealant manufacturer for proper performance in specific condition of use. B. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Joint Cleaner: Provide cleaner recommended by manufacturer of sealant for specific joint surface and condition. 2. Joint Primer and Sealer: Provide compounds recommended by manufacturer of sealant for specific joint surface and condition. 3. Bond Breaker Tape: Pressure - sensitive polyethylene tape. 07920-4 16D 8 4. Accessory Materials for Fire - Stopping Sealants: Provide forming, joint fillers, packing and other accessory materials required for installation of fire - stopping sealants as applicable to installation conditions indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: 1. Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces previously painted or treated with sealer, curing compound, or other coating unless laboratory durability test of bond - cohesion has been performed to demonstrate that bond will be durable. 2. Comply with test method procedures applicable to particular sealant. 3. Do not apply paint and other coatings or substances to surfaces adjoining joint surfaces until sealants are installed and nominally cured to prevent impairment by migration of such substances into joint surfaces. B. Coated Metal Joint Surfaces: 1. Clean bonding surfaces unless coated metal joint surfaces have been successfully tested for bond - cohesion of sealant. 2. Clean bonding surfaces to base, non - oxidized metal by sanding, wire brushing, or clean with toluol, xylol, xylene, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), or other process recommended by sealant manufacturer. 3. Do cleaning immediately before sealant installation. C. Concrete and Masonry Joint Surfaces: 1. Etch bonding surfaces with five percent solution of muriatic acid to remove excess alkalinity. 2. Rinse thoroughly with diluted ammonia solution and then with clean water. 3. Insure surfaces are dry before sealant installation. D. Ceramic Tile and Similar Joint Surfaces: Abrade edge surfaces to be bonded with sealants to remove glassy surface. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Prime or seal bonding joint surfaces as recommended by sealant manufacturer, taking care to avoid migration of primer or sealer onto adjoining surfaces; remove spillage promptly. 2. Install bond breaker to prevent bonding of sealant to surfaces where such bond might impair performance of sealant. 3. Do not puncture surface of skin of compressible rod type bond breaker. 4. Comply with manufacturer's printed instruction, except as otherwise directed and recorded by manufacturer's representative. B. Sealant Depth: 1. Apply sealant to depth shown or, if not shown, apply to manufacturer's recommendations and following general proportions and limitations. 2. Non - Traffic or Non - Abrasion Surfaces: Depth equal to 50% of joint width, minimum 1/16 ", and maximum 1/8 ". 07920-5 16D8 .ft C. Joint Sealant Placement: 1. Apply compounds in continuous beads or rivers, filling joint from bottom without openings, voids, or air pockets. 2. Force compounds to sides of joint so as to carefully and thoroughly "wet" opposite joint bond surfaces, forming equal areas of contact with sealant. 3. Confine compound to joint areas indicated by use of masking tapes or other precautions to prevent spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. 4. Compress joints accurately so that excess compound will not exude from joint. 5. Tool exposed surfaces to compress sealant to profiles indicated, or if none is shown, tool surface slightly concave except provide a slight wash on horizontal joints where horizontal and vertical surfaces meet. 6. Pour self - leveling grade compounds in horizontal joints to level indicated, or if none is shown, to level 1/16" below adjoining surface. 7. Against rough surfaces or in joints of uneven widths, avoid appearance of excess sealant by locating sealant well back into joint where possible. 8. Remove excess sealant promptly as work progresses. 9. Clean adjoining surfaces as necessary to eliminate any evidence of spillage. 3.03 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Cure sealants to manufacturer's instructions to obtain maximum bond to surfaces, cohesive strength, and durability at earliest possible date. B. Advise concerning proper procedures for protection of sealants during remainder of construction period. C. Repair and replace sealants damaged or showing evidence to deterioration before time of final acceptance. 3.4 SEALANT SCHEDULE A. General: 1. Refer to Paragraph 2.01 SEALANTS of this Section for clarification of sealant types as listed in this application paragraph. 2. Sealant types as listed in this application paragraph are organized in order of preference, with first listing being highest preference and last listing being lowest preference. B. Between Similar Materials 1. Concrete a. Joint width less than 3/4 ": Sealant Type(s) A, D. b. Joint width greater than 3/4 ": Sealant Type A. 2. Masonry a. Joint width less than 3/4 ": Sealant Type(s) A, D. b. Joint width greater than 3/4 ": Sealant Type A. 3. Metal a. Joint width less than 3/4 ": Sealant Type(s) A,D,E. b. Joint width greater than 3/4 ": Sealant Type A. 4. Wood a. Joint width less than 3/4 ": Sealant Type(s) A. 07920-6 16D 8 Joint width greater than 3/4 ": Sealant Type A. C. Between Dissimilar Materials 1. Metal to Metal a. Joint width less than 3/4 ": Sealant Type(s) A, D, E. b. Joint width greater than 3/4 ": Sealant Type A. 2. Metal to Wood a. Joint width less than 3/4 ": Sealant Type(s) A. b. Joint width greater than 3/4 ": Sealant Type A. 3. Metal or Wood to Masonry/Concrete a. Joint width less than 3/4 ": Sealant Type(s) A. b. Joint width greater than 3/4 ": Sealant Type A. D. Penetrations through fire rated assemblies: Sealant Type F only. Install Fire Stopping sealant, including forming, packing, and other accessory materials to fill openings around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire -stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Comply with installation requirements established by testing and inspecting agency. END OF SECTION 07920-7 1608 SECTION 09820 Cementations Coatings PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Waterproofing of wet well as indicated. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2. Section 03480 — Precast Structural Concrete. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Portland- cement based coating for concrete and masonry that resists both positive and negative hydrostatic pressure. B. Performance Requirements: Provide patching material complying with the following requirements: 1. Service temperatures: Immersion, up to 140 degrees F (60 degrees C); cleaning water, up to 200 degrees F (93 degrees C); dry air, up to 220 degrees F (104 degrees C). 2. VOC: 0 Ibs /gal (0 g /L) less water and exempt solvents. 3. Initial Set, minutes at 70 degree F (21 degree C), 50 percent relative humidity: 10 minutes per Lab Method. 4. Final Set, minutes at 70 degree F (21 degree C), 50 percent relative humidity: 90 minutes per Lab Method. 5. Density (cured): 129 pounds per foot (2,080 kg /m) per Lab Method. 6. Positive resistance to hydrostatic pressure, hrs, at 200 psi (1.4 MPa), 461 head feet, air cured at 70 degree F (21 degree C) 50 percent relative humidity: 752 (No leakage, no softening) per CRD C 48, modified. 7. Negative resistance to hydrostatic pressure, hours, at 200 psi (1.4 MPa), 461 head feet, air cured at 70 degree F (21 degree C) 50 percent relative humidity: 664 (Limited dampness) per CRD C 48, modified. 8. Potable water (direct contact): Suitable approved per BS6920 (British standard), NSF Standard 61. 9. Water absorption, boiling water submersion at 24 hour: 3.6 percent per ASTM C 67 (Section 7.3). 10. Compressive strength, ASTM C 109: a. 7 days: 4,200 psi (29 MPa) b. 28 days: 6,030 psi (42 MPa) 11. Flexural strength, ASTM C 348: a. 7 days: 360 psi (2.5 MPa) 09820-1 16Dg b. 28 days: 1,027 psi (7 MPa) 12. Tensile strength, ASTM C 190: a. 7 days: 250 psi (2 MPa). b. 28 days: 440 psi (3 MPa). 13. Modulus of elasticity, ASTM C 469, 28 days: 2.72 x 10 to the 6th psi (1.87 x 10 to the 4th MPa). 14. Artificial weathering, hrs: a. Xenon Arc: 5,000 = No failure per ASTM G 26. b. Carbon Arc: 500 = No failure per ASTM G 23. 15. Adhesion strength, Test by tensile bond: 418 psi (2.9 MPa). 16. Artificial weathering, Atlas Type DMC weatherometer: No cracking, loss of adhesion, checking or other defect. 17. Freeze /thaw resistance, 200 cycles: No change per ASTM C 666 (Procedure B). 18. Salt spray resistance, 300 hours: No defect per ASTM B 117. 19. Carbon Dioxide (CO2), 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) per Lab Method Diffusion. Equivalent to 3/4 inch (19 mm) new concrete. 20. Permeance: a. Perms: 12 (0.10698) per ASTM E 96 b. Metric permeability 18 x 10 to the 3rd resistance (water -vapor transmission) per Swedish standard SS- 02- 15 -82. 21. Wind- driven rain, hrs: 8 = excellent per Fed. Spec. TT -P -0035 (Para 4.4.7). 22. Coefficient of thermal expansion in /in /degree F (mm /mm /degree C), at 28 days: 6.99 x 10 to the minus 6th (5 x 10 to the minus 7th) per ASTM C 531. 23. Impact strength (Gardener impact tester): No chipping per Fed. Spec. TT -P -0035 (Cement paints para. 3.4.8) 24. Hardness, (Barber Colemen Impressor) Requirement min = 30, max = 60 (para 4.4.9) Fed. Spec. TT -P -0035: a. 7 days: 35. b. 14 days: 47. C. 21 days: 52. 25. Abrasion resistance 3,000 L sand: Passed per Fed. Spec. TT -P -141 B. 26. Reflectance ASTM D 2244 using Hunterlab D -25 meter: a. Gray Thoroseal: 64.2. b. White Thoroseal: 88.1. 27. Fungus resistance at 21 days: No growth; meets all requirements of Fed. Spec. TT- P-29B. 28. Surface burning characteristics per ASTM E 84: a. Flame Spread: 0. b. Smoke developed: 5. 29. Fire Propagation Flame spread: Index = 1.5, Class 1 per BS476: Part 6:1981, BS476: Part 7:1971. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with Section 01340. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical bulletins and MSDS on each product. 09820-2 1608, C. Submit list of project references as documented in this Specification under Quality Assurance Article. Include contact name and phone number of person charged with oversight of each project. D. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Provide protection plan of surrounding areas and non -work surfaces. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company with minimum 15 years of experience in manufacturing of specified products and systems. 2. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company shall be ISO 9001:2000 Certified. 3. Applicator Qualifications: Company with minimum of 5 years experience in application of specified products and systems on projects of similar size and scope, and is acceptable to product manufacturer. a. Successful completion of a minimum of 5 projects of similar size and complexity to specified Work. B. Field Sample: 1. Install at Project site or pre - selected area of building an area for field sample, as directed by Architect. 2. Apply material in strict accordance with manufacturer's written application instructions. 3. Manufacturer's representative or designated representative will review technical aspects; surface preparation, application, and workmanship. 4. Field sample will be standard for judging workmanship on remainder of Project. 5. Maintain field sample during construction for workmanship comparison. 6. Do not alter, move, or destroy field sample until Work is completed and approved by Architect. 7. Obtain Architect's written approval of field sample before start of material application, including approval of aesthetics, color, texture, and appearance. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead -time requirements to avoid construction delays. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Transport and store in unopened containers and keep in clean, dry condition protected from rain, dew, and humidity. If dry onsite storage of bags is unavailable or if Project is located in a very wet, humid climate zone, purchase product in manufacturer's packaged metal pails. D. Do not stack bags more than 2 pallets high. E. Store Acryl 60 in similar conditions. Do not allow Acryl 60 to freeze. 09820-3 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: 1. Do not apply in rain or when rain is expected within 24 hours. Do not apply above 90 degrees F (32 degrees C) or below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) or when temperatures are expected to fall below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) within 24 hours. For hot and cold temperature applications, store materials and water at 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) to 70 degrees F (21 degrees C) before use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Specifications and Drawings are based on manufacturer's proprietary literature from Degussa Building Systems. Other manufacturers shall comply with minimum levels of material, color selection, and detailing indicated in Specifications or on Drawings. Architect will be sole judge of appropriateness of substitutions. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Portland- cement based coating for concrete and masonry that resists both positive and negative hydrostatic pressure. 1. Acceptable Product: a. Wet well Coating: Thoroseal by or approved equal. Yield: 225 SQ ft/50 lb (20.9 m2/22.7 kg) bag as a base coat at 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) dry-film thickness. 450 sq ft/50 lb (41.8 m2/22.7 kg) bag as topcoat at 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) dry-film thickness. Coverage will vary depending on surface texture and porosity. 2.3 MIXING A. Mix material per manufacturer instructions allowing material to rest 15 minutes before remixing and application. B. Color: 1. Pearl Gray. 2. Putty Tan. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Ensure that substrates are sound and free of dust, dirt, laitance, paints, oils, grease, curing compounds, and other contaminants. B. Patch holes and cracks before installation. C. Roughen or brush blast extremely smooth surfaces to ensure good mechanical adhesion. 09820-4 MOVE. 3.2 APPLICATION - GENERAL A. Apply coating with manufacturer recommend brush or broom or equivalent stiff fiber brush or by textured spray equipment. Spray, back - brush, or broom applications of first coat to fill voids and achieve uniformity. B. Completely dampen substrate with water before starting application. Do not saturate substrate. Keep substrate cool and damp throughout application. C. Work first coat thoroughly into substrate to completely fill and cover voids, holes, and nonmoving cracks. D. Allow to cure 24 hours, then apply second coat and finish with vertical stroke. E. Allow coating to cure 7 to 10 days before immersion in water. 3.3 WATERPROOFING WETWELL A. Install standard coating as specified in Application - General instructions. B. After standard coating has fully cured, wash down surface with saline solution (salt brine, 1 pound salt per 1 gallon water). Leave saline solution on entire surface for at least 24 hours. Rinse off saline solution completely. If needed, reapply saline solution until final rinse water is completely clean and clear. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean waterproofing material from tools and equipment with water. Remove cured materials mechanically. B. Clean up and properly dispose of debris remaining on Project site related to application. C. Remove temporary coverings and protection from adjacent Work areas. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect system from damage during construction. END OF SECTION 09820-5 SECTION 11311 SUBMERSIBLE WASTEWATER PUMPS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED 16D8 A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install, place in operation, and field test one submersible wastewater pumping station. The station shall be complete with pumps motors, rails, brackets, hatches, piping, valves, electrical work (including motor controls), structures, connections and appurtenances, tested and ready for service. B. These Specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required, but do not cover all details which will vary in accordance with the requirements of the equipment as offered. It is, however, intended to cover the furnishing, the shop testing, the delivery and complete installation and field testing, of all materials, equipment and appurtenances for the complete pumping units as herein specified, whether specifically mentioned in these Specifications or not. C. Furnish and install all necessary and desirable accessory equipment and auxiliaries whether specifically mentioned in these Specifications or not, and as required for an installation incorporating the highest standard for this type of service including field testing of the entire installation and instructing the regular operating personnel in the care, operation and maintenance of all equipment. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02060 — Demolition B. Section 03300 — Cast -in -Place Concrete C. Section 03480 — Precast Concrete Specialties D. Section 05500 — Metal Fabrications E. Section 09900 — Painting 1.03 PATENT AND LICENSES A. The pumping equipment manufacturer shall be responsible for all patents or licenses that exist because of the equipment that may be provided. B. The manufacturer shall assume all costs of patent fees or licenses for the equipment or process, and shall safeguard and save harmless the Owner from all damages, judgments, claims, and expenses arising from licenses fees or claimed infringement of any letters, patent or patent rights, or fees for the use of any equipment or process, structural feature or arrangement of any of the 11311 -1 • component parts of the installation, and the price bid shall be deemed to include payment of all such patent fees, licenses or other costs pertaining thereto. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A. Two submersible wastewater pumps and controls, discharge piping and all appurtenances in a single wet well, as specified herein and shown on the Drawings. The pump station will pump raw, unscreened, domestic wastewater into a force main that is pumped to the existing force main within the property, as shown in plan. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. To assure unity of responsibility, the motors shall be furnished and coordinated by the local pump manufacturer's representative. The contractor and pump manufacturer shall assume responsibility for the satisfactory installation and operation of the entire pumping system including pumps, motors, and controls as specified. B. The pumps covered by these Specifications are intended to be standard pumping equipment of proven ability as manufactured by a reputable manufacturer having long experience in the production of such pumps. The pumps furnished shall e designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the best practice and methods, and shall operate satisfactorily when installed. Pumps shall be manufactured in accordance with the Hydraulic Institute Standards. C. The control system shall have an established record of successful performance for similar service. D. All equipment furnished under this Specification shall be new and unused, shall be the standard product of manufacturers having a successful record f manufacturing and servicing the equipment and systems specified herein for a minimum of five (5) years. E. The pump manufacturer shall provide a full 5 -year warranty covering all parts of for the first 18 -month period and a percentage of all parts and labor for each year thereafter up to 5 years from date of shipment. F. The pump shall be furnished complete with controls and accessories required, and shall be manufactured by the Flygt Corporation or approved equal. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Copies of all materials required to establish compliance with the Specifications shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. Submittals shall include at least the following: 1. Shop and erection drawings showing all important details of construction, dimensions and anchor bolt locations. 2. Descriptive literature, bulletins and catalogs of the equipment. 3. Data on the characteristics and performance of each pump. Data shall include a certified performance test, based on actual shop tests of the 11311 -2 16D8 sale units, which show that they meet the specified requirements for head, capacity, efficiency, submergence and horsepower. Curves shall be submitted on 8 -1/2 inch by 11 -inch sheets; at as large a scale as is practical. Curves shall be plotted from no flow at Shut Off Head to Pump Capacity at minimum specified TH. Catalog sheets showing a family of curves will not be acceptable. 4. Complete master wiring diagrams, elementary or control schematics, including coordination with other electrical control devices operating in conjunction with the Pump Control System and suitable outline drawings shall be furnished for approval before proceeding with manufacture. Standard pre - printed sheets or drawings simply marked to indicate applicability to this contract will not be acceptable. 5. A drawing showing the layout of the Pump Control Panel shall be furnished. The layout shall indicate every device mounted on the door with complete identification. 6. The total weight of the equipment including the weight of the single largest item. 7. A complete total bill of materials of all equipment. 8. A list of the manufacturer's recommended spare parts to be supplied in addition to those specified in Paragraph 1.08, with the manufacturer's current price for each item. Include gaskets, seals, etc. on the list. List bearings by the bearing manufacturer's numbers only. 9. All submittal data required by the General Conditions. 10. Complete motor data. B. In the event that it is impossible to conform to certain details of the Specifications due to different manufacturing techniques, describe completely all non- conforming aspects. C. Upon receipt of approval of submitted material, provide the number of prints specified in the General Conditions and one reproducible tracing of all drawings. 1.07 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS A. Operating and maintenance manuals shall be furnished. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include all required cuts, drawings, equipment lists, descriptions, etc. that are required to instruct operating and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. B. A factory representative of all major component manufacturers, who has complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance, shall be provided for one (1) day at each station, to instruct representatives of the Owner and the Engineer on proper operation and maintenance. With the permission of the Owner, this work may be conducted in conjunction with the inspection of the installation and test run as provided under Paragraph 3.04. If there are difficulties in operation of the equipment due to the manufacturer's design or fabrication, additional service shall be provided at no cost to the Owner. 11311 -3 16D8 1.08 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS A. One (1) set of all special tools required for normal operation and maintenance shall be provided. All such tools shall be furnished in a suitable steel tool chest complete with lock and duplicate keys. B. The manufacturer shall furnish a complete set of recommended spare parts necessary for the first five (5) years operation of the pumping system, which shall include at the following: 1. One set of upper bearings for each pump supplied. 2. One set of lower bearings for each pump supplied. 3. One set of upper and lower shaft seals for each pump supplied. 4. One relay for each type supplied with the pump control panel for the station. 5. One full diameter impeller for each pump supplied. C. Spare parts shall be properly bound and labeled for each identification without opening the packaging and suitably protected for long -term storage. 1.09 PRODUCT HANDLING A. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration will occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed and the units and equipment are ready for operation. B. All equipment and parts must be properly protected against any damage during a prolonged period at the site as specified in the Specific Provision. C. Factory assembled parts and components shall not be dismantled for shipment unless permission is received in writing from the Engineer. D. Finished surfaces of all exposed pump openings shall be protected by wood planks, strongly build ant securely bolted thereto. E. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust and corrosion. F. After hydrostatic or other tests, all entrapped water shall be drained prior to shipment, and proper care shall be taken to protect parts from the entrance of water during shipment, storage and handling. G. Each box or package shall be properly marked to show its net weight in addition to its content. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. The pumping units required under this Section shall be complete including pumps and motors with proper alignment and balancing of the individual units. 11311 -4 16D8 All parts shall be so designed and proportioned as to have liberal strength, stability, and stiffness and to be especially adapted for the work to be done. Ample room shall be provided for inspection, repairs and adjustments. B. Each foundation plate for each pump shall be rigidly and accurately anchored into position. All necessary foundation bolts, plates, nuts and washers shall be furnished by the pump manufacturer for installation by the Contractor. Foundation bolts, nuts, washers shall be AISI 304 Stainless Steel. C. Stainless steel nameplates giving the name of the manufacturer, the rated capacity, head, speed, and all other pertinent data shall be attached to each pump and motor. 2.02 PUMPS A. General: 1. The pumps shall be submersible, non -clog, close - coupled centrifugal pumps with submersible motors designed to pump unscreened domestic sewage. The design shall be such that the pumping units shall be automatically connected to the discharge piping when lowered into place o the discharge connection. The pumps shall be easily removable for inspection or service, requiring no bolts, nuts or other fastenings to be removed for this purpose and not requiring personnel to enter the pump well. Each pump shall be fitted with a Type 316 stainless steel lifting cable of adequate strength and shall be ten (10) feet longer than the wet well depth to permit raising the pump for inspection and removal. The impeller shall be constructed of cast iron. The design shall permit low liquid velocities and gradual acceleration and change of flow direction of the pumped media. The impeller / casing design shall result in a passage free of surfaces to which solid or fibrous materials can adhere. The overall pump design shall combine high efficiency, low required NPSH, large sphere passage and the ability to handle high solids concentrations efficiently. All other parts shall be of close grain gray iron construction, with all parts coming into contact with sewage protected by a cost of rubber - asphalt paint. All external bolts and nuts shall be of stainless steel. The impeller shall be of a centrifugal, non -clog type, capable of passing 3 -inch minimum diameter solids and fibrous materials. 3. Each pump shall be provided with a double tandem mechanical seal running in an oil reservoir, composed of two separate lapped face seals. The upper seal consisting of one stationary and one rotating carbon - ceramic ring. The lower seal consisting of tungsten carbide rings. Seals shall be held in contact by a separate spring, so that the outside pressure assists spring compression in preventing the seal faces from opening. The compression spring shall be protected against exposure to the pumped liquid. The pumped liquid shall be sealed form the oil reservoir by one face seal and the oil reservoir from the motor chamber by the other. The seals shall require neither maintenance nor adjustment, and shall be easily replaced. Conventional double mechanical seals with a single spring between the rotating faces, requiring constant differential 11311 -5 16D p ressure to effect sealing and subject to opening and penetration ,. by pumping forces shall not be considered equal to tandem seals specified and required. 4. A sliding guide bracket shall be an integral part of the pumping unit and the pump casing shall have a machined connection flange to connect with the cast iron discharge connection, which shall be bolted to the floor of the sump with stainless steel anchor bolts and so designed as to receive the pump connection without the need of any bolts or nuts. Sealing of the pumping units to the discharge connection shall be accomplished by a simple linear downward motion of the pump with the entire weight of the pumping unit guided by two (2) type 304 L stainless steel guides or T- bars which will press it tightly against the discharge connection. No portion of the pump shall bear directly on the floor of the sump and no rotary motion of the pump shall be required for sealing. Sealing at the discharge connection by means of a diaphragm or similar method of sealing will not be accepted as an equal to a metal to metal contact of the pump discharge and mating discharge connection specified and required. 5. Pump motors shall be housed in an air - filled or oil- filled, water -tight casing and shall have Class F insulated windings which shall be moisture resistant. Motors shall be NEMA Design B rated 155 - degrees maximum. Motor characteristics are noted on the Drawings. Pump motors shall have cooling characteristics suitable to permit continuous operation, in a totally or partially submerged condition. Each motor shall incorporate an ambient temperature compensated overhead sensing device wired in series which monitors the conductivity of the liquid in the oil seal cavity. The protective devices shall be wired into the pump controls in such a way that if either device operates the pump will shut down. The devices shall be self- resetting. The cable shall be fixed to the pump using a water tight assembly. The pump shall be capable of running continuously in a totally dry condition under full load without damage, for extended periods. Before final acceptance, a field running test demonstrating this ability, with 24 -hours of continuous operation under the above conditions, shall be performed for all pumps being supplied, if required by the Owner. Pump motor cables shall be suitable for submersible pump applications and shall be properly sealed. B. Each pumping unit and its driving equipment shall be designed and constructed to withstand the maximum turbine run -away speed of the unit due to back flow through the pump. C. For Performance Requirements refer to the Data Table on the Drawings. 2.03 ACCESS FRAMES AND GUIDES A. The pumping station shall be furnished with aluminum access frames, complete with hinged and hasp- equipped covers, and spring - loaded for easy opening. Access frames shall be mounted directly above the pumps. Access doors shall have safety - locking handle in open position. Doors shall be of aluminum checkered plate with stainless steel hardware as manufactured by U.S. Foundry Co. or approved equal. 11311 -6 16D8 B. Upper guide holders shall be stainless steel. Lower guide holders shall be integral with the discharge connection. Guide bars or T -bars shall be of Schedule 40, Welded Type AISI 304, stainless steel pipe of the size indicated on the Drawings and of the length required by the pump manufacturer. Guide holders shall be the product of the pump manufacturer. 2.04 PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM A. General: 1. The existing pump controller shall be reinstalled for the wastewater pumping station. The controller shall respond to the liquid level sensor to automatically start, and stop pumps to pace pump station influent flow. 2. The pump controller is the existing transducer system as modified for this application and station. The wet well operating levels are as shown on the Drawings. B. Operation Requirements: 1. The control panel shall consist of a main circuit breaker and generator breaker with mechanical interlock, an emergency power receptacle, a circuit breaker and magnetic start for each pump motor, and 15 ampere, 120 volt circuit breakers as required. A low and high level alarm and pump shut -off shall be accomplished by a transducer type system liquid level controller with all control components mounted in one common enclosure. Control switches shall provide means to operate each pump manually or automatically. When operated in the automatic mode, the control assembly shall provide mans to manually or automatically alternate the position of the "lead" and "lag" pumps after each pumping cycle. C. Construction: 1. The electrical control equipment shall be mounted with a NEMA Type 3R, dead front enclosure, constructed of not less then 14 gauge, 316 stainless steel. The enclosure shall be equipped with a door and shall incorporate a removable back panel on which control components shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured to enclosure with collar studs. Two Crouse -Hinds Type "CGK" cable connectors shall be provided to terminate the motor cables in the control panel. The connectors shall be suitable for a 2" conduit with a neoprene busing suitable for the motor cables supplied. 2. Components: a. All motor branch circuit breakers, motor starts and control relays shall be of highest industrial quality, securely fastened to the removable back panels with screws and lock washers. Back panels shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self - tapping screws shall not be used to mount any component. b. A thermal- magnetic air circuit breaker, Type KA as manufactured by Square D company, or approved equal, shall be furnished for each pump motor and main breaker. All circuit breakers shall be sealed by the manufacturer after calibration to prevent tampering. 11311 -7 ffAT 0 11311 -8 Each circuit breaker shall be adequately sized to meet the pump motor and station operating conditions. C. A mechanical disconnect mechanism shall be installed on each circuit breaker to provide a means of disconnecting power to the pump motors. d. An open frame, across - the -line, NEMA rated, magnetic motor - starter, Bulletin 709 as manufactured by Allen - Bradley Company, or approved equal, shall be furnished for each pump motor. All motor starters shall be equipped to provide under - voltage release and overload protection on all three phases. Motor starter contacts shall be easily replaceable without removing the motor starter from its mounted position. Overload reset push- buttons shall be located on the exterior of the control compartment door. Provide reverse phase and phase loss protection for each motor. e. Low level control relay shall be magnetic latching type, Bulletin 700NM as manufactured by Allen - Bradley, or approved equal, with contacts rated at 300 VAC, 10 amperes, non - inductive. Time delay relays shall be electric type. f. An emergency power receptacle shall be installed in the bottom or side of the control panel and connected to the line side of the generator breaker. The receptacle shall be 200A, 4P, 3W Crouse - Hinds Series No. AR1042 with AR61 panel adapter. g. A duplex utility receptacle providing 120 volts, 60 Hertz, single phase current shall be mounted on the side of the enclosure. h. The control panel shall include an adjustable time delay relay to prevent both pumps from starting simultaneously. Relays shall be Paragon Electric Company, Series JW, or approved equal. 3. Operating Controls and Instruments: a. All operating controls and instruments shall be securely mounted on the control compartment door. All controls and instruments shall be clearly labeled to indicate function. b. Pump mode selector switches shall be Hand - Off-Auto type to permit override of automatic level control and manual actuation of shutdown of either pump motor. Operation of pumps in manual mode overload shutdown. Switches shall be oil- tight, as manufactured by Allen - Bradley, or approved equal, providing three (3) switch positions, each of which shall be clearly labeled according to function. Separate indictor lamps, which shall operate at 120 volts input, shall be provided mounted above H.O.A. selector switches. Lamps shall be easily replaceable from the front of control compartment door without removing switch modules from their mounted positions. C. Indicator lamps shall be mounted in oil -tight modules, as manufactured by Allen- Bradley or approved equal. Lamp modules shall be equipped to operate a 120 volt input. Lamps shall be easily replaceable from the front of the control compartment door without removing lamp module from its mounted position. d. A six (6) digit, non -reset elapsed time meter shall be connected to each motor starter to indicate the total running time of each pump in "hours" and "tenth of hours ". The elapsed time meters shall be as manufactured by Engler, Redding, or approved equal. 11311 -8 2.05 DISCHARGE PIPING A. A concrete valve vault shall not be installed at the pump station site. Discharge piping is to be installed above - ground above a concrete slab as shown on the Drawings. B. The discharge piping shall contain a plug valve and a check valve for each pump discharge. A 6 -inch " KAMLOC" quick disconnect type coupling shall be installed on the pump discharge lines as shown on the Drawings. The KAMLOC coupling shall be the type required by the Owner. C. Each pump discharge shall be furnished with a discharge gauge. The gauges shall be furnished with a quarter -turn shut -off valve, replaceable stainless steel diaphragm seal unit, and surge snubber. Each gauge shall have a 4 -inch or larger dial, flanged cast aluminum case and glass crystal. Gauges shall be mounted as shown on the Drawings. Gauges shall be Series No. 600 as manufactured by H. O. Trerice, equal by Marshaltown, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations in the locations shown on the Drawings. Installation shall include furnishing the required oil and grease for initial operation. The grades of oil and grease shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Anchor bolts shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Contractor shall submit a certificate from the equipment manufacturer stating that the installation of the equipment is satisfactory, that the equipment is ready for operation, and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication, and care of each unit. 3.02 SHOP PAINTING A. Before exposure to weather and prior to shop painting, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned, dry and free from al mill - scale, rust, grease, dirt and other foreign matter. B. All pumps and motors shall be shop coated, with manufacturer's standard coating. C. All nameplates shall be properly protected during painting. D. Gears, bearing surfaces, and other similar surfaces obviously not to be painted shall be given a heavy shop coat of grease or other suitable rust - resistant coating. This coating shall be maintained as necessary to prevent corrosion during periods of storage and erection and shall be satisfactory to the Engineer up to the time of the final acceptance test. 11311 -9 !NT10611 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. General: 1. The Engineer shall have the right to inspect, test, or witness tests of all materials and equipment to be furnished under these Specifications, prior to shipment from the point of manufacture. 2. The Engineer shall be notified in writing prior to initial shipment, in ample time so that arrangements can be made for inspection by the Engineer. 3. The Engineer or his representative shall be furnished all facilities, including labor, and shall be allowed proper time for inspection and testing of material and equipment. 4. materials and equipment shall be tested or inspected as required by the Engineer, and the cost of such work shall be included in the cost of the equipment. The Contractor shall anticipate that delays may be caused because of the necessity of inspection, testing and accepting materials and equipment before their use is approved. 5. The services of a factory representative shall be furnished for one (1) day, for each station, and shall have complete knowledge of proper operation and maintenance to inspect the final installation and supervise the test run of the equipment. With the permission of the Owner, these services may be combined with those provided under Paragraph 1.07, "Operating Instructions ". 6. Field tests shall not be conducted until such time that the entire installation is complete and ready for testing. B. Pumps: 1. After all pumps have been completely installed, and working under the direction of the manufacturer, conduct in the presence of the Engineer such tests as are necessary to indicate that pumps conform to the Specifications. Field tests shall include all pumps included under this Section. Supply all electrical power, water or wastewater, labor, equipment and incidentals required to complete the field tests. 2. If the pump performance does not meet the Specifications, corrective measures shall be taken or pumps shall be removed and replaced with pumps which satisfy the conditions specified. A 24 -hour operating period of the pumps will be required before acceptance. During this 24 -hour operating period, the Contractor shall supply all power necessary. C. Motors: 1. The Contractor shall check all motors for correct clearance and alignment and for correct lubrication in accordance with manufacturer's instructions The Contractor shall check direction of rotation of all motors and reverse connections if necessary. D. Vibration Analysis: 1. A vibration analysis shall be performed in the field on the pumps over the range of the pumping conditions as specified. 2. This test shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory, and in accordance with the Hydraulic Institute Standards. The Contractor shall include in his price a sum sufficient to perform this analysis. The sum 11311 -10 IMITOZ shall include repetitive tests, if required, until such time the installation meets the Standards. END OF SECTION 11311 -11 SECTION 15000 PIPING, GENERAL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED •1: A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all piping systems shown and specified, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Each system shall be complete with all necessary fittings, hangers, supports, anchors, expansion joints, flexible connectors, valves, accessories, lining and coating, testing, disinfection, excavation, and backfill, to provide a functional installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 05500 — Metal Fabrication B. Section 01340 —Submittals and Substitutions C. Section 03300 - Cast -in -Place Concrete D. Section 02221 — Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe E. Section 09850 - Painting 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Commercial Standards: ANSI B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Class 125. ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy, and Other Special Alloys. ANSI /ASME B31.1 Power piping. ANSI /AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code. ASTM A 307 Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. ASTM A 325 Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints. ASTM D 792 Test Methods for Specific Gravity and Density of Plastics by Displacement. 1.04 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings and certificates, test reports, affidavits of compliance, of all piping systems, in accordance with the requirements in the Section entitled, "Submittals ", and as specified in the individual piping sections. B. Each shop drawing submittal shall be complete in all aspects incorporating all information and data listed herein and all additional information required to evaluate 15000 -1 OT10611 the proposed piping material's compliance with the Contract Documents. Partial or incomplete submissions will be returned to the Contractor without review. O & M Manuals: Prior to start-up the Contractor shall furnish complete operations and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section entitled "Submittals ". C. Data to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Catalog Data consisting of specifications, illustrations and parts schedule that identifies the materials to be used for the various piping components and accessories. The illustrations shall be in sufficient detail to serve as a guide for assembly and disassembly. 2. Complete layout and installation drawings with clearly marked dimensions and elevations. Piece numbers which are coordinated with the tabulated pipe layout schedule shall be clearly marked. Piping layout drawings shall indicate the following additional information; pipe supports, location, support type, hanger rod size, insert type and the load on the hanger in pounds. 3. Weight of all component parts. 4. Design calculations above specified. 5. Tabulated pipe layout schedule which shall include the following information for all pipe and fittings, service, pipe size, working pressure, wall thickness and piece number. D. Certifications: Prior to installation, the Contractor shall furnish an Affidavit of Compliance certified by the pipe manufacturer that the pipe, fittings and specials furnished under this contract comply with all applicable provisions of AWWA and these specifications. No pipe or fittings will be accepted for use in the Work on this project until the affidavits have been submitted and accepted in accordance with the Section entitled "Submittals ". E. All expenses incurred in making samples for certification of tests shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests: Except where otherwise specified, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Specifications and Standards. B. Welding Requirements: All welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be prequalified under the provisions of ANSI /AWS D1.1. Welding procedures shall be required for, but not necessarily limited to, longitudinal and girth or spiral welds for pipe cylinders, spigot and bell ring attachments, reinforcing plates and ring flange welds, and plates for lug connections. C. Welder Qualifications: All welding shall be done by skilled welders, welding operators, and tackers who have had adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used. Welders shall be qualified under the provisions of ANSI /AWS D1.1 by an independent local, acceptable testing agency not more than 12 months prior to commencing work. Machines and electrodes similar to those used in the Work shall be used in qualification tests. The Contractor shall furnish all material and bear the expense of qualifying welders. 15000 -2 1.06 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE A. Where the assistance of the manufacturer's service representative is advisable, in order to obtain correct pipe joints, supports, or special connections, the Contractor shall furnish such assistance at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. All piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a clean and undamaged conditions and stored off the ground, to provide protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. All defective or damaged materials shall be replaced with new materials. 1.08 CLEANUP A. After completion of the work, all remaining pipe cuttings, joining and wrapping materials, and other scattered debris, shall be removed from the site. The entire piping system shall be handed over in a clean and functional condition. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 2 and furnished as specified herein. B. Pipe Supports: All pipes shall be adequately supported in accordance with the requirements of the Section entitled "Pipe Supports ", and as shown. C. Lining: All requirements pertaining to thickness, application, and curing of pipe lining, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 15, unless otherwise specified. D. Coating: All requirements pertaining to thickness, application and curing of pipe lining, shall be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Division 15, unless otherwise specified. Pipes above ground or in structures shall be field - painted in accordance with the Section entitled "Painting ". E. Pressure Rating: All piping systems shall be designed for the maximum expected pressure. 2.02 PIPE FLANGES A. Flanges: Where the design pressure is 125 psi or less, flanges shall conform to either ANSI /AWWA C1 15/A21.15 Class D or ANSI 1316.1 125 -Ibs class. Where the design pressure is greater than 150 psi. up to a maximum of 250 psi, flanges shall conform to either ANSI /AWWA C115/21.15 or ANSI 1316.1 250 Ibs class. Flanges shall have flat faces and shall be attached with bolt holes straddling the vertical axis of the pipe unless otherwise shown. Attachment of the flanges to the pipe shall 15000 -3 conform to the applicable requirements of ANSI /AWWA 115/21.15. Flanges for miscellaneous small pipes shall be in accordance with the standards specified for these pipes. B. Blind Flanges: Blind flanges shall be in accordance with ANSI /AWWA C207, or with the standards for miscellaneous small pipes. All blind flanges for pipe sizes 12- inches and over shall be provided with lifting eyes in the form of welded or threaded eye bolts. C. Flange Coating: All machined faces of metal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall be coated with a temporary rust - inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the installation is completed. D. Flange Bolts: If studs are required, they shall be in accordance with ASTM A 307, Grade B, with heavy hex nuts. If studs are required, they shall extend through the nuts a minimum of '/4 -inch. All bolts and nuts shall conform to Section entitled "Miscellaneous Metalwork ". E. Flange Gaskets: Gaskets for flanged joints shall be of materials as specified in piping sections. Blind flanges shall have gaskets covering the entire inside face of the blind flange and shall be cemented to the blind flange. Ring gaskets shall not be permitted. F. Flange Gasket Suppliers, or equal: 1. John Crane 2. Garlock 2.03 MECHANICAL -TYPE COUPLINGS (GROOVED OR BANDED PIPE) A. General: Mechanical -type couplings shall be provided where shown. Buried or submerged couplings shall have Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts conforming to the requirements of Section entitled "Miscellaneous Metalwork ". B. Suppliers for Steel Pipe Couplings, or equal: 1. Victaulic Style 41 or 44 (banded). 2. Victaulic Style 77 or 07 (grooved). 3. Gustin -Bacon (banded or grooved). Note: Steel pipe couplings shall be furnished with grade E rubber gaskets. C. Suppliers for Ductile Iron Pipe Couplings, or equal: 1. Victaulic Style 31. 2. Gustin- Bacon. Note: Ductile iron pipe couplings shall be furnished with grade M flush seal gaskets. D. Suppliers for PVC Pipe Couplings, or equal: 1. Victaulic Style 775. 2. Gustin- Bacon. Note: PVC pipe couplings shall be furnished with grade E gaskets and radius cut or standard roll grooved pipe ends. 15000 -4 a 1: 2.04 SLEEVE -TYPE COUPLINGS A. Construction: Sleeve -type couplings shall be provided where shown, and shall be of similar material as the pipe, without pipe stop, and shall be of sizes to fit the pipe and fittings shown. The middle ring shall be not less than '/4 -inch in thickness and shall be either 5 or 7- inches long for standard steel couplings, and 16- inches long for long- sleeve couplings. The followers shall be single -piece contoured mill section welded and cold- expanded as required for the middle rings. They shall be of sufficient strength to accommodate the number of bolts necessary to obtain adequate gasket pressures without excessive rolling. The shape of the follower shall be of such design as to provide positive confinement of the gasket. Bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of Section entitled "Metals ". B. Pipe Preparation: The ends of the pipe, where specified or shown, shall be prepared for sleeve -type couplings. Plain ends for use with couplings shall be smooth and round for a distance of 12- inches from the ends of the pipe, with outside diameter not more than 1/64 -inch smaller than the nominal outside diameter of the pipe. The middle ring shall be tested by cold- expanding a minimum of one percent beyond the yield point, to proof -test the weld to the strength of the parent metal. The weld of the middle ring shall be subjected to an air test for porosity. C. Gaskets: Gaskets for sleeve -type couplings shall be rubber - compound material that will not deteriorate from age or exposure to air under normal storage or use conditions. The rubber in the gasket shall meet the following specifications: 1. Color - Jet Black. 2. Surface — Nonblooming. 3. Durometer Hardness — 74 ± 5. 4. Tensile Strength — 1000 psi Minimum. 5. Elongation — 175 percent Minimum. D. The gaskets shall be immune to attack by the material which is being transported. All gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 2000, AA709Z, meeting Suffix B13 Grade 3, except as noted above. E. Insulating Couplings: Where insulating couplings are required, both ends of the coupling shall have a wedge- shaped gasket which assembles over a rubber sleeve of an insulating compound in order to obtain insulation of all coupling metal parts from the pipe. F. Restrained Joints: Where harnesses are required for sleeve -type couplings, they shall be in accordance with the requirements of the appropriate reference standard, or as shown. G. Supplier, or equal: 1. Rockwell (Smith - Blair). Style 411. 2. Dresser. Style 38. 3. Ford Meter Box Co., Inc., Style FC1 or FC3. 15000 -5 •1: 2.05 REINFORCED FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLING A. Reinforced flexible piping couplings shall be as manufactured by Mercer Rubber Company, General Rubber Co., Metraflex or equal. B. The coupling shall be rated for a working pressure of 150 psig and shall be constructed of Kevlar reinforcing and natural rubber elastomer rated for a maximum temperature of 180° F. A hypalon coating shall be applied to the exterior of the elastomer. C. All couplings shall have integrally molded flanges with split and beveled galvanized steel retaining rings. Galvanized steel washers shall be provided at the point where the rings are split. Bolt holes and bolt circle patterns shall conform to the mating flange patterns as specified in the piping paragraphs. Coupling lengths shall be manufacturer's standard, subject to Engineer's review and acceptance. D. Control units shall be 316 stainless steel and shall be provided and installed with all flexible pipe couplings. The control unit shall be supplied by the coupling manufacturer. 2.06 PIPE INSULATION A. Hot and cold liquid piping, flues and engine exhaust piping shall be insulated. No unprotected hot piping shall be within reach of operating personnel or others. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, tools, materials, and equipment necessary for installation and jointing of the pipe. All piping shall be installed in accordance with the Drawings in a neat workmanlike manner and shall be set for accurate line and elevation. All piping shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation, and care shall be taken to keep the piping clean throughout the installation. B. Before setting wall sleeves, pipes, castings and pipes to be cast in place, the Contractor shall check the Drawings and equipment manufacturer's drawings which may have a direct bearing on the pipe locations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of the pipes and appurtenances during the construction of and renovation of the tanks and structures. C. Piping shall be attached to pumps, valves, equipment, etc., in accordance with the respective manufacturers' recommendations. This includes the use of flexible connectors as required. D. For piping assembled with threaded, solvent cemented, welded or soldered joints, liberal use of unions shall be made. Unions shall be provided close to main pieces of equipment and in branch lines to permit ready dismantling of piping without disturbing main pipe lines or adjacent branch lines. A minimum of one union per straight run of pipe between fitting and /or valves with multiple lengths of pipe shall be used. 15000 -6 D E. All changes in directions or elevations shall be made with fittings, unless otherwise shown. 3.02 SHIPPING, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Special care in handling shall be exercised during delivery, distribution and storage of pipe to avoid damage and setting up stresses. Damaged pipe will be rejected and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Pipe and specials stored prior to use shall be stored in such a manner as to keep the interior free from dirt and foreign matter. B. No pipe shall be dropped from cars or trucks to the ground. All pipe shall be carefully lowered to the ground by mechanical means. In shipping, pipe and fittings shall be blocked in such manner as to prevent damage to castings or lining. Any broken or chipped lining shall be carefully patched. Where it is impossible to repair broken or damaged lining in pipe because of its size, the pipe shall be rejected as unfit for use. C. All mechanical joint pipe shall be laid with 1/8 -inch space between the spigot and shoulder of pocket. 3.03 LAYING PIPE A. Proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe convenient handling and laying of pipe shall be used and shall, in general, agree with manufacturer's recommendations. At the time of laying, the pipe shall be examined carefully for defects, and should any pipe be discovered to be defective after being laid, it shall be removed and replaced with sound pipe by the Contractor at his expense. B. The Contractor shall perform all earthwork including excavation, backfill, bedding, compaction, sheeting, shoring and bracing, dewatering and grading in accordance with the Section entitled "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities ". C. Upon satisfactory excavation of the pipe trench and completion of the pipe bedding, a continuous trough for the pipe barrel and recesses for the pipe bells, or couplings, shall be excavated by hand digging. When the pipe is laid in the prepared trench, true to line and grade, the pipe barrel shall receive continuous, uniform support and no pressure shall be exerted on the pipe joints from the trench bottom. D. All piping 3- inches and larger shall be provided with two 4- foot - lengths of pipe for the first two joints outside a building or tank wall unless a greater number of joints is shown on the Drawings. E. Pipe shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C -600 and AWWA C -800, as applicable for D.I. pipe and for service lines, respectively. Before being lowered into the trench, the pipes and accessories shall be carefully examined and the interior of the pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter and other acceptable methods. At the close of each workday and during suspension of work for any reason at any time, a suitable stopper shall be placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud or other foreign material from entering the pipe. 15000 -7 • F. Lines shall be laid straight and depth of cover shall be maintained uniform with respect to finish grade, whether grading is completed or proposed at time of pipe installation. Where a grade or slope is shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall use laser based surveying instruments to maintain alignment and grade. At least one elevation shot shall be taken on each length of pipe and recorded. No abrupt changes in direction or grade will be allowed. G. All underground piping shall be properly blocked at all fittings where the pipeline changes direction, changes size, or ends, using concrete thrust blocks. Concrete thrust blocks shall be sized so as to give bearing against undisturbed earth sufficient to absorb the thrust from line pressure, allowing an earth bearing of 200 pounds per square foot. (Earth bearing values may be increased, if clearly substantiated by a soils analysis). The line pressure shall be the product of the nominal cross sectional area of the pipe and the maximum internal pressure anticipated for each type of pipe. The concrete shall be placed, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings so that the pipe joints and fittings will be acceptable. All underground restrained unrestrained joint piping and fittings shall be provided with concrete thrust blocks unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. Whenever new tees or elbows are connected to existing pipelines, a concrete thrust block shall be installed, subject to Engineer acceptance. 3.04 FLANGED JOINTS A. Flanged joints shall be made up with full face gaskets as specified in the piping paragraphs. Flange faces shall have a uniform bearing on the gaskets. Flanges shall be drawn together uniformly until the joint is tight. No washers shall be permitted for the bolt and nut assemblies. The length of the bolts shall be uniform and in accordance with the standards specified herein. The bolt's maximum projection beyond the end of the nut shall be 0.25 -inch nor shall the bolt fall short of the end of the nut. 3.05 WELDED JOINTS A. Welded joints shall be shop fabricated in accordance with the standards and specifications contained herein. B. Field welding will be permitted for black carbon steel pipe where it can be demonstrated that the interior of the pipe can be satisfactorily lined and inspected. Welding in the field shall be performed only when requested on the shop drawings and accepted by the Owner and Engineer in writing as specified herein. C. All welding shall be performed in accordance with ANSI B31.1 and AWWA C 206 except as modified or supplemented herein. All welders shall be AWS certified in accordance with AWWA C206, and ANSI B31 requirements. D. Pipe and fittings with all thicknesses of 3/16 -inch and larger shall have ends beveled for welding. Bevels shall be 30 with a maximum of 37 -1/2. The abutting pipe ends shall be separated before welding to permit complete fusion to the inside wall of the pipe without overlapping. Welding shall be continuous around the joint and shall be completed without interruption. Welds shall be of the single vee butt type, of sound 15000 -8 !NIT0611 weld metal thoroughly fused into the ends of the pipe and into the bottom of the vee. Welds shall be free from cold spots, pin - holes, oxide inclusions, burrs, snags, rough projection or other defects. E. Filler metal for welding shall be of the same composition as the base metal. All welding of steel pipe flanges shall be in accordance with requirements of AWWA C207 and ANSI B31.1. F. Field repairs of cement mortar lining a welded joints shall be made in accordance with AWWA C205 Appendix A or AWWA C602. G. Field welds shall be "fixed position" type. 3.06 THREADED JOINTS A. All threads shall be clean, machine cut and all pie shall be reamed before erection. Taps and dies shall be cleaned, sharpened and in good condition. All threaded joints shall be made tight with teflon tape. B. After having been set up, a joint shall not be backed off unless the joint is broken, the threads cleaned and new tape is applied. 3.07 SOLVENT CEMENTED JOINTS A. Joints shall be made up in accordance with ASTM D 2855 and the manufacturers' recommendations. The Contractor is advised to handle the solvent cements in accordance with ASTM F 402. 3.08 THRUST RESTRAINT A. Pipe anchors shall be spaced to divide pipe into sections. Anchors shall be located at valves, changes in direction of piping, and major branch connections. Anchors shall be of a type recommended by the pipe manufacturer and accepted by the Engineer. B. On all piping, where sleeve type couplings and flanged adapters are located near fittings or valves, tie rods shall span across the coupling as specified herein to restrain movement of the pipe along its axial direction. Such restraints can be deleted if both ends of the pipe are anchored in a concrete structure with no fitting or valve occurring within the span length, in the suction piping to a pump where the coupling is between the pump and valve, or when the water pressure measured at the crown of the pipe is less than five feet. C. All sleeve type couplings shall be harnessed except where noted specifically on the Drawings. The harnessing shall be as shown on the Drawing or as specified herein. D. Where the distance between adjacent flanges is in excess of ten feet or where a harness can not be used, the pipe supports adjacent to the coupling shall retrain the piping preventing any linear or angular movement resulting in the pipe separating from the coupling or misalignment in the joint. 15000 -9 E F G H pq Where expansion joints are used, control units shall be provided. All tie rods and control units shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures. All buried tie rods and associated hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. In general, all valves and fittings shall be restrained in an acceptable manner such that the unbalanced force developed at them shall be supported independent of the piping system. Harnesses for ductile iron pipe shall be as shown on the Drawings. 3.09 PIPING SCHEDULE A. This Section includes a schedule of piping specified in other Sections of Division 15. B. The following abbreviations are used in the schedule: 1. Material 304 SS - 304 Stainless Steel (nonwelded joints) or 304L Stainless Steel — low carbon (welded joints) 316 SS - 316 Stainless Steel (nonwelded joints) or 316L Stainless Steel — low carbon (welded joints) AL - Aluminum BSP - Black Steel Pipe CPVC - Chlorinated Polyvinylchloride DI - Ductile Iron PVC - Plyvinylchloride 2. Wall Thickness CL - Class Sch - Schedule SDR - Standard Diameter Ratio 3. Joint Type CID - Cast Iron Drainage Fitting FLG - Flanged MJ - Mechanical Joint PO - Push on Joint RJ - Restrained Joint SW - Solvent Welded W - Welded 4. Fitting Type 304 SS - 304 Stainless Steel (nonwelded joints) or 304L Stainless Steel — low carbon (welded joints) 316 SS - 316 Stainless Steel (nonwelded joints) or 316L Stainless Steel — (welded joints) AL - Aluminum BSP - Black Steel Pipe CPVC - Chlorinated Polyvinylchloride DI - Ductile Iron DWV - Drain Waste Vent Ml - Malleable Iron PVC - Plyvinylchloride 15000 -10 294' 5. Interior Surface Protection * Flanged joints shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. CL - Cement Lined EC - Epoxy Coated Protective Coating PVC - PVC Liner 6. Exterior Surface Protective Coating AC - Asphalt Coated Sche- Pressure INSUL - Insulated 'Interior P - Painted (Inches) Material PCW - Plastic Coating or Wrapping Joints* Fittings All Unless NOM. PIPE DI PIPE 350 DIAMETER WORKING TYPE OF MATERIAL P (INCHES) PRESSURE JOINT DI 4 thru 12 350 RJ DI 4 thru 20 350 RJ DI 24 300 RJ DI 30 thru 54 250 RJ DI 4 thru 12 350 RJ DI ALL 350* FLG * Flanged joints shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. * Refer to specifications for types of restrained joints. 3.10 TESTING A. Install, inspect, and test in accordance with AWWA C- 600 -93, "Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances." Pressure test pipe, valves, fittings, ad appurtenances for two (2) hours while maintaining a pressure of 150 psi. Do not allow pressure to drop below 145 psi. Re -start the test if pressure drops below the stated pressure. 15000 -11 Nominal Protective Coating Pipe ' Working Type Diameter Sche- Pressure of Type of 'Interior Exterior Service (Inches) Material dule (PSIG) Joints* Fittings All Unless All DI 350 FLG DI PVC P Otherwise Noted (Above Ground) All Unless All DI 350 RJ DI PVC AC Otherwise Noted (Below Ground * Refer to specifications for types of restrained joints. 3.10 TESTING A. Install, inspect, and test in accordance with AWWA C- 600 -93, "Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances." Pressure test pipe, valves, fittings, ad appurtenances for two (2) hours while maintaining a pressure of 150 psi. Do not allow pressure to drop below 145 psi. Re -start the test if pressure drops below the stated pressure. 15000 -11 !"IT0401 3.11 DISINFECTION A. Disinfect all piping to be used for potable water purposes or to be connected to existing potable water systems in accordance with AWWA C- 651 -92 "Disinfecting Water Mains." END OF SECTION 15000 -12 SECTION 15064 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS -4djW 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install, and test, small diameter plastic piping, fittings and appurtenances as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Trenching bedding and backfill for pipe in Section 02221. B. Painting is included in Section 09900. C. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15100. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM A. Piping shall be installed in the locations as shown on the Drawings. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. All plastic pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be furnished by a single manufacturer who is fully experienced, reputable, and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed, and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with these Specifications. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Conditions and Section 01340. Include dimensioning and technical specification for all piping to be furnished. B. Submit for approval pipe certifications and technical data on each type and size pipe. 1.06 TOOLS A. Special tools, solvents, lubricants, and caulking compounds required for normal installation shall be furnished with the pipe. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Plastic pipe shall be rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and shall be in accordance with ASTM D -1784 and ASTM D -1785, ASTM 1120 Class 150 psi, and as manufactured by or approved equal. 15064 -1 III INIT0601 B. The pipe shall be suitable for filed cutting, welding, bending and coupling and shall be Schedule 80 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings and of the sizes as shown on the Drawings. Pipe supports shall be as specified in Section 15094. C. All pipe shall be bundled or packaged in such a manner as to provide adequate protection for the ends, threaded, or flanged, during transportation from the manufacturer. D. Fittings shall be the socket type for solvent welded joints as designated in ASTM D -2467 or D -2466, except where threaded as shown on the Drawings, and as designated in ASTM D -2464 or flanged as shown on the Drawings and shall be compatible with the pipe where installed. Flanges shall be furnished with 1/8- inch thick fullfaced gaskets. Flange bolts and nuts shall be ASTM A276, Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. E. Plastic tubing shall be clear, flexible, non - cracking with a wall thickness that is adequate for the pressures involved and of the sizes as shown on Drawings. F. Caulking for plastic pipe in wall sleeve shall be by a mechanical, modular, rubber sealing element placed in between the sleeve and pipe and expanded to make a tight fit or other method approved by the Engineer. G. Expansion joints shall have integral duck and rubber flanges. They shall have individual solid steel ring reinforcement with a carcass of highest grade woven cotton or acceptable synthetic fiber. Joints shall be constructed of pipeline size and to meet working pressure and corrosive conditions similar to the line where installed. They shall be of a filled arch -type construction with a minimum of three arches per joint. All joints must be finish - coated with Hypalon paint to prevent ozone attack. They shall be Style 500 as manufactured by Mercer Rubber Co. of Trenton, New Jersey, or approved equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. The installation of plastic pipe shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's technical data and printed instructions. B. Joints for plastic pipe shall be solvent welded expect flanged or threaded where required. In making solvent welded connections, clean dirt and moisture from pipe and fittings, bevel pipe ends slightly with emery cloth, if necessary, and apply solvent cement of the proper grade. Expansion joints shall be installed every 50 feet on long runs and in every straight run longer than 15 feet. C. Installation of valves and fittings shall be strictly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Particular care shall be taken not to overstress threaded connections at sleeves. In making solvent weld connections the solvent shall not be spilled on valves or allowed to run from joints. D. All piping have a sufficient number of unions to allow convenient removal of piping and shall be as approved by the Engineer. 15064 -2 16D8 a E. Where plastic pipe passes through wall sleeves, joints shall be sealed with a mechanical sealing element as specified in Section 15100. F. All plastic pipe to metal pipe connections shall be made using flanged connections. Metal piping shall not be threaded into plastic fittings, valves, or couplings, nor shall plastic piping be threaded into metal valves, fittings or couplings. G. Concrete inserts for hangers and supports shall be furnished and installed in the concrete as it is placed. The inserts shall be set in accordance with the requirements of the piping layout and the Contractor shall verity their locations from approved piping layout drawings and the structural drawings. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Section 15094. Cc�iy��l���ll_ \I►��I�[�7 A. Pipe normally exposed to view shall be painted and marked as specified in the Painting Section 09900. Engineer will assist in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper making of pipe. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. All pipelines shall remain undisturbed for 24 hours to develop complete strength at all joints. All pipelines shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test for 4 hours at full working pressure. All leaks shall be repaired and lines retested as approved by the Engineer. Prior to testing, the pipelines shall be supported in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests. END OF SECTION 15064 -3 SECTION 15100 VALVES, GENERAL PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS 16D8 A. The Contractor shall provide all tools, supplies, material, equipment, and labor necessary for installing, adjusting, and testing of all owner furnished valves and appurtenant work, complete and operable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of the Section shall apply to all valves and valve operators specified in the various sections of these specifications except where otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. Valves and operators in particular locations may require a combination of units, sensors, limit switches, and controls specified in other sections of these specifications. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 09900 - Painting B. Section 15000 - Piping, general 1.03 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Codes: All codes, as referenced herein, are specified in section entitled "Reference Standards." B. Commercial Standards: ANSI 816.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125 250, and 800. ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and Other special Alloys. ANSI /ASME 81.20.1 General Purpose Pipe Threads (Inch). ANSI /ASME 831.1 Power Piping. ASTM A 36 Specification for Structural Steel. ASTM A 48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings. ASTM A 126 Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. ASTM A 536 Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 15100 -1 ASTM B61 ASTM B 62 ASTM B148 ASTM B 584 ANSI /AWWA C500 ANSI /AWWA C504 AWWA C508 ANSI /AWWA C509 AWWA C550 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. Specification for composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. Specification for Aluminum- Bronze Castings. Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. Rubber - Seated Butterfly Valves. Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 inches Through 24 inches NPS. Resilient- Seated Gate Valves, 3 through 12 NPS, for Water and sewage systems. Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants. A. Valve Testing: Unless otherwise specified, each valve body shall be tested under a test pressure equal to twice its deign water - working pressure. B. Bronze Parts: Unless otherwise specified, all interior bronze parts of valves shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B 62, or, where not subject to dezincification, to ASTM B 584. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 VALVES A. General: The Contractor shall install all valves, gates, valve- operating units, stem extension, or other accessories as shown or specified. All valves and gates shall be new and of current manufacturer. All shut -off valves, 6 -inch and larger, shall have operators with position indicators. Where buried, these valves shall be provided with valve boxes and covers containing position indicators, and valve extensions. Shut -off valves mounted higher than 6 -feet above working level shall be provided with chain operators. All valves shall have a minimum design pressures rating of 150 psi, and capable of a test pressure of 300 psi. for service applications with pressures in excess of 150 psi, valves shall have a minimum pressure rating in excess of the service application working pressure. B. Cast iron parts of valves shall meet the requirements of ASTM A 126, "Standard Specifications for Grey Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings, Class 15100 -2 "B ". Flanged ends shall be flat -faced and have bolt circle and bolt patterns conforming to ANSI B16.1 Class 125 unless otherwise specified hereinafter. C. All castings shall be clean and sound, without defects of any kind and no plugging, welding or repairing of defects will be permitted. All bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal conforming to ANSI B18.2 and shall type 316 stainless steel. Gaskets shall be full face and made of natural or synthetic elastomers in conformance with ANSI B -16.21 suitable for service characteristics, especially chemical compatibility and temperature. Nonferrous alloys of various types shall be used for parts of valves as specified. Where no definite specification is given, the material shall be the recognized acceptable standard for that particular application. D. All buried valves shall be provided with cast -iron valve boxes unless otherwise indicated. The boxes shall be asphalt varnished, or enameled cast iron, adjustable to grade, and installed perpendicularly, centered around and covering the upper portions of the valve or valve operator, or the pipe. The top of each valve box shall be placed flush with finish grade unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Valve boxes shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. All buried valves trough 48 -inch shall have mechanical ends. Buried valves above 48- inches shall have flanged ends. E. All buried valves and other valves located below the concrete operating deck or level, specified or noted to be key operated, shall have an operator to finish grade or deck level, a 2 -inch square AWWA operating nut, and cover or box and cover, as may be required. F. Valve Flanges: the flanges of valves shall be in accordance with Section entitled "Piping, General." G. Gate Valve Stems: Where subject to dezincification, gate valve sterns shall be of bronze to ASTM B62, containing not more than 5 percent of zinc nor more than 2 percent of aluminum. Where dezincification is not a problem, bronze to AASTM B 584 may be used, for vale stems with a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi, and an elongation of at least 10 percent in 2 inches, as determined by a test coupon poured from the same ladle from which the valve stems to be furnished are poured. H. Protective Coating: Except where otherwise specified, ferrous surfaces, exclusive of stainless steel surfaces, in the water passages of all valves 4 -inch and larger, as well as the exterior surfaces of all submerged valves, shall receive a fusion - bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550. Flange faces of valves shall not be epoxy coated. The Contractor, through the valve manufacturer, shall certify in writing that such coating has been applied and tested in the manufacturing plant prior to shipment, in accordance with these specifications. Valve Operators: Valves and gates shall be furnished with operators, provided by the valve or gate manufacturer. All operators of a given type shall be furnished by the same manufacturing plant. Operator orientation shall be verified with the Engineer prior to installation. If this requirement is not met, changes to orientation shall be made at no additional cost. 15100 -3 IMIT6411 J. All operators, unless otherwise specified, shall turn counter - clockwise to open. Operators shall have the open direction clearly and permanently marked. All valve operators, manual, motor and pneumatic, shall be provided with the valve by the valve manufacturer. The Contractor, through the valve manufacturer, shall be solely responsible for the selection of the proper operator to meet the operating conditions specified herein. Field calibration and testing of the operators and valves to ensure a proper installation and an operating system shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. K. All manual operators shall have levers or handwheels, unless otherwise shown, where buried, the valves shall have extensions with square nuts or floor stands. Valves mounted higher than 6 feet above floor or operating level shall have chain operators. Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves of size 4 -inch and larger shall have gear- assisted operators. L. Operation of valves and gates shall be designed so that the effort required to operate the handwheel, lever or chain shall not exceed 40 pounds applied at the extremity of the wheel or lever. The handwheels on valves 14 inches and smaller shall not be less than 8 inches in diameter, and on valves larger than 14 inches the handwheels shall not be less than 12 inches in diameter. M. Valve Labeling: A label shall be provided on all shut -off valves exclusive of hose bibs and chlorine valves. The label shall be of 1/16 -inch plastic or stainless steel, minimum 2 inches by 4 inches in size, and shall be permanently attached to the valve or on the wall adjacent to the valve or as indicated by the Engineer. 2.02 VALVE BOXES A. Valve boxes shall be of the adjustable telescope type, cast iron, suitable to withstand heavy traffic. They shall be Model No. F -2452, as manufactured by James B. Clow & Sons, Mueller or equal. The covers shall be marked either "WATER or SEWER ", depending on service. Bases shall be the round type. Boxes shall be coated with asphalt. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General: All valves, gates, operating units, stem extensions, valve boxes, and accessories shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and as shown and specified. All gates shall be adequately braced to prevent warpage and bending under the intended use. Valves shall be firmly supported to avoid undue stresses on the pipe. B. Access: All valves shall be installed to provide easy access or operation, removal, and maintenance and to avoid conflicts between valve operators and structural members or handrails. 15100 -4 16D8 , C. Valves Accessories: Where combinations of valves, sensors, switches, and controls are specified or shown on the drawings, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to properly assemble and install these various items so that all systems are compatible and operating properly. The relationship between interrelated items shall be clearly noted on shop drawing submittals. END OF SECTION 15100 -5 SECTION 15105 CHECK VALVES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENTS 0;T00 A. The Contractor shall install all owner furnished check valves in the types and sizes shown on specified, complete and operable, including epoxy coating, appurtenances and accessories, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15100 -Valves, General PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 SWING CHECK VALVES (3 -INCH AND LARGER) A. General: Swing check valves for water, sewage, sludge and general services shall be of the weight type, in accordance with AWWA C 508, unless otherwise specified below, full- opening: designed for a working pressure of 150 psi unless otherwise shown, and shall have a flanged cover piece to provide access to the disc. Corrosive ferrous surfaces of valves, 4 -inch and larger, which will be in contract with water, shall receive a fusion - bonded epoxy coating conforming to AWWA C550. B. Body: The valve body shall be of cast iron to ASTM A 126, with flanged ends to ANSI B16. 1, or mechanical joint ends, as shown. C. Disc: The valve disc shall be of cast iron, ductile iron, or bronze to ASTM B62. D. Seat and Rings: The valve seat and rings shall be of bronze to ASTM B92 or 8148, or of Buna -N. E. Hinge Pin: The Hinge pin shall be of bronze or stainless steel. F. Suppliers or Equal: 1. American - Darling Valve co. 2. APCO (Valve and Primer Corp.) 3. Crane Company. 4. Kennedy Valve Mfg. Co. (ITT Grinnell). 5. Mueller Company. 6. Stockham Valves and Fittings. 15105 -1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL • A. All valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section entitled, "Valves General." END OF SECTION 15105 -2 SECTION 15109 PLUG VALVES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 THE REQUIREMENTS =916 A. The Contractor shall install all owner furnished plug valves, complete and operable, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein including operators, protective coatings, and appurtenant work, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 15100 -Valves, General PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES A. Equipment Requirements: Plug valves shall be of the nonlubricated eccentric type with cast iron bodies, resilient faced plugs, or a replaceable, resilient seat in the body. Resilient facing shall be suitable for the intended service. All interior and exposed valves 8- inches and larger shall have handwheels and worm gear operators. Interior and exposed valves 6- inches and smaller shall be provided with lever operators. Valves for buried or submerged service shall be provided with an AWWA operating nut. Buried or submerged valves 8- inches and larger shall have permanently, lubricated, totally enclosed worm gear actuators. All shaft bearings shall be of stainless steel, Teflon, or other suitable material, furnished with permanently - lubricated bearing surfaces. The operator shall clearly indicate valve position. All valves 20 -inch and smaller shall have an unobstructed port area of not lees than 80- percent of full opening with 100 percent port area. All eccentric plug valves shall have a pressure rating of not less than 150 psi WOG, bubble -tight shut -off. Valves for interior and exposed service shall have flanged end connections conforming to ANSI B 16.1 class 125. For buried service, valve end connections shall be mechanical joint conforming to ANSI A21.11. Plug valves at points for future connections shall be furnished with ANSI B16.1 Class 125 blind flanges, ANSI sized hot - dipped galvanized steel bolts and neoprene gaskets on the sub -out ends. 15109 -1 k B. Surface Coatings: Ferrous surfaces of valves, 4 -inch and larger, which will be in contact with process fluid, shall be epoxy- coated as specified in Section entitled "Painting. C. Suppliers or Equal: Plug valves shall be provided as manufactured by DeZurik Corporation, or equal. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All plug valves shall be installed in accordance with the Supplier's published recommendations and the applicable provisions of Section entitled, "Valves, General." END OF SECTION 15109 -2 SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 01T0411 A. The general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, apply to all the work specified in the Electrical 16000 Sections. 1.02 LAWS, PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES A. Secure and pay all permits, fees and licenses necessary for the proper execution of the work. Submit all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any public agency bearing on the work. Contractor shall be licensed Electrical Contractor in the county of construction. 1.03 DEPARTURES A. If any departures from the Contract Drawings or Specifications are deemed necessary, details of such departures and the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Engineer for advance written approval, prior to departure. 1.04 GUARANTEES A. Furnish written guarantee covering all materials, workmanship, labor and equipment for a period of one (1) year from the date of acceptance as described in the Contract General Conditions. B. The Owner reserves the right to operate and use all materials and equipment failing to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents until such unacceptable materials and equipment are replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 1.05 AS -BUILT INFORMATION A. A set of "red - lined" electrical drawings shall be carefully maintained at the job site. Actual conditions are to be put on the drawings in red on a daily basis so the drawings will continuously show locations and routes of cable trays, conduits, pull- boxes, circuit numbers, and other information required by the Engineer. 1.06 JOB SITE VISIT A. Visit the project site before submitting a bid. Verify all dimensions shown and determine the characteristics of existing facilities which will affect performance of the work, but which may not be shown on drawings or described within these Specifications. 16000 -1 1.07 CLEANUP A. Maintain a continuous cleanup during the appointed storage areas for supplies. The accumulations of waste materials and rubbish. 1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING progress of the work and use premises shall be kept free from A. Cut and prepare all openings, chases and trenches required for the installation of equipment and materials. Repair, remodel and finish in strict conformance with the quality of workmanship and materials in the surroundings. Obtain written permission from the Engineer for any alterations to structural members before proceeding. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. Render all necessary measures to ensure complete protection and maintenance of all systems, materials and equipment prior to final acceptance. Any materials or equipment not properly maintained or protected to assure a factory new condition at the time of final acceptance shall be replaced immediately at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.10 WATERPROOFING A. Whenever any work penetrates any waterproofing, seal and render the work waterproof. All work shall be accomplished so as not to void or diminish any waterproofing bond or guarantee. 1.11 TESTS A. Conduct an operating test of equipment prior to the Engineer's approval. The equipment shall be demonstrated to operate in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications. The tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer or an authorized representative. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish all instruments, electricity and personnel required for the tests. 1.12 SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL WORK A. Provide all labor, materials, tools, supplies, equipment and temporary utilities to complete the work shown on the drawings and specified herein. All systems are to be completely installed and fully operational. Specifically the work includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Power and control raceways and wire. 2. Power service to the building. 3. Power distribution including panel, transformers, grounding, surge protection, conduit and wire. 4. Temporary power as required. 16000 -2 5. Grounding 16D8 7. Start -up testing and documentation 8. Provide and install main control panel including PLC and associated conduit and wire. 9. Lightning Protection Package System 1.13 CODES AND STANDARDS A. General Applicable provisions of the following codes and standards and other codes and standards required by the State of Florida and local jurisdictions are hereby imposed on a general basis for electrical work (in addition to specific applications specified by individual work sections of these specifications): 1. U.L.: Electrical materials shall be approved by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. This applies to materials which are covered by U.L. standards. Factory applied labels are required. 2. National Electrical Code. 3. OSHA: Standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration are to be complied with. 4. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards are to be met wherever standards have been established by that agency and proof is specifically required with material submittals for switchboards, motor control centers, panelboards, cable trays, motors, switches, circuit breakers and fuses. 5. ANSI: America National Standards Institute 6. NESC: National Electrical Safety Code 1.14 ELECTRICAL TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. The Electrical Contractor shall include in his bid the cost of furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing all materials and equipment required to provide temporary light and power to perform his work during construction and until work is completed. B. Safety All reasonable safety requirements shall be observed to protect workers and the public from shock and fire hazards. Ground fault interrupters shall be employed in accordance with codes. 2. Ground wires are required in all circuits. Ground poles are required on all outlets. All metallic cases shall be grounded. 16000 -3 3. Raintight cabinets shall be used for all equipment employed in wet areal 6 D 8 1.15 EXCAVATING FOR ELECTRICAL WORK A. General 1. Excavation or drilling, backfill and repair of paving and grassing is to be in the bid of the Electrical Contractor. The actual work need not be performed by electrical trades. However, the Electrical Contractor is responsible for all excavation, drilling, dewatering, backfilling, tamping and repair of pavements and grassing required in support of electrical work. All areas disturbed by electrical work shall be repaired to their original condition, or as indicated on the drawings. B. Coordination 1. The Electrical Contractor must check for existing utilities before commencing any excavation or drilling. 2. Contract drawings and other trades are to be consulted to avoid interferences with other utilities on this project. 3. In the event of damage to existing utilities, the Engineer shall be immediately notified, and damage shall be immediately repaired. 4. The Owner is to be consulted to ascertain locations of existing interferences by referring to "As Built" drawings and Owner's experience. The excavations are to be scheduled at the Owner's convenience. C. Precautions 1. The Electrical Contractor must take every reasonable precaution to avoid interferences. In the vicinity of a suspected interference, excavations shall be dug by hand. 1.16 ELECTRICAL SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for Approval 1. Refer to Contract General Conditions for additional instructions on the General Conditions and this Section, the more stringent requirements shall apply. 2. Shop Drawings and manufacturer's data sheets are required for all electrical materials. 3. Submittals will not be accepted for partial systems. Submit all materials for each specification section at one time. Submittals must be arranged, correlated, indexed and bound in orderly sets for ease of review. 16000 -4 1608 4 4. Samples are to be supplied for any substitute as requested by the Engineer. 5. The following numbers of copies are required: Shop drawings 6 sets Samples 1 each Manufacturer's data 6 sets Certifications 6 sets Test reports 6 sets Warranties /Guarantees 6 sets 6. Submit shop drawings, manufacturer's data and certifications on all items of electrical work prior to the time such equipment and materials are to be ordered. Order no equipment or materials without approval from the Engineer. Submittals will not be accepted for partial system submittals; submit all data at one time. Submittals will be promptly returned, approved, approved as noted, or not approved. Items "approved as noted" must be changed to comply with the Engineer's comments and need not be resubmitted for "approved" status. Items "not approved" are not suitable, requiring complete new submittals. 7. Time delays caused by rejection of submittals are not cause for extra charges to Owner or time extensions. Contractor shall be responsible for investigating existing systems or shop drawings in order to fully integrate the new equipment into the system. Adequate shop drawings may or may not exist for all existing systems. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals Submit to the Engineer five (5) copies of all manufacturer's service installation and operation manuals, instructions and bulletins. These manuals shall be subject to review of the Engineer. If acceptable they shall be forwarded to the Owner. If not acceptable they shall be returned to the Contractor for revision and resubmittal. Manuals shall contain, but not be limited to, the following: a. Brief description of system and basic features. b. Manufacturer's name and model number for all components in the system. List of local factory authorized service companies. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions Trouble shooting instructions g. Manufacturer's literature describing each piece of equipment. 16000 -5 h. Power and control wiring diagrams D g Parts lists 1.17 ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS A. Standards Products Unless otherwise indicated in writing by the Engineer, the products to be furnished under this Specification shall be the manufacturer's latest design. Units of equipment and components of the same purpose and rating shall be interchangeable throughout the project. All products shall be newly manufactured. Defective equipment or equipment damaged in the course of installation or test, shall be replaced or repaired in a manner meeting with the approval of the Engineer at no additional expense to the Owner. B. Delivery, Storage and Handling Deliver products to project properly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels and similar information needed for distinct identification; adequately packaged or protected to prevent deterioration during shipment, storage and handling. Store in a dry, well ventilated, indoor space, except where prepared and protected by the manufacturer specifically for exterior instructions for storage locations. C. Substitutions Comply with instructions in the Contract General Conditions and Special Conditions and obtain pre - approval of the Engineer regarding substitutions. 1.18 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Color Coding Conductor colors shall be in accordance with the N.E.C. and NFPA requirements. Refer also to applicable sections of these specifications. Three phase feeder and branch circuits shall be identified as follows: 120/240 480- 3P120/208 -3P 120/240 -3P A — Black A — Black A — Black A — Brown B — Red B — Red B — Red B — Orange N — White C — Blue C — Blue C — Yellow G — Green G — Green N — White N — White G — Green G — Green B. Nameplates The following items shall be equipped with nameplates: All motors, motor starters, motor control centers, pushbutton stations, control panels, time M I switches, disconnect or relays in separate enclosures, receptacles, wall switches, high voltage boxes and cabinets. All light switches and outlets shall carry a phenolic plate with the supply identified. Special Electrical systems shall be identified at junction and pull boxes, terminal cabinets and equipment racks. 2. Nameplates shall adequately describe the function of the particular equipment involved. Nameplates for panelboards and switchboards shall include the panel designation, voltage and phase of the supply. For example, "Panel A, 277/480V, 3- phawe, 4- wire ". The name of the machine on the motor nameplates for a particular machine shall be the same as the one used on all motor starters, disconnect and P.B. station nameplates for that machine. Normal power nameplates shall be laminated phenolic plastic, white front and back with black core, with lettering etched through the outer covering; black engraved letters on white background. Lettering shall be 3/16 inch high at pushbutton stations, thermal overload switches, receptacles, wall switches and similar devices, where the nameplate is attached to the device plate. At all other locations, lettering shall be % inch high, unless otherwise detailed on the Drawings. Nameplates shall be securely fastened to the equipment with No. 4 Phillips, round -head, cadmium plated, steel self - tapping screws or nickel - plated brass bolts. Motor nameplates may be non - ferrous metal not less than 0.003 inch thick, die stamped. In lieu of separate plastic nameplates, engraving directly on device plates is acceptable. Engraved lettering shall be filled with contrasting enamel. Equipment nameplate schedule for all equipment shall be submitted with shop drawing submittal for Engineer's approval. 1.19 SKILLED ELECTRICAL CRAFTSMEN A. Contractor shall employ and staff the project with skilled Craftsmen experienced in the project requirements. B. As a minimum, a Licensed Journeyman Electrician shall be present on the project at all times. C. Other skilled persons shall be present as the project requirements dictate including manufacturers representatives, start-up technicians, Engineers, etc. 1.20 SCHEMATIC NATURE OF PLANS A. Plan view depiction of equipment and locations are schematic in nature unless otherwise detailed. B. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with other trades in locating equipment and raceways. C. Contractor shall use manufacturer's shop drawings for laying out equipment. END OF SECTION 16000 -7 SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Other Specification Sections related to work specified in this Section are as follows: 1. Section 16000 — "Electrical General Provision" 2. Section 16120 — "Wires and Cables" 3. Section 16900 — "Submersible Pump Level Control Panel" 1.04 REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL A. Except where otherwise shown on the Drawings, or hereinafter specified, all exposed raceways shall be in rigid steel conduit. B. Rigid steel conduit shall be used at all locations (underground and within structures) as raceways for shielded process instrumentation wiring and shielded control wiring except where otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Schedule 80 PVC shall be used underground where concrete encasement is not called for. Where schedule 40 PVC is used, all elbows shall be hot - dipped galvanized steel. D. All conduit of a given type shall be product of one manufacturer. E. Unless otherwise hereinafter specified or shown on the Drawings, all boxes shall be metal. F. Exposed boxes and fittings shall be cast or malleable iron. G. Terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc., designated as NEMA -4, shall be 316 stainless steel, gasketed. H. Cast iron boxes and fittings shall be used where shown on the Drawings. 16110 -1 NX170011 Liquid tight flexible metal conduit (between 18" and 3 feet in length) shall be used for all motor terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. All flexible conduits shall use a bonding wire unless a ground wire is included. Flexible couplings shall be used in hazardous locations for all motor terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 RIGID CONDUIT A. Steel conduit shall be hot - dipped galvanized as manufactured by the Youngstown Sheet and Tube Company, Allied Tube and Conduit Corporation, Wheeling- Pittsburgh Steel Corporation, or approved equal. B. PVC conduit used underground shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride type Schedule 80 as manufactured by Carlon, an Indian Head Company, Phillips Petroleum Company, Triangle Pipe and Tube Company, Inc., or approved equal. 2.02 LIQUIDTIGHT, FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS A. Liquidtight, flexible metal conduit shall be Sealtite, Type UA, Manufactured by the Anaconda Metal Hose Division, Anaconda American Brass Company, American Flexible Conduit Company, Inc., Universal Metal Hose Company, or approved equal. B. Fittings used with flexible conduit shall be of the screw -in type as manufactured by the Thomas and Betts Company, Crouse -Hinds Company, or approved equal. 2.03 FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS A. Flexible couplings shall be as manufactured by the Crouse -Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Company, or approved equal. 2.04 BOXES AND FITTINGS A. Terminal boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, etc., shall be steel unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Boxes shall be galvanized and have continuously welded seams. Welds shall be ground smooth and galvanized. Box bodies shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 -gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 -gauge metal. Covers shall be gasketed and fastened with stainless steel screws. Boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Company or approved equal. NEMA -4 boxes shall be 316 stainless steel. B. Cast iron boxes and fittings shall be galvanized with cast galvanized covers and corrosion -proof screws as manufactured by the Killark Electric Company, Crouse -Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Company, or approved equal. 16110 -2 ffela 1 C. Cast aluminum boxes and fittings shall be copper -free aluminum with cast aluminum covers and corrosion -proof screws as manufactured by the Killark Electric Company, Crouse -Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Company, or approved equal. D. Steel elbows and couplings shall be hot - dipped galvanized. An extra 40 mil PVC protective coating shall be provided when used with PVC coated steel conduit. Joints shall be tapped. E. Conduit hubs shall be as manufactured by Meyers Electric Products, Inc., Raco Division, Appleton Electric Company, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. No conduit smaller than 3/4 inch electrical trade size shall be used, nor shall any have more than four (4) 90 degree bends in any one run. Pull boxes shall be provided as required or directed. Minimum size in floor slabs shall be 3/4 inch. B. An equipment grounding conductor sized per article 250 -95 of the N.E.C. shall be installed in every raceway whether or not shown on the Drawings. C. All underground conduit shall be buried at least 24 inches below grade. All joints shall be sealed with plastic tape. D. A three (3) inch wide plastic warning tape, yellow with black stenciled letters, "CAUTION — CAUTION — CAUTION — ELECTRICAL LINE BURIED BELOW" shall be installed at least 18 inches above, and along the entire length of all underground conduit. E. No wire shall be pulled until the conduit system is complete in all details. F. The ends of all conduits shall be tightly plugged to exclude dust and moisture while under construction. G. Conduit supports shall be spaced at intervals of eight (8) feet or less, as required to obtain rigid construction. H. Single conduits shall be supported by means of one -hole pipe clamps in combination with one -screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface. I. All conduits on exposed work shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding structures. No diagonal runs will be allowed. Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric. All conduits shall be run perfectly straight and true. J. No unbroken run shall exceed 500 feet in length. This length shall be reduced by 75 feet for each 90- degree elbow. 16110 -3 HE K. Conduit terminating in pressed steel boxes shall have double locknuts and insulated bushings. L. Conduit terminating in gasketed enclosures shall be terminated with conduit hubs. M. The ends of all conduits terminating in panels and cabinets, shall be filled with closed cell foam. Filling shall be done after the cable has been pulled in order to prevent moisture in the terminating enclosure. N. Conduit stub outs for future construction shall be provided with threaded PVC end caps at each end. O. Galvanized steel conduit entering structures below grade, shall be terminated with grounding type bushings and connected to a 5/8 "x10' ground rod with a #6 bare copper wire. P. Exposed outside branch circuits shall be installed in galvanized steel conduits. Underground circuits shall be installed directly to the respective control cabinet, panels, etc. Splices shall not be made in above or below grade pull boxes without prior approval. Q. All field cut threads on galvanized steel conduit shall be cleaned and painted with zinc -rich paint before installing. END OF SECTION 16110 -4 SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED •1: A. Furnish, install and test all wire, cable, and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as hereinafter specified. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Other Specification Sections related to work specified in this Section are as follows: 1. Section 16000 — "Electrical General Provisions" 2. Section 16110 — "Raceways" 3. Section 16900 — "Submersible Pump Level Control Panel" 1.04 REQUIREMENTS, GENERAL A. Wire for lighting and receptacle circuits above grade shall be Type THWN. All underground circuits shall be XHHW. B. Wire for power and motor circuits shall be Type XHHW, stranded. C. Single conductor wire for control, indication and metering shall be Type XHHW No. 14 AWG, stranded. D. Multi- conductor control cable shall be No. 14 AWG, stranded. E. Wire for process instrumentation shall be shielded pairs or shielded triads, No. 16 AWG, stranded, as noted on the Drawings. F. Except for control and signal leads, no conductor smaller than No. 12 AWG shall be used. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of proposed wire and cable shall be submitted for approval. Each sample shall have the size, type of insulation and voltage stenciled on the jacket. B. Approved samples will be sent to the project location for comparison by the Engineer with the wire actually installed. 16120 -1 WK00 C. Installed, unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All wires and cables shall be of annealed, 98 percent conductivity, soft drawn copper conductors. B. All conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. C. Type XHHW shall be cross - linked polyethylene (XLP); as manufactured by the Hi -Tech Company, Rome Cable Corporation, The Okonite Company, or approved equal. D. Type THWN shall be manufactured by the Hi -Tech Company, Rome Cable Corporation, The Okonite Company or approved equal. E. Process instrumentation wire shall be twisted pair, 600 volt, PVC or polyethylene insulated, aluminum /polyester tape shielded polyvinyl chloride jacketed, type "TC" as manufactured by the American Insulated Wire Company, Belden Corporation, "Beldfoil ", or approved equal. Multi- conductor cables with individually shielded twisted pairs shall be installed where indicated. F. Multi- conductor control cable shall be stranded, 600 volt, cross - linked "XLP" insulated, polyvinyl chloride jacketed, type "TC" as manufactured by the American Insulated Wire Company, Rome Cable Corporation type CT -B, or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All conductors shall be carefully handled to avoid kinks or damage to insulation. B. Lubrications shall be used to facilitate wire pulling. Lubricants shall be U.L. listed for use with the insulation specified. C. Shielded instrumentation wire shall be installed from terminal to terminal with no splicing at any intermediate point. D. Shielded instrumentation wire shall be installed in rigid steel conduit. Instrumentation cables shall be separated from control cables in pullboxes. E. Shielding on instrumentation wire shall be grounded at the transmitter end only, as directed by the supplier of the instrumentation equipment. 16120 -2 F. Wire and cable connections to terminals, splices, and taps shall be made with compression connectors. Connections of insulated conductors shall be insulated and covered. All connections shall be made using materials and installation methods in accordance with instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the particular item of wire and cable. The conductivity of all completed connections shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. The insulation resistance of all completed connections of insulated conductors shall be not less than that of the uncut conductor. G. All wire and cable shall be continuous and without splices between points of connection to equipment terminals, except a splice will be permitted by the Engineer if the length required between the points of connection exceeds the greatest standard shipping length available from the manufacturer specified or approved by the Engineer as the manufacturer of the particular item of wire and cable. H. Steel fish tapes and or steel - pulling cables shall not be used in PVC conduit runs. 3.02 TESTS A. All 600 -volt wire insulation shall be tested with a megohm meter after installation. Tests shall be made at not less than 1,000 VDC. END OF SECTION 16120 -3 SECTION 16131 OUTLET, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. 09900 - Painting. 2. 16110 - Raceways and Conduits. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: 1. Materials shall bear Underwriters Laboratories (UL) labels. 2. Box size shall comply with NEC for number and size of conductors in boxes. 3. Box size shall comply with NEC for number and size of conduits entering and exiting each box. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's literature and technical data before starting work. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 EQUIPMENT A. Outlet Boxes: 1. Provide outlet boxes at required locations, where shown on the drawings, and as specified. a. Fixture studs shall be securely fastened in an acceptable manner. b. Plaster covers shall have depths suitable to the finish being applied to the walls. C. Sheet steel boxes shall be properly drilled and tapped. d. There shall be not more holes in any of the outlet boxes than are required for the entering conduits. e. Depth of boxes shall allow for easy wire pulling and proper installation of wiring devices. 2. Outlet boxes shall be hot dip galvanized steel or rust resistant malleable iron alloy and conform to Fed. Spec. WC -583 and ANSI- C33.65. 3. Outlet Boxes shall be as follows: a. For Ceiling and Wall Bracket Outlets on Exposed Conduit in Dry Locations: 1) 4 inch octagon sheet steel box with 3/8" fixture stud. b. For Surface Mounted Wall Bracket Fixtures with Concealed Conduit: 1) 4 inch square sheet box with round opening plaster cover and 3/8" fixture stud. C. For Wall Bracket Outlets on Exposed Conduit at Damp or Wet Locations: 1) 4 inch cast iron. d. For Switches and Receptacles on Exposed Exterior Conduit Work: 16131 - 1 1) Type FS or FD conduit. 4. Wet/Damp Locations: a. Provide gasketed, weathertight, screw covers, code gage galvanized steel pull boxes with weatherproof conduit hubs equivalent to Myers Scru -Hub for pull boxes with multiple conduit entries. b. Provide cast metal hub type, dipped in rust inhibitor and with gaskets for individual conduit runs. 5. Extension Rings: Do not use to increase the volume of boxes, except where necessary due to multiple conduit run conflicts. a. Where such conflicts occur, an extension ring may be allowed for changes in direction of conduit to make necessary clearances. 1) Not more than one extension ring may be used for each box where necessary. B. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Where indicated in the plans and specifications or where necessary for compliance with code requirements for cable installation, install junction and pull boxes of the proper size for conduits over 1 inch trade size. Pull and junction boxes shall be of adequate size to accommodate installation of conductors without excessive bending of conductors that could damage insulation. 2. Pull and junction boxes shall conform to Fed. Spec. WJ -800 and be of all steel construction, spot or seam welded at joints, and hot dip galvanized after fabrication. 3. Boxes shall be drip proof with screw attached covers. Each box shall have a turned - in lip welded at joint to develop full strength. Lip shall be drilled and tapped for 1/8" or 3/16" round head screws, symmetrically placed. To provide adequate length of thread, nuts shall be tack welded on inside of lip, or lip shall be made double thickness. 4. Pull and junction boxes shall be sufficiently rigid to withstand moderate twisting strains. Steel boxes shall comply with the following: a. 100 cubic inches or less shall be of No. 14 gage steel; b. Between 101 and 8500 cubic inches shall be No. 12 gage steel; C. Larger boxes shall be No. 10 gage steel. d. Barriers and reinforcing angles shall be supplied as required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Do not proceed with the work or this section until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Locations of outlets on electrical drawings are approximate only. 1. Do not scale drawings. 2. Consult architectural plans, sections, elevations, and details for exact locations of outlets and equipment. B. Determine the proper position of outlets and receptacles. Relocate any outlet or receptacle without additional cost to the Owner if improperly located. 16131 -2 """ 1qW Y V Ift 16D8 C. The A/E reserves the right to change the location of any outlet, apparatus, or equipment up to the time of roughing in without additional cost to the Board, provided conduit runs are not substantially increased. D. Fasten and secure boxes to the building structure independent of the conduit. E. Boxes and supports shall be fastened as follows: 1. To concrete: Bolts and expansion shields. 2. To hollow masonry: Toggle bolts, or bolts and expansion shields. 3. To steel work: Machine screws or welded studs. 4. Explosive charge setting devices are not allowed. F. Recessed wall outlets shall be flush with the wall surface. Install box in wall with cover to allow block or wall surface to fit tight against lip of cover. G. Where shown together on the plans, switches shall be ganged in 1 outlet. 1. Switches and receptacles shall be ganged together only where plans specifically indicate such combinations. H. Outlets for duplex receptacles shall be arranged for vertical mounting of the receptacles except as specifically indicated on plans. I. Barriers shall be provided as necessary to isolate voltage classes. J. Under no circumstances shall outlet boxes for adjoining spaces be placed back to back in partition walls. K. Circuit breakers and switches shall not be grouped or ganged in outlet boxes unless they can be arranged where the voltage between exposed live metal parts of adjacent switc- hes does not exceed 300 volts. Provide barriers between 120 and 277 volt switches where ganged together. L. Unless noted, specified, or directed otherwise, wall outlets shall be centered above finished floor as follows: 1. Utility outlets - 18 inches to bottom of box. 2. Switch outlets - 46 inches to bottom of box. 3. Special purpose outlets - as directed. M. Pull and junction boxes shall be provided at locations required to reduce length of cable pull or reduce number of elbows between outlets. N. Provide blank covers for outlet boxes when devices or wiring has been removed or not installed. O. Paint exposed boxes to match the color of the wall to which they are mounted. P. Where several feeders pass through a common pull box, tag each feeder to clearly indicate electrical characteristics, circuit number, and panel designation. END OF SECTION 16131 -3 SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Related Sections: 1. Division 16 - Electrical. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit properly identified manufacturer's literature and data before starting work. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following: 1. Convenience outlets installed within 2 feet of water supplies, and wet locations shall have a ground fault circuit interrupt (GFI) protection device. 2. Where outdoor outlets are provided with direct grade level access, they shall be weather proof outdoor GFI. 3. Use of isolated ground receptacles is prohibited. 4. Outlets, switches, and boxes located adjacent to cooling towers or in other corrosive environments shall be rated NEMA 4X. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wiring devices shall be as manufactured by Hubbell, Bryant, Leviton, or Pass and Seymour. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Wiring Devices: Comply with NEMA Wd6 and NEC (NFPA 70). 1. Switches: a. Conform to Fed. Spec. W- S -896E, specification grade, quiet type. b. Rated at 20 amps, 277 volts AC, horsepower rated for 1 HP at 120 volts. C. Provide for back or side wiring. d. Key type switches shall be keyed identically. e. Flammable Storage Rooms: Use explosion proof switches. f. Manufacturers: Hubbell 1221 Series or accepted equivalent by Bryant, Leviton, or Pass and Seymour. 2. Duplex Convenience Receptacles: a. Conform to NEMA 5 -20R as applicable, be of specification grade, back and side wired, U- slotted grounding type, 3 -wire, rated 20 amp, 125 volts AC. b. Double Duplex: Consist of 2 receptacles under a common plate. Single receptacles shall be similar to duplex receptacles. 16140-1 C. Manufacturers: Hubbell 5362 Series or accepted equivalent by Bryant, Leviton, or Pass and Seymour. 3. Ground Fault Receptacles: a. NEMA 5 -20R type, rated at 20 amps, 120 volts with 5± 1 mA trip threshold, and UL nominal trip time 0.025 sec. b. Manufacturers: 1) Hubbell GF5362, Pass and Seymour 2091 -Fl feed thru type, or accepted equivalent by Bryant or Leviton. 4. Special Purposes Receptacles: Conform to NEMA 5 -20R, of specification grade, back or side wired. Provide ratings and type as indicated on Drawings. 5. Dimmers for incandescent lighting, when not remote controlled, shall be solid state type, UL Listed. Dimmers shall be rated to control indicated load. a. Manufacturers: Hubbell Preset Slide Control or accepted equivalent by Bryant, Leviton, or Pass and Seymour. 6. Wiring devices shall be ivory color unless noted otherwise. B. Cover Plates: 1. Impact resistant nylon. Color as selected by A /E. Plate design shall be smooth without ornamentation. 2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) requirements: a. Metallic Outlet Boxes: UL 514A. b. Non - metallic Outlet Boxes: UL 514C. 3. Provide ganged switches to a maximum of three. If more are required on Drawings, provide in multiples of two or three. 4. Provide weatherproof receptacles with cast aluminum, spring loaded dock -type gasketed wet location cover. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not proceed with the work of this section proper and timely completion of the work hav e manner. 3.02 INSTALLATION until conditions detrimental to the been corrected in an acceptable A. Install wiring devices according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Verify location of wiring devices before rough -in of outlet boxes and conduit with Architectural Drawings for door swings and furniture details. Duplex receptacles in finished areas shall be vertically mounted. C. Boxes mounted back -to -back are not allowed. D. Install devices tightly within box with screws provided. Do not rely upon plate for device alignment and support to assure devices are grounded to box. In receptacles, use self - grounding screws, separate ground conductor or bond wire to box. END OF SECTION 16140-2 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Panelboards including necessary accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. 09900 - Painting. 2. 16120 - Wire and Cable. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements: Materials to bear Underwriter Laboratories (UL) labels. Panelboards used as service entrance equipment shall be so labeled. B. Panelboards shall conform to Fed. Spec. W- P -115c, NEMA PB1, UL67. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's literature and technical data before commencing work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Panelboards: General Electric, I.T.E., Square D or Westinghouse. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Panelboards: 1. All interiors shall be completely factory assembled. They shall be so designed that switching and protective devices can be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors, so that circuits may be changed without machining, drilling or tapping. 2. Branch circuits shall be arranged using double row construction except when narrow column panels are indicated. A nameplate shall be provided listing panel type and ratings. All circuit breakers shall be bolt -on type. 3. Unless otherwise noted, full size insulated neutral bars shall be included. Bus bar taps for panels with single pole branches shall be arranged for sequence phasing of the branch circuit devices. Neutral bussing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral connection. (A ground bus shall be included in all panels.) 16470-1 wo, B. Boxes and Trim: 1. Boxes shall be at least 20 inches wide made from code gage galvanized sheet steel. Provide minimum gutter space in accordance with National Electric Code. Where feeder cables supplying the mains of a panel are carried through its box to supply other electrical equipment, the box shall be sized to include the additional required wiring space. At least four interior mounting studs with adjustable nuts shall be provided. 2. Switching device handles shall be accessible. Doors and panelboard trims shall not uncover any live parts. Doors shall have flush chrome plated handle with cylinder lock and catch except doors over 48 inches in height shall have auxiliary fasteners top and bottom of door in addition to the flush type cylinder lock and catch. Panelboard switching devices with individual dead front doors shall be acceptable in lieu of standard door in trim design. Panelboard trim clamps shall be of the indicating type. 3. Door hinges shall be concealed. All locks shall be keyed alike; directory frame and card having a transparent cover shall be furnished with each door. 4. All exterior and interior steel surfaces of the trim shall be properly cleaned, primed with rust inhibiting phosphatized coating and finished with manufacturer's standard gray paint. Trims for flush panels shall overlap the box for at least 3/4 inch all around. Surface trims shall have the same width and height as the box. Trims shall be mountable by a screwdriver without the need for special tools. After installation, trim clamps shall not be accessible when the panel door is closed and locked. 5. Panelboards exposed to the weather shall have NEMA type 3R rain tight enclosure. C. Electrical Components: 1. All main bus bars shall be copper sized in accordance with UL standards to limit the temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 50 degrees C. above an ambient of 40 degrees C. maximum. Provide main circuit breakers, main lugs or sub -feed lugs as required. 2. Lighting and power panels for use at 120/208 volts, 225 Amp, ac maximum shall incorporate circuit breakers as shown rated at 10K A.I.C. symmetrical at 240 volts unless otherwise indicated. They shall be Westinghouse Type B1 0B or approved equal by Square D with pole and trip ratings as indicated. 3. Panels for use at 120/208 volts shall be UL listed with integrated assembly rating of 22K A.I.C. where shown and shall be Westinghouse Type Q22B or approved equal by Square D. 4. Panels tested and listed in accordance with UL 67 and bearing an integrated short circuit rating shall be acceptable where system designs call for short circuit ratings of 22,000 A.I.C. or 100,000 A.I.C. at 240 volts or 480 volts. 5. Any two single pole circuit breaker shall be replaceable by one two -pole circuit breaker and any three single -pole shall be replaceable by a three -pole circuit breaker. 6. Where new circuit breakers are specified to be installed within existing panelboards, they shall be compatible in terms of manufacturer and type. 7. Distribution panelboards (400 amperes and over) shall be provided with molded case circuit breakers tested and labeled per UL 489. 8. Breakers 100 ampere through 400 ampere frame sizes shall be thermal- 16470-2 M I I Sol magnetic trip with inverse time current characteristics, unless otherwise noted. 9. Provide ground fault circuit interruptor circuit breakers where indicated. 10. Emergency Panelboards Identification: Paint door red and stencil in one inch high letters, in yellow, the words "EMERGENCY PANEL" in addition to appropriate individual panel identification as shown on drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Do not proceed with the work of this section until conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work have been corrected in an acceptable manner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in accordance with applicable codes and regulations. B. Panelboards shall be installed where indicated and with top of cabinet 6 feet 6 inches above floor, and shall be rigidly and securely attached to building construction and shall not depend upon conduit for support. Allow at least 1/2 inch air space behind all wall mounted panelboards. C. Install panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's recommended data. Maintain clearances required by the National Electric Code, with particular attention to working space about panelboards. Maintain clear space above panelboards, coordinate with other trades to avoid placement of panelboards below piping, ductwork or other foreign appurtenances. Relocate panels at no additional cost should such interferences occur. D. All panelboards shall be supplied with phenolic nameplate one by three inches on exterior of panels and engraved with panel designation and voltage rating. All lighting and power panelboards shall be provided with a clear plastic enclosed typewritten directory inside. Circuit identification shall include load type (lighting, receptacles, etc.) and room(s) served. E. Where flush type panelboards are indicated, provide one 3/4 inch empty conduit terminated in accessible ceiling above for each three spare circuit breakers provided in the panelboard. F. Install circuit breakers in existing panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. Verify tightness of all connections including mains. Identify new circuits on the panel directory; if none exists provide one. G. Clean and touch up panelboard as required at completion of the project. END OF SECTION 16470-3 MIME SECTION 16601 CONNECTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 The Contractor is cautioned to note carefully other sections of these specifications describing electrical equipment to be furnished under those sections in order that he /she may fully understand the wiring requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 See other applicable sections for materials and wiring. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 The Contractor shall furnish and install all wiring including (1) equipment control wiring; and (2) interlock wiring. The Contractor shall furnish and install all power wiring complete from power source to motor or equipment junction box, including power wiring through starters. Contractor shall install all starters not factory mounted on equipment. 3.02 All power wiring and feeders for mechanical equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. Motor control wiring, except as noted herein, shall be furnished and installed by this Contractor. Safety or disconnect switches where indicated or required, shall be furnished and installed by this Contractor. END OF SECTION 16601 -1 OW00 SECTION 16900 SUBMERSIBLE PUMP LEVEL CONTROL PANEL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Install and field test the level control system. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Other Specification Sections related to work specified in this Section are as follows: 1. Section 11311 —"Pumps, General" 2. Section 16000 — "Electrical General Provisions" 4. Section 16110 —"Raceways" 5. Section 16120 — "Wires and Cables' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONTROL PANELS A. The Control Panel shall be designed and built as an integrated, pre -wired equipment. It shall control the operation of two pumps, based on the level in the wet well. B. The control panel shall include, but not be limited to, the following: (see Drawings for more details) 1. Nema 4X Type 316 Stainless Steel enclosure 2. All hardware shall be stainless steel 3. Main and generator circuit breakers (service equipment rated) 4. Motor starters (controllers) 5. Level indicator 6. Auxiliary circuit breakers 7. Fuses 8. Lighting protectors 9. Phase detector 10. Control power transformer 11. Pilot lamps 12. Elapsed time hour meters for each pump 13. Elapsed time hour meter to total when two pumps run simultaneously 14. Alternator 16900 -1 16D 6 15. Hand switches 16. Relays 17. Terminal strips 18. Wire gutters 19. Alarm bell and light 20. Generator Outlet 21. Indicator lamp test pushbutton or push to test lamps 22. Float control with momentary override switches for testing 23. Plus all other devices shown on the plans 24. Intrinsically safe barriers for float switches 25. 120V to 24V transformer The above equipment shall be properly sized. See Drawings for electrical load requirements. C. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic, molded case, Square D, type FA, or approved equal. D. Motor controllers shall be sized as indicated on the Plans, with overloads to match the supplied motors. Two sets of N.O. /N.C. spare contacts shall be provided in the sewage pump starter. Motor controllers to be Square D, Cutler Hammer or equal. E. All external wiring shall terminate in a terminal block, Square D type G class 9080, or approved equal. F. Relays shall be socket - mounted for ease of replacement, Square D type K class 8501, or approved equal. G. Lamps, push buttons and switches shall be heavy duty oiltight/watertight, Square D, type K class 9001, or approved equal. H. Elapsed time meters shall be provided to indicate total running time of each sewage pump and both pumps simultaneously in "hours" and "tenths of hours ". Meters shall be Eagle Signal Series HK or approved equal. The duplex level control panel shall be by QCI or approved equal. 2.02 SUSPENDED FLOAT SWITCHES A. Level switches of the direct acting float- operated design shall be comprised of a sealed, approximately 5 -inch diameter plastic casing float, containing mercury switches and flexibly supported by means of a heavy neoprene or PVC jacket, with three - conductor cable a minimum of 20 feet in length. Unless otherwise specified, media specific gravity is 0.95 to capacity. Float hangers and supports shall be provided as shown on the installation detail drawings. Float switches shall be as manufactured by Flygt or approved equal. B. Mercury Float Switch shall have molybdenum contacts sealed in a double - walled float of plastic material resistant to inorganic salt solutions, alkalis and mineral acids. 16900 -2 1. The Electrical Cable shall be PVC type STO #18 conductors. Length shall be field verified. 2. Switch shall be Anchor Scientific or approved equal. 2.03 LIGHTNING AND SURGE SUPPRESSIONS A. Lightning Arrestor shall be a 3 -pole, 650 volt thyrite secondary arrestor approved for use in U.L. approved panels. Lightning Protection shall be an Innovative Technology model AP -2 77 1480 or approved equal. B. Surge Capacitor shall be a 3 -pole, 650 volt, 1.0 mfd., capacitor approved for use in U.L. approved panels. It shall be a DELTA- CA603, or approved equal. C. Provide separate NEMA -4X 316 stainless steel enclosure if above lightning and surge equipment are not installed in control panel. END OF SECTION 16900 -3 i! ..81 ! | * ' all q) ! ol ADDENDUM TIGERTAIL BEACH RESTROOM & BOARDWALKS This Addendum contains mandatory modifications to the Contract Documents and shall be made part thereof. Drawings: A -1.0 Site Plan is revised and re- issued illustrating alternate bid location of Restroom Facility and revision to Construction Sequence Note #2. A2.1 Aluminum Louvers, add note; Aluminum louvers shall be extruded impact -rated units, prefinished Kynar 500 or approved equal, white color, with removable insect screens. C -1 Delete all references to NIC, revised drawing attached. All work illustrated on the drawings including trenching, utilities, restroom, etc., is included in the contract. C -2 Delete all references to NIC, revised drawing attached. All work illustrated on the drawings including trenching, utilities, restroom, etc., is included in the contract. S -5,6 Details; Delete reference to plastic handrails and provide prefinished aluminum handrails as specified in section 06100. P1.1. Shower head and piping shall be securely fastened to the wall with six equally spaced stainless steel brackets and s.s. tapcon fasteners. E -1 Electrical Plan; Provide "Code- Blue" Emergency Call Box complete with concealed conduits, wiring, recessed j -box, accessories and power connections. Refer to sheet A1.1 for location. Provide additional concealed conduit, pull- string, and recessed j -box for telephone wire. Installation of telephone service will be coordinated by the Contractor. Telephone connection fees will be paid the Owner. Provide recessed j -box with flush cover plate and concealed conduit in ceiling for future camera. Field verify locations onsite with Owners representative prior to installation" E -2 Panel RP1; Circuit #4 shall be designated for the "Code -Blue" Emergency Call Box noted above. Circuit #5 shall power a duplex GFI convenience outlet complete with concealed conduit, wiring, 1648 and corrosion - resistant hinged metal weatherproof cover, location at building to be determined onsite by Owners representative prior to rough -in work. Specifications: 01030 Alternates: Revise Schedule to include Alternate # 7, Alternate Restroom location as illustrated on attached sheet A1.0. Alternate bid #7 shall include connections to utilities, trenching, connections, and all work related to alternate location. 01110 Summary of Work: Add the following requirement: "Work in the contract includes but is not limited to sitework, utilities, building construction, plumbing, electrical work, accessories, connections, etc. required for a complete an proper installation of the work illustrated on the drawings, specified in the project manual, and indicated in the Contract Documents." 02230 Site Clearing: The following requirements apply to the new dune walkover only, and do not apply to the replacement boardwalks: "The Contractor shall clear only as necessary up to a maximum 10- ft. wide path along the alignment of the proposed walkover. Clearing shall allow the movement of the contractor's equipment for the installation of the piles, and the movement of the construction materials along the boardwalk. The permit anticipates the contractor's sequence of work as follows: The contractor would field mark the boardwalk path, minimizing the removal of large trees to the greatest extent. 2. The path would be approved by the FDEP field representative. 3. The contractor would cut his path from the parking lot, working towards the beach. 4. The Contractor would then begin the installation of the piles. 5. The Contractor would begin the installation of the cross members. 6. As the most beach ward end of the boardwalk is completed, the contractor would retreat toward the parking lot, as each section is completed." 07552 SBS Modified Bitumen Roof; Add "GAF Materials Corporation Specification N- 3- 1 -MGPFR is an approved equal system" SII: The attached Index and Specification sections are made part of the Contract Documents: 02151 Shoring and Bracing of Excavations 02201 Earthwork for Utility Structures 02221 Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill for Pipe 02223 Excavation Below Normal Grade and Gravel Refill 02535 Force Main Transmission Systems 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03480 Precast Concrete Specialties 05120 Structural Steel 05500 Metal Fabrications 07100 Waterproofing, Dampproofing, and Caulking 07920 Sealants 09820 Cementations Coatings 11311 Submersible Wastewater Pumps 15000 Piping, General 15064 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings 15100 Valves, General 15105 Check Valves 15109 Plug Valves 16000 Electrical General Requirements 16110 Raceways 16120 Wires and Cables 16131 Outlet, Pull, and Junction Boxes 16140 Wiring Devices 16470 Panelboards 16601 Connection of Mechanical Equipment 16900 Submersible Pump Level Control Panel Appendices Appendix A Piling size clarification; "Drawings in the FDEP permit illustrate the 6" piling in accordance with the proposed piling design for the new dune walkover. These drawings are included in the FDEP plans and therefore incorporated into the FDEP permit." Appendix D Attached Collier County Vertical Standards are made part of the Contract Documents. END OF ADDENDUM Z N J9 Q=QWa co IIIIIIIIIgg� tea€ J&N Z a ui a a 3 Jao �rnw Se$ O "3 �g FQu 3 i Q Un �.Q Z - U A H J T Oz 4 � C7 i � I I • Cj U W i I I I d I I I "s I I I � N � 1 •, i I I 905 v O U) _ Z Q� I II I I D� I i II 1 I 1 I I W�U I9 �S I I W Z I I 1 =�;o w J � = I I it I d aN3l .LJ H I I �I I Ob.b z 690$ 3:6 w r�r � Q9 d QN.i I U J Z W £905 11 Q 2 O7 �Od, Lii Lu ry I O W Z l' r� I z P SIQR`�N I905iF�'I a I I i I a Q+ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! II I 11 I I I I JSIQRlItlN QNJ I J I U I S'E I U II I I IfiSOSB� I I I I I I � • I I � I n I I �NB9 3SIQRl. NS ��• q� I I 3C I I I I Z I I 1 p I I ` I 1 I JSrQRIr I N b9Nf i Z � II N Ntlltl 1 Iiw _ _� -__J �staRww � _ - -- — tl3N NVIb 1 JSIQ89VW QNJ j� —`� •� \ y.�y 1 .y ` — __ ,, Eb'EX +� ary ESOS I m I I 1 m l wZ Z C $ e ZO N O �- I a =Z wZ O " 0 N — O M hWSd lb3N Nbl IQR b l r JS W QNJ 1 E b O� 1 9 og • 35 dSOS b 9596WSd lb3N Nbltl 1 JSIQ�yd Q 1 �Y �RR � �Q O� �.�1� 1 1 i3 S ire►" dd i [CO J JSIQRIitlN Q a to' o �sra 'I / U W / � U < °w �OOm a. Z —URU J ......... ..................... a K W U Z M V ~Wif- w a c� 7 a= �ry a o cr LU z aEa3 kz z ? m ° o� ir�=1@,b,or "6°b 5' I T- j¢ }F yE( 1 I tltl I SF9 I I I ,1 v I o I r I I 1 I — 1 � I I 1 I I I 1 1 I I I I I 1 I I y I 1 y I I I S�ppp� RE 77� I I I I I + I I I I I I I I I I I L I I I I I I I I I I I dl I 'LEA I I I I I � I ,V6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I d-a I I I I � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I W d �o �f � P,G U / / r / / I / U � w Q, / w l I l I I I 1 U I I I I I 1 I I I I I � I I I I I I I li a I A I I I I / I Ie J U I 1000 I I I I I� I ' I I I II I I I I I I � I I I I I II I I II I I I r r d�� / I I �3S � �p•x U Z H S d ul Q Z IIIIIIIIIZ������ a �y �g Z 2 Y g t zNw UQu i o p1 � 0 �a o �s N 8 xe �N G s33F — / U W / � U < °w �OOm a. Z —URU J ......... ..................... a K W U Z M V ~Wif- w a c� 7 a= �ry a o cr LU z aEa3 kz z ? m ° o� ir�=1@,b,or "6°b 5' I T- j¢ }F yE( 1 I tltl I SF9 I I I ,1 v I o I r I I 1 I — 1 � I I 1 I I I 1 1 I I I I I 1 I I y I 1 y I I I S�ppp� RE 77� I I I I I + I I I I I I I I I I I L I I I I I I I I I I I dl I 'LEA I I I I I � I ,V6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I d-a I I I I � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I W d �o �f � P,G U / / r / / I / U � w Q, / w l I l I I I 1 U I I I I I 1 I I I I I � I I I I I I I li a I A I I I I / I Ie J U I 1000 I I I I I� I ' I I I II I I I I I I � I I I I I II I I II I I I r r d�� / I I �3S � �p•x r ► Memorandum Date: November 30, 2010 From: Scott D. Johnson To: Interested Bidders Email: @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) FAX: (239) ADDENDUM 1 Subject: Addendum # 1 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom and Boarkwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • Pre -Bid time change to 2:00 p.m. If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryment Please sign below and return a copy of this Addendum with your submittal for the above referenced solicitation: (Signature) Date (Name of Firm)` AddendumTemplate Revised: 4/15/10 1 • CONSTRUCTION BID BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements BID NO. 11 -5628 Full Name of Bidder OAC Action Construction Co [p. Main Business Address 12540 SW 130 St. Ste 2 & 3 MiamL, FL 33186 Place of Business Same as above Telephone No. 305- 256 -6655 Fax No. 305 -255 -1004 State Contractor's License # CGC- 061561 State of Florida Certificate of Authority Document Number P97000029355 Federal Tax Identification Number 65- 0742185 To: BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA (hereinafter called the Owner) The undersigned, as Bidder declares that the only person or parties interested in this Bid as principals are those named herein, that this Bid is submitted without collusion with any other person, firm or corporation; that it has carefully examined the location of the proposed Work, the proposed form of Agreement and all other Contract Documents and Bonds, and the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Bidder proposes, and agrees if this Bid is accepted, Bidder will execute the Agreement included in the Bidding Documents, to provide all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of construction, including utility and transportation services necessary to do all the Work, and furnish all the materials and equipment specified or referred to in the Contract Documents in the manner and time herein prescribed and according to the requirements of the Owner as therein set forth, furnish the Contractor's Bonds and Insurance specified in the General Conditions of the Contract, and to do all other things required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and that it will take full payment the sums set forth in the following Bid Schedule: Unit prices shall be provided in no more than two decimal points, and in the case where further decimal points are inadvertently provided, rounding to two decimal points will be conducted by Purchasing staff. GC -P -1 MM NOTE: If you choose to bid, please submit an ORIGINAL and ONE COPY of your bid pages. GC -P -2 BID SCHEDULE Tigertail Beach Restrooms Boardwalk Improvements 16D 8 Rid Nn_ 11 -5628 Number Description Unit aty DAC Action Construction 1 Boardwalk No 1 Each 1 $84,265.00 2 Boardwalk No 2 Each 1 $112,090.00 3 Boardwalk No, 3 Each 1 $60,992.00 4 Boardwalk No. 4 Each 1 $73,710.00 5 Boardwalk No. 5 Each 1 $122,400.00 6 Boardwalk No. 6 Each 1 $191,495.00 7 Dune Plantings Each 1 $7,488.00 Base Bid $652,440.00 8 Alternate No. 1 Each 1 $17,220.00 9 Alternate No. 2 Each 1 $18,720.00 10 Alternate No. 3 Each 1 $12,110.00 11 Alternate No. 4 Each 1 $12,303.00 12 Alernate No. 5 Each 1 $24,896.00 13 Alternate No 6 Each 1 $40,688.00 Total Alternates $125,937.00 Total $778,377.00 GC -P3 Wee MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID SHALL BE DEEMED NOW RESPONSIVE All Bidders shall confirm by signature that they will provide the manufacturers and materials outlined in this Bid specifications. Exceptions (when equals are acceptable) may be requested by completing the Material Manufacturer Exception List below. If an exception for a manufacturer and /or material is proposed and listed below and is not approved by Engineer /Project Manager, Bidder shall furnish the manufacturer named in the specification. Acceptance of this form does not constitute acceptance of material proposed on this list. Complete and sign section A OR B. Section A (Acceptance of all manufactures and materials in Bid specifications) On behalf of my firm, I confirm that we will use all manufacturers and materials as specifically outlined in the Bid specifications. Section B (Exception requested to Bid specifications manufacturers and materials) EXCEPTION MATERIAL EXCEPTION MANUFACTURER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Please insert additional pages as necessary. GC -P-4 we* LIST OF MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS THIS LIST MUST BE COMPLETED OR BID MAY BE DEEMED NON - RESPONSIVE The undersigned states that the following is a list of the proposed subcontractors for the major categories outlined in the requirements of the Bid specifications. The undersigned acknowledges its responsibility for ensuring that the Subcontractors for the major categories listed herein are "qualified" (as defined in Ordinance 87 -25 and Section 15 of Instructions to Bidders) and meet all legal requirements applicable to and necessitated by the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to proper licenses, certifications, registrations and insurance coverage. The Owner reserves the right to disqualify any Bidder who includes non - compliant or non - qualified Subcontractors in its bid offer. Further, the Owner may direct the Successful Bidder to removelreplace any Subcontractor, at no additional cost to Owner, which is found to be non - compliant with this requirement either before or after the issuance of the Award of Contract by Owner. (Attach additional sheets as needed). Further, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that promptly after the Award of Contract, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Successful Bidder shall identify all Subcontractors it intends to use on the Project. The undersigned further agrees that all Subcontractors subsequently identified for any portion of work on this Project must be qualified as noted above. Major Category of Work 1. Piling installation 2. 3. 4. 5. Subcontractor and Address KML Marine / PO Box 1665 New Port Richie. FL 34656 GC -P -5 s STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER The Bidder is required to state below what work of similar magnitude completed within the last five years is a judge of its experience, skill and business standing and of its ability to conduct the work as completely and as rapidly as required under the terms of the Agreement. Project and Location See attached r� 3. H 5. A Reference Dated 1/12/11 OAC Action Construction, Corp. Bidder BY: Osvaldo Cruz GC -P-6 It z 0 a w v z w LU CL w m z 0 V w 4 4 L E C' `C C E C c E-0 w L1 U y J co C a� o o 0 o o o m g co o0 co ~o o r 0 M m M 0° N 04 j (gyp M M M � CQ V 1 (� T c`- � � O y 4f o O pp� C) o 0 co O co O co O C', `D O `-' N O a N � N O N T p� M r. N r T C N T M T M T M r F4 C :0i �! (�D O O 0 O O p 0O O 0 V p it N co � m O U O QOi (� C TO, IL O Lo cl It CO O Cy E C 07 M N �y sT- T W C m r- Lo 69. CO N LL � O OO O O 00 O O O O N to cM O O p cm O) C a p O m � O r co T Lo N OT T U M N N N Lo oil r 'yon Q► gco r DELo La 0i � a a` a` Zm¢` m A 3 c yo L a �- c c 0 c c w c w id f0 L O rn t0 M p W m .5 j O O 19 � O � C _ O ° it 3 m p� o o O O� °0.0 j. g O CL 12 ••m` c N a m E m ` m acc i . m 0� r o 9 ) O t O O f O m F�- L L o to O 2_ . . .' m 9 c L U c U ar y CL �m 0 � ID - 3 c m z z o c c 7 i•Q d mt C cm c V 0 •O V N 4 O � W 4 cE _ 06 C W � :�k a 0 O 0 p t �O m t m L- + �c W CA 2 EL y.� 6 .Q RC O m :3 4- ' 0 r- m E � ~� O m CO ca W X go n� 0 o U` _a U= CO Uo 1a ° O d LL �� N c N O o C Cm c p o ON O li 2 a O 0 > RZa L 'a c t O M LL O V L p U N_ co N mN _O M E c a N UZ z m wz o M Z 7, Q 'a d J Wig. Q w aU�^ O m �c CA Ew a m J w CL 'mc U E ° ~U c c3 `E° P F- z U 0 117 r CL 2 a z m w O H7 F'- 0 N Cl) 3 m a 0 a TO 3 (0 N Z. `m r N 3 O U co C V O E •L Q. m q� t _LL a` O O U 90 L 3 c r O � N =m c� m� - C U C C C T N O C Rc Y C h O. O W O .o m C O N 0 MIT0401 0 0 0 0 °o o ° g ac °b ° 0 0 Q o p O O C O ° S O ° U � V L co N r- O �• � M m O 6fi ft3 613 fCA m O ° O O O O ° O +' Al 0 U� C g °° O °o O O o p p CD E E ° o° O o°_ m a V} M co fH M N � U C y C C C y C y C N U c b Ee E cm a` Q a Q a` EL a` a a s a` L C M. O p b O p O O ° O U 3 o cq O N rn O v 1: n �+ cq O T- co EH a N ER ° Q N ` 40 O C v� d O N(�j C Q m r co •b ca m V � iV„ C .N m � Eu C L � W QQ io � m � •L •� U O U Q 3 0 Oji m C O O N � C 2 x O N N 'a N V O Od U E J N Z� ��_ d O. m O O C U J 0 Q m N N O c) .; E— m� a $ o i m N 2 0 'N r -a � f.. � z i E 0� D c7 z ti U a U o 00 U LL 0 INIT6411 TRENCH SAFETY ACT Bidder acknowledges that included in the various items of the bid and in the Total Bid Price are costs for complying with the Florida Trench Safety Act (90 -96, Laws of Florida) effective October 1, 1990. The Bidder further identifies the cost to be summarized below: Trench Safety Units of Unit Unit Extended Measure Measure Quanti Cost Cost (Description) LF SY 1. 2. 3. 5��- TOTAL $ Failure to complete the above may result in the Bid being declared non - responsive. Dated 0 / 2 2a� 1 GC -P -7 16D8 �"[Yt�lll Affidavit for Claiming Status as a Local Business Adrnfi!*E6re SeMc es Division Pulth"iro BID #:11 -5628 (CHECK APPROPRIATE BOXES BELOW) State of Florida (Select County if Vendor is described as a Local Business ❑ Collier County NIA ❑ Lee County NIA Vendor affirms that it is a local business as defined by the Purchasing Policy of the Collier County Board of County Commissioners and the Regulations Thereto. As defined in Section XI of the Collier County Purchasing Policy; A "local business" is defined as a business that has a valid occupational license issued by either Collier or Lee County for a minimum of one (1) year prior to a Collier County bid or proposal submission that authorizes the business to provide the commodities or services to be purchased, and a physical business address located within the limits of Collier or Lee Counties from which the vendor operates or performs business. Post Office Boxes are not verifiable and shall not be used for the purpose of establishing said physical address. In addition to the foregoing, a vendor shall not be considered a "local business" unless it contributes to the economic development and well -being of either Collier or Lee County in a verifiable and measurable way. This may include, but not be limited to, the retention and expansion of employment opportunities, the support and increase to either Collier or Lee County's tax base, and residency of employees and principals of the business within Collier or Lee County. . Vendors shall affirm in writing their compliance with the foregoing at the time of submitting their bid or proposal to be eligible for consideration as a "local business" under this section. Vendor must complete the following information: Year Business Established in ❑Collier County or ❑ Lee County: Number of Employees (Including Owner(s) or Corporate Officers): Number of Employees Living in ❑ Collier County or ❑ Lee (Including Owner(s) or Corporate Officers): If requested by the County, vendor will be required to provide documentation substantiating the information given in this affidavit. Failure to do so will result in vendor's submission being deemed not applicable. Vendor Name: N/A Collier or Lee County Address: Signature: STATE OF FLORIDA Date: Title: ❑ COLLIER COUNTY ❑ LEE COUNTY Sworn to and Subscribed Before Me, a Notary Public, for the above State and County, on this Day of '20 Notary Public My Commission Expires: (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) GC -P -8 16D 8 Adn�inistiadue Servloes oiuieion Immigration Law Affidavit Certification Solicitation # and Title: 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements This Affidavit is required and should be signed, notarized by an authorized principal of the firm and submitted with formal Invitations to Bid (ITB's) and Request for Proposals (RFP) submittals. Further, Vendors / Bidders are required to enroll in the E- Verify program, and provide acceptable evidence of their enrollment, at the time of the submission of the vendor's /bidder's proposal. Acceptable evidence consists of a copy of the properly completed E- Verify Company Profile page or a copy of the fully executed E- Verify Memorandum of Understanding for the company. Failure to include this Affidavit and acceptable evidence of enrollment in the E- Verify Program shall deem the Vendor / Bidder's Pr000sal as non - responsive Documentation of these requirements will not be accepted after the bid / proposal deadline date. Collier County will not intentionally award County contracts to any vendor who knowingly employs unauthorized alien workers, constituting a violation of the employment provision contained in 8 U.S.C. Section 1324 a(e) Section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationality Act ( "INA "). Collier County may consider the employment by any vendor of unauthorized aliens a violation of Section 274A (e) of the INA. Such Violation by the recipient of the Employment Provisions contained in Section 274A (e) of the INA shall be grounds for unilateral termination of the contract by Collier County. Vendor attests that they are fully compliant with all applicable immigration laws (specifically to the 1986 Immigration Act and subsequent Amendment(s)) and agrees to comply with the provisions of the Memorandum of Understanding with E- Verify and to provide proof of enrollment in The Employment Eligibility Verification System (E- Verify), operated by the Department of Homeland Security in partnership with the Social Security Administration at the time of submission of the Vendor's / Bidder's proposal. Company Name OAC Action Construction, Corp. Print Name Os do ru Title Presiden t Signature Date 1/12/2010 State of Flo0,�. County of AA0 t' D44 The foregoing Instrument was signed and acknowledged before me this %L .day of a , 20L, by // ?� ®S 110- �iLyZ who has produced bL- C&20 -G N d -71`0 Is'Oentification. (Prin or Type Name) (Type of Identification and Number) U Notary Public Signature L LuK E9iRELLA t�i EMDOjA hi Printed Name of Notary Public EXPIRES Novembsr2a, 2014 Notary Commission Number /Expiration The signee of this Affidavit guarantees, as evidenced by the sworn affidavit required herein, the truth and accuracy of this affidavit to interrogatories hereinafter made. GC -P -9 z V b `Antic K E- VERIFY I5 A SERVICE OF DHS �1 Company ID Number: 234778 THE E- VERIFY PROGRAM FOR EMPLOYMENT VERIFICATION MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING FOR DESIGNATED AGENTS ARTICLE I PURPOSE AND AUTHORITY The parties to this Agreement are the Department of Homeland Security (DHS), and OAC Action Construction, Corp (Designated Agent). The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth terms by which SSA and DHS will provide information to OAC Action Construction, Corp (Designated Agent) on behalf of the Designated Agent's client (the Employer). This MOU explains certain features of the E- Verify program and enumerates specific responsibilities of DHS, SSA, the Employer, and the Designated Agent. References to the Employer include the Designated Agent when acting on behalf of the Employer. E- Verify is a program that electronically confirms an employee's eligibility to work in the United States after completion of the Employment Eligibility Verification Form (Form 1 -9). For covered government contractors, E- Verify is used to verify the employment eligibility of all newly hired employees and all existing employees assigned to Federal contracts. The Employer is not a party to this MOU. The E- Verify program requires an initial agreement between DHS and the Designated Agent as part of the enrollment process. After agreeing to the MOU as set forth herein, completing the tutorial, and obtaining access to E- Verify. as a ,—.. Designated Agent, the Designated Agent will be given an opportunity to add a client once logged into E- Verify. All parties, including the Employer, will then be required to sign and submit a new MOU. The responsibilities of the parties remain the same in each MOU. Authority for the E- Verify program is found in Title IV, Subtitle A, of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (IIRIRA), Pub. L. 104 -208, 110 Stat. 3009, as amended (8 U.S.C. § 1324a note). Authority for use of the E- Verify program by Federal contractors and subcontractors covered by the terms of Subpart 22.18, "Employment Eligibility Verification ", of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) (hereinafter referred to in this MOU as a "Federal contractor") to verify the employment eligibility of certain employees working on Federal contracts is also found in Subpart 22.18 and in Executive Order 12989, as amended. ARTICLE 11 FUNCTIONS TO BE PERFORMED A. RESPONSIBILITIES OF SSA SSA agrees to provide the Employer (through the Designated Agent) with available information that will allow the Employer to confirm the accuracy of Social Security Numbers provided by all employees verified under this MOU and the employment authorization of U.S. citizens. 2. SSA agrees to provide the Employer and Designated Agent appropriate assistance with operational problems that may arise during the Employer's participation in the E- Verify program. SSA agrees to provide the Designated Agent with names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of SSA representatives to be contacted during the E- Verify process. Page 1 of 151E -Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Date10129/08 www.dhs.goWE- Verify �. may. -c�:sra�t` eri lw L=JERI FY IS SERVICE O? DHS -1 Company ID Number: 234778 3. SSA agrees to safeguard the information provided by the Employer through the E- Verify program procedures, and to limit access to such information, as is appropriate by law, to individuals responsible for the verification of Social Security Numbers and for evaluation of the E- Verify program or such other persons or entities who may be authorized by SSA as governed by the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. § 552a), the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1306(a)), and SSA regulations (20 CFR Part 401). 4. SSA agrees to provide a means of automated verification that is designed (in conjunction with DHS's automated system if necessary) to provide confirmation or tentative nonconfirmation of U.S. citizens' employment eligibility within 3 Federal Government work days of the initial inquiry. 5. SSA agrees to provide a means of secondary verification (including updating SSA records as may be necessary) for employees who contest SSA tentative nonconfirmations that is designed to provide final confirmation or nonconfirmation of U.S. citizens' employment eligibility and accuracy of SSA records for both citizens and aliens within 10 Federal Government work days of the date of referral to SSA, unless SSA determines that more than 10 days may be necessary. In such cases, SSA will provide additional verification instructions. B. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DHS After SSA verifies the accuracy of SSA records for aliens through E- Verify, DHS agrees to provide the Employer (through the Designated Agent) access to selected data from DHS's databases to enable the Employer (through the Designated Agent) to conduct, to the extent authorized by this MOU: • Automated verification checks on alien employees by electronic means, and Photo verification checks (when available) on employees. 2. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer and Designated Agent appropriate assistance with operational problems that may arise during the Employer's participation in the E- Verify program. DHS agrees to provide the Designated Agent names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of DHS representatives to be contacted during the E- Verify process. 3. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer (through the Designated Agent), the E- Verify User Manual containing instructions on E- Verify policies, procedures and requirements for both SSA and DHS, including restrictions on the use of E- Verify. DHS agrees to provide training materials on E- Verify. 4. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer (through the Designated Agent) a notice, which indicates the Employer's participation in the E- Verify program. DHS also agrees to provide to the Employer (through the Designated Agent) anti- discrimination notices issued by the Office of Special Counsel for Immigration - Related Unfair Employment Practices (OSC), Civil Rights Division, U.S. Department of Justice. Page 2 of 15IE -Verify MOU for Designated Agent1Revision Date10129l08 w.vw.d &goWE- Verify 16 D l� I!,I STS e �' USA ` C= JfR2FT 25 R SERVICE JY DHS �1 Company ID Number: 234778 5. DHS agrees to issue the Designated Agent a user identification number and password that will be used exclusively by the Designated Agent, on behalf of the Employer, to verify information provided by alien employees with DHS's databases. 6. DHS agrees to safeguard the information provided to DHS by the Employer (through the Designated Agent), and to limit access to such information to individuals responsible for the verification of alien employment eligibility and for evaluation of the E- Verify program, or to such other persons or entities as may be authorized by applicable law. Information will be used only to verify the accuracy of Social Security Numbers and employment eligibility, to enforce the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) and Federal criminal laws, and to administer Federal contracting requirements. 7. DHS agrees to provide a means of automated verification that is designed (in conjunction with SSA verification procedures) to provide confirmation or tentative nonconfirmation of employees' employment eligibility within 3 Federal Government workdays of the initial inquiry. 8. DHS agrees to provide a means of secondary verification (including updating DHS records as may be necessary) for employees who contest DHS tentative nonconfirmations and photo non -match tentative nonconfirmations that is designed to provide final confirmation or nonconfirmation of the employees' employment eligibility within 10 Federal Government work days of the date of referral to DHS, unless DHS determines that more than 10 days may be necessary. In such cases, DHS will provide additional verification instructions. C. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER The Employer shall display the notices supplied by DHS (through the Designated Agent) in a prominent place that is clearly visible to prospective employees and all employees who are to be verified through the system. 2. The Employer shall provide to the SSA and DHS the names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of the Employer representatives to be contacted regarding E- Verify. 3. The Employer shall become familiar with and comply with the most recent version of the E- Verify User Manual. The Employer will obtain the E- Verify User Manual from the Designated Agent. 4. The Employer shall comply with current Form I -9 procedures, with two exceptions: • If an employee presents a "List B" identity document, the Employer agrees to only accept "List B" documents that contain a photo. (List B documents identified in 8 C.F.R. § 274a.2(b)(1)(B)) can be presented during the Form 1 -9 process to establish identity.) If- an employee objects to the photo requirement for religious reasons, the Employer should contact E- Verify at 1- 888 - 464 -4218. • If an employee presents a DHS Form 1 -551 (Permanent Resident Card) or Form 1 -766 (Employment Authorization Document) to complete the Form 1- 9, the Employer agrees to make a photocopy of the document and to retain Page 3 of 151E - Verify MoU for Designated AgentlRevision Date10129l08 www.dhs . govl[- Verify �tnt A'uo Verify. SA --Y E- VERIF: IS A lEFYS CS OF OMS Company ID Number_ 234778 the photocopy with the employee's Form 1 -9. The employer will use the photocopy to verify the photo and to assist DHS with its review of photo non - matches that are contested by employees. Note that employees retain the right to present any List A, or List B and List C, documentation to complete the Form 1 -9. DHS may in the future designate other documents that activate the photo screening tool. 5. Participation in E- Verify does not exempt the Employer from the responsibility to complete, retain, and make available for inspection Forms 1 -9 that relate to its employees, or from other requirements of applicable regulations or laws, including the obligation to comply with the antidiscrimination requirements of section 2748 of the INA with respect to Form 1 -9 procedures, except for the following modified requirements applicable by reason of the Employer's participation in E- Verify: (1) identity documents must have photos, as described in paragraph 4 above; (2) a rebuttable presumption is established that the Employer has not violated section 274A(a)(1)(A) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) with respect to the hiring of any individual if it obtains confirmation of the identity and employment eligibility of the individual in compliance with the terms and conditions of E- Verify; (3) the Employer must notify DHS if it continues to employ any employee after receiving a final nonconfirmation, and is subject to a civil money penalty between $550 and $1,100 for each failure to notify DHS of continued employment following a final nonconfirmation; (4) the Employer is subject to a rebuttable presumption that it has knowingly employed an unauthorized alien in violation of section 274A(a)(1)(A) if the Employer continues to employ an employee after receiving a final nonconfirmation; and (5) no person or entity participating in E- Verify is civilly or criminally liable under any law for any action taken in good faith based on information provided through the confirmation system. DHS reserves the right to conduct Form 1 -9 compliance inspections during the course of E- Verify, as well as to conduct any other enforcement activity authorized by law. 6. The Employer shall initiate E- Verify verification procedures (through the Designated Agent), for new employees within 3 Employer business days after each employee has been hired (but after both sections 1 and 2 of the Form 1 -9 have been completed), and to complete as many (but only as many) steps of the E- Verify process as are necessary according to the E- Verify User Manual. The Employer is prohibited from initiating verification procedures before the employee has been hired and the Form 1 -9 completed. If the automated system to be queried is temporarily unavailable, the 3 -day time period is extended until it is again operational in order to accommodate the Employer's attempting, in good faith, to make inquiries during the period of unavailability. In all cases, the Employer (through the Designated Agent) must use the SSA verification procedures first, and use DHS verification procedures and photo screening tool only after the SSA verification response has been given. Employers may initiate verification, through the Designated Agent, by notating the Form 1 -9 in circumstances where the employee has applied for a Social Security Number (SSN) from the SSA and is waiting to receive the SSN, provided that the Employer (through the Designated Agent) performs an E- Verify employment verification query using the employee's SSN as soon as the SSN becomes available. 7. The Employer may not use E- Verify procedures for pre - employment screening of job applicants, in support of any unlawful employment practice, or for any other use Page 4 of 151E -Vefy MOU for Designated AgelRevision Date10129108 tr+v+.vxfhs,ettw /E -Verff y 5 D 8 _ �-� Ver, vKir; lM L= JERKY IS n eeRCxce er DliS Company ID Number. 234778 not authorized by this MOU. Employers must use E- Verify (through its Designated Agent) for all new employees, unless an Employer is a Federal contractor that qualifies for the exceptions described in Article II.D.1.c. Except as provided in Article II.D, the Employer will not. verify selectively and will not verify employees hired before the effective date of this MOU. The Employer understands that if the Employer uses E- Verify procedures for any purpose other than as authorized by this MOU, the Employer may be subject to appropriate legal action and termination of its access to SSA and DHS information pursuant to this MOU. 8. The Employer (through the Designated Agent) shall follow appropriate procedures (see Article Ill. below) regarding tentative nonconfirmations, including notifying employees of the finding, providing written referral instructions to employees, allowing employees to contest the finding, and not taking adverse action against employees if they choose to contest the finding. Further, when employees contest a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non- match, the Employer is required to take affirmative steps (see Article 111.8. below) to contact DHS with information necessary to resolve the challenge. 9. The Employer shall not take any adverse action against an employee based upon the employee's perceived employment eligibility status while SSA or DHS is processing the verification request unless the Employer obtains knowledge (as defined in 8 C.F.R. §.274a.1(1)) that the employee is not work authorized. The Employer understands that an initial inability of the SSA or DHS automated verification system to verify work authorization, a tentative nonconfirmation, a case in continuance (indicating the need for additional time for the government to resolve a case), or the finding of a photo non- match, does not establish, and should not be interpreted as evidence, that the employee is not work authorized. In any of the cases listed above, the employee must be provided a full and fair opportunity to contest the finding, and if he or she does so, the employee may not be terminated or suffer any adverse employment consequences based upon the employee's perceived employment eligibility status (including denying, reducing, or extending work hours, delaying or preventing training, requiring an employee to work in poorer conditions, refusing to assign the employee to a Federal contract or other assignment, or otherwise subjecting an employee to any assumption that he or she is unauthorized to work, or otherwise mistreating an employee) until and unless secondary verification by SSA or DHS has been completed and a final nonconfirmation has been issued. If the employee does not choose to contest a tentative nonconfirmation or a photo non -match or if a secondary verification is completed and a final nonconfirmation is issued, then the Employer can find the employee is not work authorized and terminate the employee's employment. Employers or employees with questions about a final nonconfirmation may call E- Verify at 1- 888 - 464 -4218 or OSC at 1- 800 - 255 -8155 or 1 -800- 237 -2515 (TDD). 10. The Employer shall comply with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and section 274B of the INA by not discriminating unlawfully against any individual in hiring, firing, or recruitment or referral practices because of his or her national origin or, in the case of a protected individual as defined in section 27413(a)(3) of the INA, because of his or her citizenship status. The Employer shall not engage in such illegal practices as selective verification or use of E- Verify except as provided in part D below, or discharging or refusing to hire employees because they appear or Page 5 of 951E - Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Datel0129 /08 vvnv d.dhs.govfE_Verify F E-Verify L =2RIFY IS A SEAYSCB 0? D03 Company ID Number: 234778 sound 'foreign" or have received tentative nonconfirmations. The Employer further understands that any violation of the unfair immigration - related employment practices provisions in section 274B of the INA could subject the Employer to civil penalties, back pay awards, and other sanctions, and violations of Title VII could subject the Employer to back pay awards, compensatory and punitive damages. Violations of either section 2748 of the INA or Title VII may also lead to the termination of its participation in E- Verify. If the Employer has any questions relating to the anti - discrimination provision, it should contact OSC at 1- 800 -255- 8155 or 1 -800- 237 -2515 (TDD). 11. The Employer shall record the case verification number on the employee's Form I- 9 or to print the screen containing the case verification number and attach it to the employee's Form 1 -9. 12. The Employer will use the information it receives from SSA or DHS (through its Designated Agent) pursuant to E- Verify and this MOU only to confirm the employment eligibility of employees as authorized by this MOU. The Employer agrees that it will safeguard this information, and means of access to it (such as PINS and passwords) to ensure that it is not used for any other purpose and as necessary to protect its confidentiality, including ensuring that it is not disseminated to any person other than employees of the Employer who are authorized to perform the Employer's responsibilities under this MOU, except for such dissemination as may be authorized in advance by SSA or DHS for legitimate purposes. 13. The information that -the Employer receieves through the Designated Agent from SSA is governed by the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. § 552a(i)(1) and (3)) and the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1306(a)), and that any person who obtains this information under false pretenses or uses it for any purpose other than as provided for in this MOU may be subject to criminal penalties. 14. The Employer agrees to cooperate with DHS and SSA in their compliance monitoring and evaluation of E- Verify, including by permitting DHS and SSA, upon reasonable notice, to review Forms 1 -9 and other employment records and to interview it and its employees regarding the Employer's use of E- Verify, and to respond in a timely and accurate manner to DHS requests for information relating to their participation in E- Verify. D. EMPLOYERS THAT ARE FEDERAL CONTRACTORS If the Employer is a Federal contractor subject to the employment verification terms in Subpart 22.18 of the FAR, it must verify the employment eligibility of any "employee assigned to the contract" (as defined in FAR 22.1801) in addition to verifying the employment eligibility of all other employees required to be verified under the FAR. Once an employee has been verified through E- Verify by the Employer, the Employer may not reverify the employee through E- Verify. a. Federal contractors not enrolled at the time of contract award: An Employer that is not enrolled in E -Verify as a Federal contractor at the time of a contract award must enroll as a Federal contractor in the E- Verify program within 30 Page 6 of Ir4E- Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Datel0129 /08 wmv.dt &govfE- Verify s r. Jglr T- FY Is P. SLAVICE or DHS . Y Company ID Number: 234778 calendar days of contract award and, within 90 days of enrollment, begin to use E- Verify to initiate verification of employment eligibility of new hires of the Employer who are working in the United States, whether or not assigned to the contract. Once the Employer begins verifying new hires, such verification of new hires must be initiated within 3 business days after the date of hire. Once enrolled in E- Verify as a Federal contractor, the Employer must initiate verification of employees assigned to the contract within 90 calendar days after the date of enrollment or within 30 days of an employee's assignment to the- contract, whichever date is later. b. Federal contractors already enrolled at the time of a contract award: Employers enrolled in E- Verify as a Federal contractor for 90 days or more at the time of a contract award must use E- Verify to initiate verification of employment eligibility for new hires of the Employer who are working in the United States, whether or not assigned to the contract, within 3 business days after the date of hire. If the Employer is enrolled in E- Verify as a Federal contractor for 90 calendar days or less at the time of contract award, the Employer must, within 90 days of enrollment, begin to use E- Verify to initiate verification of new hires of the contractor who are working in the United States, whether or not assigned to the contract. Such verification of new hires must be initiated within 3 business days after the date of hire. An Employer enrolled as a Federal contractor in E- Verify must initiate verification of each employee assigned to the contract within 90 calendar days after date of contract award or within 30 days after assignment to the contract, whichever is later. Institutions of higher education, State, local and tribal governments and sureties: Federal contractors that are institutions of higher education (as defined at 20 U.S.C. 1001(a)), State or local governments, governments of Federally recognized Indian tribes, or sureties performing under a takeover agreement entered into with a Federal agency pursuant to a performance bond may choose to only verify new and existing employees assigned to the Federal contract. Such Federal contractors may, however, elect to verify all new hires, and /or all existing employees hired after November 6, 1986. The provisions of Article 11, part D, paragraphs 1.a and 1.b of this MOU providing timeframes for initiating employment verification of employees, assigned to a contract apply to such institutions of higher education, State, local and tribal governments, and sureties. d. Verification of all employees: Upon enrollment, Employers who are Federal contractors may elect to verify employment eligibility of all existing employees working in the United States who were hired after November 6, 1986, instead of verifying only those employees assigned to a covered Federal contract. After enrollment, Employers must elect to do so only in the manner designated by DHS and initiate E- Verify verification of all existing employees within 180 days after the election. e. Form 1 -9 procedures for Federal contractors: The Employer (through its Designated Agent), may use a previously completed Form 1 -9 as the basis for initiating E- Verify verification of an employee assigned to a contract as Page 7 of 151E -Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Date10128/08 tvvvw.dhs.ac v1E- Verify Ve i Fy. � � r E- `JERIPY IS A mmiCE DlfS o 8 Company ID Number. 234778 long as that Form 1 -9 is complete (including the SSN), complies with Article Il.C.4, the employee's work authorization has not expired, and the Employer has reviewed the information reflected in the Form 1 -9 either in person or in communications with the employee to ensure that the employee's stated basis in section 1 of the Form 1 -9 for work authorization has not changed (including, but not limited to, a lawful permanent resident alien having become a naturalized U.S. citizen). If the Employer is unable to determine that the Form 1 -9 complies with Article H. CA, if the employee's basis for work authorization as attested in section 1 has expired or changed, or if the Form I- 9 contains no SSN or is otherwise incomplete, the Employer shall complete a new 1 -9 consistent with Article II.C.4, or update the previous 1 -9 to provide the necessary information. If section .1 of the Form 1 -9 is otherwise valid and up- to -date and the form otherwise complies with Article II.C.4, but reflects documentation (such as a U.S. passport or Form 1 -551) that expired subsequent to completion of the Form 1 -9, the Employer shall not require the production of additional documentation, or use the photo screening tool described in Article II.C.4, subject to any additional or superseding instructions that may be provided on this subject in the E- Verify User Manual. Nothing in this section shall be construed to require a second verification using E- Verify of any assigned employee who has previously been verified as a newly hired employee under this MOU, or to authorize'verification of any existing employee by any Employer that is not a Federal contractor. 2. If the Employer is a Federal contractor, its compliance with this MOU is a performance requirement under the terms of the Federal contract or subcontract, and the Employer consents to the release of information relating to compliance with its verification responsibilities under this MOU to contracting officers or other officials authorized to review the Employer's compliance with Federal contracting requirements. E. RESPONSIBILITIES OF DESIGNATED AGENT 1. The Designated Agent agrees to provide to the SSA and DHS the names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of the Designated Agent representatives who will be accessing information under E- Verify. 2. The Designated Agent agrees to become familiar with and comply with the E- Verify User Manual and provide a copy of the manual to the Employer so that the Employer can become familiar with and comply with E- Verify policy and procedures 3. The Designated Agent agrees that any Designated Agent Representative who will perform employment verification queries will complete the E- Verify Tutorial before that individual initiates any queries. A. The Designated Agent agrees that all Designated Agent representatives will take the refresher tutorials initiated by the E- Verify program as a condition of continued use of E- Verify, including any tutorials for Federal contractors if the Employer is a Federal contractor. Page 0 of I SIE- Verify MQU for Designated AgentlRevision Date10129/08 www.dhs,gov/E-Verify ra ^N7! og-'m � �/ — - V ri a :fVICE'0? •':h....i � E: JLRIPY 75 A SERVICE' D? DHS Company ID Number: 234778 B. Failure to complete a refresher tutorial will prevent the Designated Agent and Employer from continued use of the program. 4. The Designated Agent agrees to obtain the necessary equipment to utilize E- Verify. 5. The Designated Agent agrees to provide the Employer with the notices described in Article I I. B.4 above. 6. The Designated Agent agrees to initiate E- Verify procedures on behalf of the Employer in accordance with the E- Verify Manual and E- Verify Web -Based Tutorial. The Designated Agent will query the automated system using information provided by the Employer and will immediately communicate the response back to the Employer. If the automated system to be queried is temporarily unavailable, the 3 -day time period is extended until it is again operational in order to accommodate the Designated Agent's attempting, in good faith, to make inquiries on behalf of the Employer during the period of unavailability. in all cases, the Designated Agent will use the SSA verification procedures first, and will use DHS verification procedures only as directed by the SSA verification response. 7. The Designated Agent agrees to cooperate with DHS and SSA in their compliance monitoring and evaluation of E- Verify, including by permitting DHS and SSA, upon reasonable notice, to review Forms 1 -9 and other employment. records and to interview it and its employees regarding the use of E- Verify, and to respond in a timely and accurate manner to DHS requests for information relating to their participation in E- Verify. ARTICLE III REFERRAL OF INDIVIDUALS TO SSA AND DHS A. REFERRAL TO SSA If the Employer receives a tentative nonconfirmation issued by SSA, the Employer must print the tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the tentative nonconfirmation. 2. The Employer will refer employees to SSA field offices only as directed by the automated system based on a tentative nonconfirmation, and only after the Employer records the case verification number, reviews the input to detect any transaction errors, and determines that the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation. The Employer (through the Designated Agent), will transmit the Social Security Number to SSA for verification again if this review indicates a need to do so. The Employer will determine whether the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation as soon as possible after the Employer receives it. 3. If the employee contests an SSA tentative nonconfirmation, the Employer will provide the employee with a system - generated referral letter and instruct the Page 9 of 151E- Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Date10129108 v. mv.dhs.govJE- Verify :j6fl Cti4 i' Ver i � S Y tt _.- fy. S= lERIPY ]3 A SEAYICS OP iiS Company ID Number: 234778 employee to visit an SSA office within 8 Federal Government work days, SSA will electronically transmit the result of the referral to the Employer (through the Designated Agent) within 10 Federal Government work. days of the referral unless it determines that more than 10 days is necessary. The Employer agrees to check the E- Verify system regularly for case updates. 4. The Employer shall not ask the employee to obtain a printout from the Social Security Number. database (the Numident) or other written verification of the Social Security Number from the SSA. B. REFERRAL TO DHS 1. If the Employer receives a tentative nonconfirmation issued by DHS, the Employer must print the tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the tentative nonconfirmation. 2. If the Employer finds a photo non -match for an employee who provides a document for which the automated system has transmitted a photo, the employer must print the photo non -match tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the finding. 3. The Employer shall refer individuals to DHS only when the employee chooses to contest a tentative nonconfirmation received from DHS automated verification process or when the Employer issues a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non- match. The Employer will determine whether the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation as soon as possible after the Employer receives it. 4. If the employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation issued by DHS, the Employer shall provide the employee with a referral letter and instruct the employee to contact DHS through its toll -free hotline (as found on the referral letter) within 8 Federal Govemment work days. 5. If the employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non - match, the Employer will provide the employee with a referral letter to DHS. DHS will electronically transmit the result of the referral to the Employer within 10 Federal Government work days of the referral unless it determines that more than 10 days is necessary. The Employer agrees to check the E- Verify system regularly for case updates. 6. If an employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non - match, the Employer shall send a copy of the employee's Form 1 -551 or Form I -766 to DHS for review by Scanning and uploading the document, or • Sending a photocopy of the document by an express mail account (furnished and paid for by DHS). 7. If the Employer cannot determine whether there is a photo match /non- match, the Page 10 of 15IE -Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision DatelOI29 /08 WVAV IS,gOVIE- Verify rif w 6= JERIPY IS A SSR'i iCE Oe^ Gfl Company ID Number: 234778 Employer is required to forward the employee's documentation to DHS by scanning and uploading, or by sending the document as described in the preceding paragraph, and resolving the case as specified by the Immigration Services Verifier at DHS who will determine the photo match or non - match. ARTICLE IV SERVICE PROVISIONS The SSA and DHS will not charge the Employer or the Designated Agent for verification services performed under this MOU. DHS is not responsible for providing the equipment needed to make inquiries. A personal computer with Internet access is needed to access the E- Verify System. ARTICLE V PARTIES A. This MOU is effective upon the signature of the parties, and shall continue in effect for as long as the SSA and DHS conduct the E- Verify program unless modified in writing by the mutual consent of all parties, or terminated by any party upon 30 days prior written notice to the others. Any and all system enhancements to the E- Verify program by DHS or SSA, including but not limited to the E- Verify checking against additional data sources and instituting new verification procedures, will be covered under this MOU and will not cause the need for a supplemental MOU that outlines these changes. DHS agrees to train employers on all changes made to E- Verify through the use of mandatory refresher tutorials and updates to the E- Verify User Manual. Even without changes to E- Verify, DHS reserves the right to require Designated Agents to-take mandatory refresher tutorials. A Designated Agent for an Employer that is a Federal contractor may terminate this MOU when the Federal contract that requires the Employer's participation in E- Verify is terminated or completed. In such a circumstance, the Designated Agent must provide written notice to DHS. If the Designated Agent fails to provide such notice, it will remain a participant in the E- Verify program on behalf of the Employer, will remain bound by the terms of this MOU that apply to non - Federal contractor participants, and will be required to use the E- Verify procedures to verify the employment eligibility of all the Employer's newly hired employees. B. Notwithstanding Article V, part A of this MOU, DHS may terminate access to E- Verify if it is deemed necessary because of the requirements of law or policy, or upon a determination by SSA or DHS that there has been a breach of system integrity or security by the Designated Agent or the Employer, or a failure on the part of either to comply with established procedures or legal requirements. The Designated Agent understands that if the Employer is a Federal contractor, termination of this MOU by any party for any reason may negatively affect the Employer's performance of its contractual responsibilities. C. Some or all SSA and DHS responsibilities under this MOU may be performed by Page 11 of 151E- Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Date10129108 v vw. h&gov1E- VeHf,• � e r i �R4sn ce'� ISIV V Vcn fy R- VERIFY IS h SERVICE of DNS Company ID Number. 234778 contractor(s), and SSA and DHS may adjust verification responsibilities between each other as they may determine necessary. By separate agreement with DHS, SSA has agreed to perform its responsibilities as described in this MOU. D. Nothing in this MOU is intended, or should be construed, to create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by any third party against the United States, its agencies, officers, or employees, or against the Designated Agent, the Employer, or their agents, officers, or employees. E. Each party shall be solely responsible for defending any claim or action against it arising out of or related to E -Verify or this MOU, whether civil or criminal, and for any liability wherefrom, including (but not limited to) any dispute between the Designated Agent or the Employer and any other person or entity regarding the applicability of Section 403(d) of IIRIRA to any action taken or allegedly taken by the Designated Agent or the Employer. F. Participation in E- Verify is not confidential information and may be disclosed as authorized or required by law and DHS or SSA policy, including but not limited to, Congressional oversight, E- Verify publicity and media inquiries, determinations of compliance with Federal contractual requirements, and responses to inquiries under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). _ G. The foregoing constitutes the full agreement on this subject between DHS and the Designated Agent. The individuals whose signatures appear below represent that they are authorized to enter into this MOU on behalf of the Designated Agent and DHS respectively. If you have any questions, contact E- Verify at 1- 888 -464 -4218. Page 12 of 15jE- Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Date10129/08 www.dh s.cgoWE- V„rify io U owl .0 wn„i -.�.t sary i NF'- E- VERIFY IE h SERVICE Or DHS Company ID Number: 234778 Approved by: Employer.'. OAC Action' Construction;Corp Osvaldo Cruz Name (Please Type or Print).. ; : 'Titke Electronically Signed 07131/2009 Signature..:: Date Department of Homeland Security . °Vertficat>IOn:Divkskorr .USCIS Verification Division Name (Please Type or Print). ;Title Electronically:Signed 0713112009. . Signature Date - Page 13 of 15jE- Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Date1o129108 wwvj.dJ1s.gov1E- Verify no -verify. t-VZRZPY 15 A SERVICE OF DNS Company ID Number* 234778 Page U of 15JE Verify MOU for Designated AgentlRevision Datelo/29/08 www.cf hs, gov,E-Ve rify g. - ergE- VERIFY IS A SRRYItC OF DRS Company 1D Number 234778 . . information relating `to the PragramAdministrator (s)'for;your Company on policy"questions or operational_ problems:`. Name: Lilia E Mendoza Telephone Number . {305y256 -6655 Fax:Number.: (305) 255 1004 E -mail Address: Iiiy @oacconstr'uction:com Name: Osvaldo Cruz'::... Telephone Number ... (305)* 250' -..6656.. Fax: Number: {305} 255 '1004- ..; .. - E -mail Address:. ozzie @oaccon §tructiori.com : Page 16 of 151E -Verify iNOU for Designated AgentlRevision Date1029108 www.dhz,gov)E -Verify Upon notification that its Bid has been awarded, the Successful Bidder will execute the Agreement form attached to the Bidding Documents within ten (10) calendar days and deliver the Surety Bond or Bonds and Insurance Certificates as required by the Contract Documents. The bid security attached is to become the property of the Owner in the event the Agreement, Insurance Certificates and Bonds are not executed and delivered to Owner within the time above set forth, as liquidated damages, for the delay and additional expense to the Owner, it being recognized that, since time is of the essence, Owner will suffer financial loss if the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver to Owner the required Agreement, Insurance Certificates and Bonds within the required time period. In the event of such failure, the total amount of Owner's damages, will be difficult, if not impossible, to definitely ascertain and quantify. It is hereby agreed that it is appropriate and fair that Owner receive liquidated damages from the Successful Bidder in the event it fails to execute and deliver the Agreement, Insurance Certificates, and Bonds as required hereunder. The Successful Bidder hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any right which it may have to seek to characterize the above noted liquidated damages as a penalty, which the parties agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of Owner's actual damages at the time of bidding if the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement, Insurance Certificates, and Bonds in a timely manner. Upon receipt of the Notice of Award, the undersigned proposes to commence work at the site within 5 calendar days from the commencement date stipulated in the written Notice to Proceed unless the Project Manager, in writing, subsequently notifies the Contractor of a modified (later) commencement date. The undersigned further agrees to substantially complete all work covered by this Bid within two hundred forty (240) consecutive calendar days, computed by excluding the commencement date and including the last day of such period, and to be fully completed to the point of final acceptance by the Owner within Thirty (30) consecutive calendar days after Substantial Completion, computed by excluding commencement date and including the last day of such period. Respectfullv Submitted: State of Florida County of Miami -Dade Osvaldo Cruz being first duly sworn on oath deposes and says that the Bidder on the above Bid is organized as indicated and that all statements herein made are made on behalf of such Bidder and that this deponent is authorized to make them. Osvaldo Cruz , also deposes and says that it has examined and carefully prepared its Bid from the Bidding Documents, including the Contract Drawings and Specifications and has checked the same in detail before submitting this Bid; that the statements contained herein are true and correct. (a) Corporation The Bidder is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State Florida which operates under the legal name of OAC Action Construction Corn and the full names of its officers are as follows: GC -P -10 President Osvaldo Cruz 1608 � CEO Orlando Cruz. Sr - Treasurer N/A Manager N /A�j �)) The is authorized to sign construction bids and contracts for the company by action of its Board of Directors pplicable). (b) Co- Partnership The Bidder is a co- partnership consisting of individual partners whose full names are as follows: The co- partnership does business under the legal name of: (c) Individual The Bidder is an individual whose full name is , operating under a trade name, said trade name is DATED 1 /1"'41 ( GC -P -11 L'" and if Title P, STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Miami -Dade The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 12th day of January , 2010, by Osvaldo Cruz , as President of OAC Action Construction, Corp. , a Florida corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He /she is personally known to me or has produced /-)L. as identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: Ni7V 20, ZO 1N LILIA ESTREUA I► ENDOZA -� •'= MY COMMISSION * EEO" EXPIRES November 26, 2014 3Y. o,a3 711 eau, (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) NAME: GC -P -12 feo—IX4� (Signature of Notary) (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State ofL�yr Commission No.: FE ©,?J S(, Jan, 10, 2011 4:27PM No. 1366 P, 2 16D8 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we OAC Action Construction Corp. Rio rk1ov pn1nna nci irannc nm n am, (herein after called the Principal) and (herein called the Surety), a corporation chartered and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with its principal offices in the city of Urbandale and authorized to do business in the State of Florid are held and firmly bound unto the (:nllipr ( � n t x „ 3327 Tamiami Trgil E Naoles FL 34112 (hereinafter called the Owner), in the full and just sum of Five Percent of Amount Bid dollars ($ 5% ) good and lawful money of the United States of America, to be paid upon demand of the Owner, to which payment well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, and executors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally and firmly by these presents. Whereas, the Principal is about to submit, or has submitted to the Owner, a Bid for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to furnish, install, and fully complete the Work on the Project known as - Tigertall Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements Bid No. 11.5628 NOW, THEREFORE, if the Owner shall accept the Bid of the PRINCIPAL and the PRINCIPAL shall enter into the required Agreement with the Owner and within ten days after the date of a written Notice of Award in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and give such bond or bonds in an amount of 100% the total Contract Amount as specified in the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the Agreement and for the prompt payment of labor, materials and supplies furnished in the prosecution thereof or, in the event of the failure of the PRINCIPAL to enter into such Agreement or to give such bond or bonds, and deliver to Owner the required certificates of insurance, if the PRINCIPAL shall pay to the OBLIGEE the fixed sum of $ 5% of Amount Sid noted above as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, as provided In the Bidding Documents, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain In full force and effect. GC -P -14 16D8 Jan, 10. 2011 4.21PI� Na, 1366 P. 3 � IN TESTIMONY Thereof, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed this 11th day of January , 2010. �9 Berkle'y Regional Insurance Comoanv Countersigned DG.� Warren M. Alter, Florida Resident Agent Local Resident Producing Agent for Berkley Regional Insurance Company GC-P-15 Principal (Seal) Surety (SeaQ POWER OF ATTORNEY No. 7959 BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY WILMINGTON, DELAWARE NOTICE: The warning found elsewhere in this Power of Attorney affects the validity thereof. Please review carefully. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office in Urbandale, Iowa, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Warren M. Alter, David T. Saone or Dawn Auspitz of Alter Surety Group, Inc. of Miami Lakes, Flits true and lawful Attorney-in -Fact, to sign its name as surety -_' only as delineated below and to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds and undertakings, with the exception of Financial Guaranty Insurance, providing that no single obligation shall exceed Fifty Million and 00 /100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00), to the same extent as if such bonds had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office in their own proper persons. J 7 This Power of Attorney shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to the following f. resolutions which were duly and validly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on August 21, 2000: "RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney authorizing and qualifying the attorney -in -fact named therein to execute bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations - on behalf of the Company, and to affix the corporate seal of the Company to powers of attorney executed pursuant hereto; and further - RESOLVED, that such power of attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the = manner and to the extent therein stated; and further w RESOLVED, that such power of attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney -in -fact named; and further RESOLVED, that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any L power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligation of the Company; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as 3 though manually affixed. The Company may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Company, notwithstanding the fact that they may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Comp any has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed thisday of _ 09. Attest: Berkley nal Insurance Company J 'J (Seal) By By Ira S. Lederman Ro ert P. Cole Senior Vice President & Secretary Senior Vice President WARNING: THIS POWER INVALID IF NOT PRINTED ON BLUE ` BERKLEY" SECURITY PAPER. c STATE OF CONNECTICUT) r ss: COUNTY OF FAIRFIELD ) Sworn to before me, a Notary Public in the State of Connecticut, this Zq- day ofd cy-,Acz�-hr2009, by Robert P. Cole and Ira S. Lederman who are sworn to me to be the Senior Vice President, and Senior Vice Presidd "Secre#aiy; pectively;;af -si Berkley Regional Insurance Company. Notary Public, State o Cor p�Rpt 1 AN 0 7 CERTIFICATE NOTARY PUZA40 I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY,:DHEREBY E�IC�FRTIFY ?JAY 61; the9t� foregoing is a true, correct and complete copy of the original Power of Attorney; that said Power: ,bf Attorney has not been revoked or rescinded and that the authority of the Attorney -in -Fact set forth therein, who executed the•luudertaking to which this ti Power of Attorney is attached, is in full force and effect as of this date. " - Given under my hand and seal of the Company, this 11th day of Januar 2{)11 (Seal) Steven Coward 11 1�., • State of Florida Department of State I certify from the records of this office that OAC ACTION CONSTRUCTION CORP. is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Florida, filed on April 1, 1997. The document number of this corporation is P97000029355. I further certify that said corporation has paid all fees due this office through December 31, 2011, that its most recent annual report was filed on January b, 2011, and its status is active. I further certify that said corporation has not filed Articles of Dissolution. Given under my hand and the Great Seal of Florida, at Tallahassee, the Capital, this the Seventh day of January, 2011 Amhemleation ID: 800 ]90165778-010711- P970000Z9355 To authenticate this certificabevisii the following site, enter this ID, and then follow tiro instruotions displayed. https: / /efile.su;bWorg/certauthver.html 1608 THIS SHEET MUST BE SIGNED BY VENDOR 16D V BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA Purchasing Department BIDDERS CHECK LIST IMPORTANT: Please read carefully, sign in the spaces indicated and return with your Bid. Bidder should check off each of the following items as the necessary action is completed: 1. The Bid has been signed. 2. The Bid prices offered have been reviewed. 3. The price extensions and totals have been checked. 4. Any required drawings, descriptive literature, etc. have been included. 5. Any delivery information required is included. 6. Local Vendor Preference Affidavit completed. 7. Immigration Affidavit completed and the company's E- Verify profile page or memorandum of understanding 8. Certificate of Authority to Conduct Business in State of Florida 9. If required, the amount of Bid bond has been checked, and the Bid bond or cashiers check has been included. 10. Any addenda have been signed and included. 11. The mailing envelope has been addressed to: Purchasing Director Collier County Government Purchasing Department 3327 Tamiami Trl E Naples FL 34112 12. The mailing envelope must be sealed and marked with: 4*Bid Number; 11 -5528 aProject Name; Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements caOpening Date. 12/22/10 13. The Bid will be mailed or delivered in time to be received no later than the specified or)enina date and time, otherwise Bid cannot be considered. ALL COURIER - DELIVERED BIDS MUST HAVE THE BID NUMBER AND PROJECT NAME ON THE OUTSIDE OF THE COURIER PACKET C Action Constwetion, Corp. Bid N /President Signature & T Date: 1/12111 GC -P -15 CJ Adrni on PJrowlt Memorandum Date: November 30, 2010 From: Scott D. Johnson To: Interested Bidders Email: @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) FAX: (239) ADDENDUM1 Subject: Addendum #1 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom and Boarkwalk Improvements MWA The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • Pre -Bid time change to 2:00 p.m. If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryment AddendumTemplate Revised: 4/15110 1 per Cv�x� a4drftsh*ge DMsion ' Nish ha Memorandum Date: December 14, 2010 From: Scott Johnson Email: ScottJohnson@coiliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -8995 FAX: (239) 252 -6588 ADDENDUM To: Interested Bidders Subject: Addendum # 2 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertall Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • See 999 page attachment If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. 1. c: Clint Perryman AddendumTemplate Revised: 4115110 1 16D8 e a , - .cam Memorandum Date: December 16, 2010 From: Scott Johnson Email: ScottJohnson @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -8995 FAX: (239) 252 -6588 ADDENDUM To: Interested Bidders Subject: Addendum # 3 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • Questions and Answers from the website If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryman AddendumTemplate Revised: 4/15/10 1 =09 �xr Cty DIv(sion Rurdissing Memorandum Date: December 17, 2010 From: Scott Johnson To: Interested Bidders Email: ScoitJohnson @coiliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -8995 FAX: (239) 252 -6588 ADDENDUM 4 Subject: Addendum # 4 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: • New Bid Opening date January 12, 2011 @ 2:30 pm • Question and Answer period extended If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryman AddendumTemplate Revised: 4/15110 1 •1: Memorandum Date: December 21, 2010 From: Scott Johnson To: Interested Bidders Email: ScottJohnson @colliergov.net Telephone: (239) 252 -8995 FAX: (239) 252 -6588 ADDENDUM Subject: Addendum #5 Solicitation # and Title 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements The following clarifications are issued as an addendum identifying the following change (s) for the referenced solicitation: See attached for deleted scope of work If you require additional information please post a question on the Online Bidding site or contact me using the above contact information. c: Clint Perryman Addendum"remplate Revised: 4/15110 1 1588 1 CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, ( "Owner ") hereby contracts with OAC Action Construction Corp. ( "Contractor ") of 12540 SW 1301h Street, Suite 2 -3, Miami, Florida 33186, a corporation authorized to do business in the State of Florida, to perform all work ( "Work ") in connection with Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements, Bid No. 11 -5628 ( "Project "), as said Work is set forth in the Plans and Specifications prepared by Victor Latavish, the Engineer and /or Architect of Record ( "Design Professional') and other Contract Documents hereafter specified. Owner and Contractor, for the consideration herein set forth, agree as follows: Section 1. Contract Documents. A. The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the Exhibits described in Section 6 hereof, the Legal Advertisement, the Bidding Documents and any duly executed and issued addenda, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and amendments relating thereto. All of the foregoing Contract Documents are incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement (all of said documents including the Agreement sometimes being referred to herein as the "Contract Documents" and sometimes as the "Agreement" and sometimes as the "Contract "). A copy of the Contract Documents shall be maintained by Contractor at the Project site at all times during the performance of the Work. B. Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one reproducible set of the Contract Documents and the appropriate number of sets of the Construction Documents, signed and sealed by the Design Professional, as are reasonably necessary for permitting. Section 2. Scope of Work. Contractor agrees to furnish and pay for all management, supervision, financing, labor, materials, tools, fuel, supplies, utilities, equipment and services of every kind and type necessary to diligently, timely, and fully perform and complete in a good and workmanlike manner the Work required by the Contract Documents. Section 3. Contract Amount. In consideration of the faithful performance by Contractor of the covenants in this Agreement to the full satisfaction and acceptance of Owner, Owner agrees to pay, or cause to be paid, to Contractor the following amount (herein "Contract Amount "), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement: Seven Hundred Seventy -eight Thousand Three Hundred Seventy -Seven Dollars ($778,377.00). GC -CA -1 16D 6, ro Section 4. Bonds. A. Contractor shall provide Performance and Payment Bonds, in the form prescribed in Exhibit A, in the amount of 100% of the Contract Amount, the costs of which are to be paid by Contractor. The Performance and Payment Bonds shall be underwritten by a surety authorized to do business in the State of Florida and otherwise acceptable to Owner; provided, however, the surety shall meet the requirements of the Department of the Treasury Fiscal Service, "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsurance Companies" circular. This circular may be accessed via the web at www .fms.treas.gov /c570 /c570.html #certified. Should the Contract Amount be less than $500,000, the requirements of Section 287.0935, F.S. shall govern the rating and classification of the surety. B. If the surety for any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent, its right to do business is terminated in the State of Florida, or it ceases to meet the requirements imposed by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, within five (5) calendar days thereafter, substitute at its cost and expense another bond and surety, both of which shall be subject to the Owner's approval. Section 5. Contract Time and Liquidated Damages. A. Time of Performance. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work under this Agreement. The "Commencement Date" shall be established in the written Notice to Proceed to be issued by the Project Manager, as hereinafter defined. Contractor shall commence the Work within five (5) calendar days from the Commencement Date. No Work shall be performed at the Project site prior to the Commencement Date. Any Work performed by Contractor prior to the Commencement Date shall be at the sole risk of Contractor. Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion within two hundred forty (240) calendar days from the Commencement Date (herein "Contract Time "). The date of Substantial Completion of the Work (or designated portions thereof) is the date certified by the Design Professional when construction is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work (or designated portions thereof) for the use for which it is intended. Contractor shall achieve Final Completion within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion. Final Completion shall occur when the Agreement is completed in its entirety, is accepted by the Owner as complete and is so stated by the Owner as completed. As used herein and throughout the Contract Documents, the phrase "Project Manager" refers to the Owner's duly authorized representative and shall mean the Division Administrator or Department Director, as applicable, acting directly or through duly authorized representatives. B. Liquidated Damages in General. Owner and Contractor recognize that, since time is of the essence for this Agreement, Owner will suffer financial loss if Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion within the time specified above, as said time may be adjusted as provided for herein. In GC -CA -2 •1: such event, the total amount of Owner's damages, will be difficult, if not impossible, to definitely ascertain and quantify. Should Contractor fail to achieve Substantial Completion within the number of calendar days established herein, Owner shall be entitled to assess, as liquidated damages, but not as a penalty, Three hundred fifty - five and ten cents ($355.10) for each calendar day thereafter until Substantial Completion is achieved. Further, in the event Substantial Completion is reached, but the Contractor fails to reach Final Completion within the required time period, Owner shall also be entitled to assess and Contractor shall be liable for all actual damages incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor failing to timely achieve Final Completion. The Project shall be deemed to be substantially completed on the date the Project Manager (or at his /her direction, the Design Professional) issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion pursuant to the terms hereof. Contractor hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any right which it may have to seek to characterize the above noted liquidated damages as a penalty, which the parties agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the Owner's actual damages at the time of contracting if Contractor fails to Substantially or Finally Complete the Work within the required time periods. C. Computation of Time Periods. When any period of time is referenced by days herein, it shall be computed to exclude the first day and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day shall be omitted from the computation, and the last day shall become the next succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday. D. Determination of Number of Days of Default. For all contracts, regardless of whether the Contract Time is stipulated in calendar days or working days, the Owner will count default days in calendar days. E. Right of Collection. The Owner has the right to apply any amounts due Contractor under this Agreement or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor, as payment on such liquidated damages due under this Agreement in Owner's sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Owner retains its right to liquidated damages due under this Agreement even if Contractor, at Owner's election and in its sole discretion, is allowed to continue and to finish the Work, or any part of it, after the expiration of the Contract Time including granted time extensions. F. Completion of Work by Owner. In the event Contractor defaults on any of its obligations under the Agreement and Owner elects to complete the Work, in whole or in part, through another contractor or its own forces, the Contractor and its surety shall continue to be liable for the liquidated damages under the Agreement until Owner achieves Substantial and Final Completion of the Work. Owner will not charge liquidated damages for any delay in achieving Substantial or Final Completion as a result of any unreasonable action or delay on the part of the Owner. GC -CA -3 G. Final Acceptance by Owner. 16D 8 The Owner shall consider the Agreement complete when the Contractor has completed in its entirety all of the Work and the Owner has accepted all of the Work and notified the Contractor in writing that the Work is complete. Once the Owner has approved and accepted the Work, Contractor shall be entitled to final payment in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. H. Recovery of Damages Suffered by Third Parties. Contractor shall be liable to Owner to the extent Owner incurs damages from a third party as a result of Contractor's failure to fulfill all of its obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner's recovery of any delay related damages under this Agreement through the liquidated damages does not preclude Owner from recovering from Contractor any other non -delay related damages that may be owed to it arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Section 6. Exhibits Incorporated. The following documents are expressly agreed to be incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement. Exhibit A: Performance and Payment Bond Forms Exhibit B: Insurance Requirements Exhibit C: Release and Affidavit Form Exhibit D: Contractor Application for Payment Form Exhibit E: Change Order Form Exhibit F: Certificate of Substantial Completion Form Exhibit G: Final Payment Checklist Exhibit H: General Terms and Conditions Exhibit I: Supplemental Terms and Conditions Exhibit J: Technical Specifications Exhibit K: Permits Exhibit L: Standard Details (if applicable) Exhibit M: Plans and Specifications prepared by Victor Latavish and identified as follows: Tigertail Beach Restroom and Boardwalk Improvements as shown on Plan Sheets 1 through 36. Exhibit N: Contractor's List of Key Personnel Section 7. Notices A. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by the Contractor to the Owner shall be shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E -mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following: GC -CA -4 Clint Perryman, Project Manager ,l 60 Collier County Coastal Zone Management Department 3299 Tamiami Trail East; Suite 103 Naples, FL 34112 Telephone: 239/252 -4245 Facsimile: 239/252 -6531 Email: ClintonPerrymanCd-colliergov.net B. All notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement by Owner to Contractor shall be made in writing and shall be deemed duly served if delivered by U.S. Mail, E- mail or Facsimile, addressed to the following: Osvaldo Cruz, President OAC Action Construction Corp. 12540 SW 1301h Street, Suite 2 -3 Miami, Florida 33186 Telephone: 305/256 -6655 Facsimile: 305/255 -1004 C. Either party may change its above noted address by giving written notice to the other party in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Section 8. PUBLIC ENTITY CRIMES. 8.1 By its execution of this Contract, Construction Contractor acknowledges that it has been informed by Owner of the terms of Section 287.133(2)(a) of the Florida Statutes which read as follows: "A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in s. 287.017 for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list." Section 9. Modification. No modification or change to the Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless in writing and executed by the party or parties intended to be bound by it. GC -CA -5 r` Section 10. Successors and Assigns. Subject to other provisions hereof, the Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties to the Agreement. Section 11. Governing Law. The Agreement shall be interpreted under and its performance governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Section 12. No Waiver. The failure of the Owner to enforce at any time or for any period of time any one or more of the provisions of the Agreement shall not be construed to be and shall not be a waiver of any such provision or provisions or of its right thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. Section 13. Entire Agreement. Each of the parties hereto agrees and represents that the Agreement comprises the full and entire agreement between the parties affecting the Work contemplated, and no other agreement or understanding of any nature concerning the same has been entered into or will be recognized, and that all negotiations, acts, work performed, or payments made prior to the execution hereof shall be deemed merged in, integrated and superseded by the Agreement. Section 14. Severability. Should any provision of the Agreement be determined by a court to be unenforceable, such a determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section or part thereof. Section 15. Change Order Authorization. The Project Manager shall have the authority on behalf of the Owner to execute all Change Orders and Work Directive Changes to the Agreement to the extent provided for under the Owner's Purchasing Policy and accompanying administrative procedures. Section 16. Construction. Any doubtful or ambiguous language contained in this Agreement shall not be construed against the party who physically prepared this Agreement. The rule sometimes referred to as "fortius contra proferentum" (pursuant to which ambiguities in a contractual term which appears on its face to have been inserted for the benefit of one of the parties shall be construed against the benefited party) shall not be applied to the construction of this Agreement. GC -CA -6 Section 17. Order of Precedence 16D& In the event of any conflict between or among the terms of any- of the Contract Documents, the terms of the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions shall take precedence over the terms of all other Contract Documents, except the terms of any Supplemental Conditions shall take precedence over the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions. To the extent any conflict in the terms of the Contract Documents cannot be resolved by application of the Supplemental Conditions, if any, or the Construction Agreement and the General Terms and Conditions, the conflict shall be resolved by imposing the more strict or costly obligation under the Contract Documents upon the Contractor at Owner's discretion. GC -CA -7 16D cw IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date(s) indicated below. Ty a /Pr t Name SECOND WITNESS &Lt cc M-F'ND v L/+ Type /Print Name Date: JA4_.e Ga ATTES : 'Bro&✓ Elerk OAC OWNER: CONTRACTOR: Corp. Osvaldo Cruz, President Type /Print Name and Title BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA BY: Fred W. Coyle, Chairman Approved As.To �,' m and 1_48I serciency: Print Name: C0(je)eA M • &P-k� Assistant County Attorney Item # V�q 's Agenda ( ( Date Dat (p Rec C c4L, Clerk GC -CA -8 ALTER SURETY GROUP, INC. Bond Department Public Works Bond in compliance with Florida Statute Chapter 255.05 Bond Number 0152101 Contractor OAC Action Construction Corp. Address & 12540 S.W. 130th Street, Suite 3 Phone No. Miami, FL 33186 305- 256 -6655 Surety Berkley Regional Insurance Company Address & 11201 Douglas Avenue Phone No. Urbandale, IA 50322 203 - 629 -3000 Owner Name Board of County Commissioners of Collier County Address & 3327 Tamiami Trail East Phone No. Naples, Florida 34112 239 - 252 -2667 Contract/Project Number Project Name Project Location Legal Description And Street Address Description of Work Repairs 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements 428 Hernando Drive, Marco Island, FL 34145 Same as above Restroom and Boardwalk Improvements This bond is given to comply with section 255.05 Florida Statutes and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. Any provision of this bond which conflict with or purports to grant broader or more expanded coverage in excess of the minimum requirements of the application statute shall be deemed deleted herefrom. This bond is a statutory bond, not a common law bond. This is the front page of the bond. All other page(s) are deemed subsequent to this page regardless of any page number(s) that may be pre - printed thereon. 16D 8 EXH —_IB T A PUBLIC PAYMENT BOND Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements Bond No. 0152101 Contract No. -11-5628 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That OAC Action Construction Corp. and Berkley Regional Insurance Company as Principal, Surety, located at 11201 Douglas Avenue, Urbandale, as (Business Address) are held and firmly bound toThe Board of County Commissioners o o ter ounty, Florida as Obligee in the sum of Seven Hundred Seventy Eight Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Seven an o /100 ($ ,.00 ) for the payment whereof we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the 4'-"Bay of 2010, with Obligee for Ti ertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements, Contract #11 -5628 in Aarco Isl , Florida accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to herein as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: Promptly makes payment to all claimants as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation under this Bond. The provisions of this bond are subject to the time limitations of Section 255.05(2). In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to claimants for more than the penal sum of this Payment Bond, regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by claimants. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this day of —_2010, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly signed b its under- signed representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. GC- CA -A -1 Signed, sealed and delivered STATE OF,,r,�, COUNTY OF BY: NAME ITS: ffol,Tedl� PRINCIPAL The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this /0 day of 14ne- 20 ,t , by O�..c:_ W� �y,-q as -cam �. c� on of n '�`' sL�SC�� -} �c• , a corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He /she is personally known to me OR has produced as- identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: ---� (Signature of Notary) uuA ESTR €I.I.A I�END02A _•. .+. MY COMMISSION # EE02W" M E EXPIRES November 26, 2014 3ee.o,sa Fay .�, (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) ATTEST: As per attached power of attorney GC- CA -A -2 (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State ofyr., Commission No.: SURETY: Berkley Regional Insurance Company (Printed Name) 11201 Douglas Avenue Urbandale, (Busin s A ress /(nom (Authorized Signature) Warren M. Alter, Florida Resident Agent (Printed Name) Witn ses STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF 1am1- a e OR L) L As Attorney in Fact (Attach Power of Attorney) Warren M. Alter, Attorney -in -Fact (Printed Name) 11201 Douglas Avenue Urbandale, IA 50322 (Business Address) 203 - 629 -3000 (Telephone Number) The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this o day of wh , 201$, by. Warren M. Alter as Attorney -in -Fact of Berkley Regional Insurance Company Surety, on behalf of Surety. He /She is personally known to me OR has produced personally known as identification and who did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Name: Dawn Auspitz (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State of: Florida Commission No.: DD940145 DAWN AUSPITZ MY COMMISSION # DD940145 ,qr EXPIRES November 15, 2013 (407) 398-0 153 FloridaNptery3ervlcexom GC- CA -A -3 No. 7959 POWER OF ATTORNEY BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY WILMINGTON, DELAWARE ij NOTICE: The warning found elsewhere in this Power of Attorney affects the validity thereof. Please review carefully. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company "), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office in Urbandale, Iowa, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Warren M, Alter, David T. Satine or Dawn Auspitz of Alter Surety Group, Inc. of Miami Lakes, FLits true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, to sign its name as surety only as delineated below and to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds and undertakings, with the exception of Financial Guaranty Insurance, providing that no single obligation shall exceed Fifty Million and 00 /100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00), to the same extent as if such bonds had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers c of the Company at its principal office in their own proper persons. This Power of Attorney shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to the following resolutions which were duly and validly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on August 21, 2000: >, "RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney authorizing and U qualifying the attorney -in -fact named therein to execute bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations on behalf of the Company, and to affix the corporate seal of the Company to powers of attorney executed pursuant hereto; r and further RESOLVED, that such power of attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds, undertakings, recognizances, o or other suretyship obligations specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated; and further RESOLVED, that such power of attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney -in -fact named; and further RESOLVED, that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligation of the Company; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as = though manually affixed. The Company may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any f person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Company, notwithstanding the fact that they may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its 1 corporate seal hereunto affixed this,<� day of' 09. Attest: / Berkley nal Ins ance Company (Seal) By / ( ( By Ira S� Lederman Ro ert P. Cole r = Senior Vice President & Secretary Senior Vice President G WARNING: THIS POWER INVALID IF NOT PRINTED ON BLUE " BERKLEY" SECURITY PAPER. = STATE OF CONNECTICUT) ti ss: ti COUNTY OF FAIRFIELD ) NSworn to before me, a Notary Public in the State of Connecticut, this day of 2009, by Robert P. Cole and Ira S. Lederman who are sworn to me to be the Senior Vice President, and t Senior Vice President;arid" Secretary, respectively,; of Y Berkley Regional Insurance Company. Av-- C." Notary Public, State oftore*"RA C M Z LrA Nt CERTIFICATE Nll`C,OI�Rf�Ilcigl�P, J I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the L c foregoing is a true, correct and complete copy of the original Power of Attorney; that said PowerOf Attorney has not been revoked Jor rescinded and that the authority of the Attorney -in -Fact set forth therein, who executed the b "nrhpr undertaking to which this <r Power of Attorney is attached, is in full force and effect as of this date. Given under my hand and seal of the Company, this AJ-<day of (Seal) Steven Coward EXHIBIT A PUBLIC PERFORMANCE BOND Tigertail Beach Restroom & Boardwalk Improvements Bond No 0152101 Contract No. 11 -5628 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That oAC Action Construction Corp. as Principal, 11201 Douglas Avenue, Ur an a e, 50322 and Berkley Regional Insurance Company as Surety, located at (Business Address) are held and firmly bound to The Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida , as Obligee in the sum of Seven Hundred Seventy Eight Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Seven and No /100 ( 778,377 00 ) for the payment whereof we bond ourselves, our heirs, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a contract dated as of the day of , 2010, with Obligee for Tigertail Beach Restiom & Boardwalk Improvements, Contract # 11 -5628 in accordance with drawings and specifications, which contract is incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and is referred to herein as the Contract. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal: 1. Performs the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed in the Contract; and 2. Pays Obligee any and all losses, damages, costs and attorneys' fees that Obligee sustains because of any default by Principal under the Contract, including, but not limited to, all delay damages, whether liquidated or actual, incurred by Obligee; and 3. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the Contract for the time specified in the Contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. Any changes in or under the Contract and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the Contract or the changes do not affect Sureties obligation under this Bond. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or other work to be performed hereunder, or the specifications referred to therein shall in anywise affect Its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such changes, extensions of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to work or to the specifications. GC- CA -A-4 This instrument shall be construed in all respects as a common law bond, It is expressly understood that the time provisions and statute of limitations under Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, shall not apply to this bond. In no event will the Surety be liable in the aggregate to Obligee for more than the penal sum of this Performance Bond regardless of the number of suits that may be filed by Obligee. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above parties have executed this instrument this jc> day of _ 2010, the name of each party being affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body. Signed, se as delivered in the pr =e c� a of as to Principal NAME; STATE OFo COUNTY OFD o PRINCIPAL The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this i-t�' day of 201 Q, by c as of corporation, on ehalf o �theorporation. He /she is personally known to me OR has produced as i en >11cation and did ('d ake an oath_ My Commission Expires: LILIA ESTRELLA iti ENDOZA ig at re) -•• •'; MY COMMISSION # EE028M EXPIRES Novembor 28, 2014 Name: � t� _ egibly P ) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) Notary Public, State Commission No.: GC- CA -A -5 ATTEST: As per attached power of attorney ZZIz4Y77 Witnesses as to Sur di ess STATE OF Florida COUNTY OF Miami-Dade SURETY: Berkley Regional Insurance Company (Printed Name) 11201 Douglas Avenue Urbandale, IA 50322 (Business ddress)) / (Authorized Signature) Warren M. Alter, Florida Resident Agent (Printed Name) OR As Attorney in Fact (Attach Power of Attorney) Warren M. Alter (Printed Name) 11201 Douglas Avenue Urbandale, IA 50322 (Business Address) 203 - 629 -3000 (Telephone Number) 16D5 The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of , 2010, by Warren M. Alter as Attorney -in -Fact of Berkley Regional Insurance Company a corporate Surety, on behalf of Surety. He /She is personally known to me OR has produced _personally known as identification and who did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: (Signature) Name: Dawn Auspitz (Legibly Printed) (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) DAWN AUSPITZ Y L T" MY COMMISSION # DD940145 A., EXPIRES November 15, 2013 GC-CA-A-6 (407) 388-0153 Fh111,f. -'- Dtwy3ervice.com Notary Public, State of: Florida Commission No.: DD940145 No. 7959 POWER OF ATTORNEY BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 1608 NOTICE: The warning found elsewhere in this Power of Attorney affects the validity thereof. Please review carefully. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company "), a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal office in Urbandale, Iowa, has made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Warren M. Alter, David T. Satine or Dawn Auspitz of Alter Surety Group, Inc. of Miami Lakes, FLits true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact, to sign its name as surety only as delineated below and to execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds and undertakings, with the exception of Financial Guaranty Insurance, providing that no single obligation shall exceed Fifty Million and 00 /100 Dollars s ($50,000,000.00), to the same extent as if such bonds had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company at its principal office in their own proper persons. f. —' This Power of Attorney shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. This Power of Attorney is granted pursuant to the following resolutions which were duly and validly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company held on August 21, 2000: "RESOLVED, that the proper officers of the Company are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney authorizing and qualifying the attorney -in -fact named therein to execute bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations ° on behalf of the Company, and to affix the corporate seal of the Company to powers of attorney executed pursuant hereto; �- and further RESOLVED, that such power of attorney limits the acts of those named therein to the bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other suretyship obligations specifically named therein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent therein stated; and further RESOLVED, that such power of attorney revokes all previous powers issued on behalf of the attorney -in -fact named; and further RESOLVED, that the signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligation of the Company; and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually affixed. The Company may continue to use for the purposes herein stated the facsimile signature of any person or persons who shall have been such officer or officers of the Company, notwithstanding the fact that they may have ceased to be such at the time when such instruments shall be issued." IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused these presents to be signed and attested by its appropriate officers and its corporate seal hereunto affixed this,ZSday of 09. c Attest: �/ Berkley nal Ins ance Company S"h / (Seal) By �' �// B Ira S� Lederman Robert P. Cole Senior Vice President & Secretary Senior Vice President t WARNING: THIS POWER INVALID IF NOT PRINTED ON BLUE " BERKLEY" SECURITY PAPER. STATE OF CONNECTICUT) ss: ti COUNTY OF FAIRFIELD ) y° Sworn to before me, a Notary Public in the State of Connecticut, this Z-� day ofd cs � �r.5.2009, by Robert P. Cole and Ira S. Lederman who are sworn to me to be the Senior Vice President, a7 Senior Vice President:arid "Secretai, respectively,:nf: Berkley Regional Insurance Company. Notary Public, State of:Co� �, r o CERTIFICATE �iIQ'If��? " C MY COMMISSION f is 4' c 1, D, I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of BERKLEY REGIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY, DO HEREBY CR:KTIFY that the foregoing is a true, correct and complete copy of the original Power of Attorney; that said Power'bf Attorney has not been revoked Jor rescinded and that the authority of the Attorney -in -Fact set forth therein, who executed the b 'pr undertakin to which this Power of Attorney is attached, is in full force and effect as of this d��' g Y Given under my hand and seal of the Company, this _may of + (Seal) ,V Steven Coward •I• Instructions for Inquiries and Notices Under the Bond Attached to This Power BerkleN Surety group, I_,LC is the affiliated underwriting manager for the surety business of: Acadia Insurance Company, Be► °kley Insurance Company, Berkley Regional Insurance Company, Carolina Casualty Insurance Company, Union Standard Insurance CompanN. Continental «'extern Insurance Company, and Union Insurance Company. To xcrifv the authenticity of the bond, please call (866) 768 -3534 or email BSGlnquirv(a berkleysuretN.com 1n% i�ritten notices, inquiries, claims or demands to the surety on the bond to which this Rider is attached should be directed to: Berkley Surety Group, LLC 412 Mount Kemble ANenue Suite 3ION Morristown, NJ 07960 Attention: Suret. Claims Department Or email BSGClaim(a berkleysurety.a►ur Please include with all notices the bond number and the name of the principal on the bond. N1 here a claim is being asserted, please set forth generally the basis of the claim. In the case of a payment or performance bond, please identifi the project to which the bond pertains. From: FAXmaker To: Collier County Board of Commissioners Page: 212 Date: 6/10/2011 10:1 L CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE °06/10/2011 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S} AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the pollcy(les) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endomement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Mark van Wert BONN : (800) 353 -5304 ext. 239 Nc : (888) 225 -4049 Go Willis of Florida, Inc. E-MAIL 3000 Bayport Drive; Suite 300 ADDRESS: Tampa, FL 33607 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE HAICN INSURED INSURER A: American Zurich Insurance Company 40142 INSURER B : Employee Leasing Solutions, Inc. Alt. Emp: OAC Action Construction Corp INSURER C 1401 Manatee Avenue West Suite 600 Bradenton, FL 34205 -6708 INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F COVERAGES CFRTIFICOTF NIIlUIRRR• 1nFi moan7aoa THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER MM�YY POLICY IXP LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE FI OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ �NItU— PREMISES Ea occurrence) $ MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ GENERAL AGGREGATE _ $ GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO- JFCT F-1 LOC PRODUCTS - COMROP AGG $ $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL dyyNEO SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS HIRED AUTOS AUTO ED Ea acciient BODLYINJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per 1$ Is A UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB OCCUR 1 CLAIMS -MADE N/A WC 90- 00-818-00 12!3112010 12/31/2011 EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ DED I I RETENTION$ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N ANY OFFICERWEMBER EXCLUDED? ECUTIVE ❑ (Mandatory In NH) 9ps, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below X $ E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 Location Coverage Period: 12/31/2010 12/31/2011 Client#: 052564 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, it more apace Is required) Coverage is provided for OAC Action Construction Corp TigerTall Beach Restroon and Boardwalk Improvements only those employees 12540 SW 130th St Suite 2 -3 leased to but not Miami, FL 33186 subcontractors of: Cf= RTIFIf`_dTC unI nrrn Collier County Board of Commissioners 3299 Tamiami Trail East Suite 303 Naples, FL 33112 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE � ) C 1988 -2010 ACOR — TV— ­L VVIL11 10VI r- rV\IIIbIRe1 ILIX server. r-or more Information, visit: http: //www.gfi.com reserved. Fax sent by : 39582225513 70H LEDWIDGE ST FARM 86- -18 -11 15:55 Pg: 2/3 (CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE QQ SUCH INSURANCE AS RESPECTS THE INTEREST OF THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER WILL NOT BE CANCELED O4 'aI;WSE TERMINATED MTHOUT GIVING 10 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED BELOW, BUT IN NO P EVENT SHALL THIS GERTIMCATE BE VALID MORE THAN 30 DAYS FROM THE DATE WRITTEN. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CHANGE THE COVERAGE PROVIDED BY ANY POLICY DESCRIBED BELOW. This certifies that: x STATE FARM MUTUAL AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY of Bloomington, Illinois, or STATF FARM FIRE AND CASUALTY COMPANY of Bloomington, Ilbnois Has coverage in force for the todowing Named Insured as shown below; Named Insured: _OAC, ACTION CONSTRUCTION CORP 12540 SW 130TH ST STE 2 -3 MIAMI FL 33186 -5266 POLICY NUMBER 447 7958- F05-59 6$94492- D03 -59 l 689 1085- C29 -58 927 4908- C15 -58 =FF 'C E F POLICY OW05 /1 i-12f05111 04/03111 -1 OXXI 1 I 0312911 i- 09!29!11 - ' 03715711 -0971 &11 DESCRIPTION of VEHICLE I 08 CHEVROLET 08 LINCOLN i 06 DODGE f 111 CADILLAC 01500 i NAVIGATOR RAM 1500 SjRX LIABILITY COVERAGE 1 YES EINO I MYES N0 UYES �iid0 .,.•1. 000,000 j YES ONO 1.000, (,40000(1 000 LIMITS OF LIABILITY a. Bodily Injury 1,000.000... 1,0 0,U(tt? Parson j 1,000,000 1,040,400 I I,c144,444 {! ! 1,000,0 00 i a. Bodily Injury Each Accident b. Prooeny Damage 1,000,000 1 mo"000 1,0W,000 -. 1 1000,000 ; c. Bodily Injury & Property Damage Single Limit Each ! - Accident ! s PAYSICAL PHYSICAL PAMAGE COVERAGES j 50fJ 500 � 500 � 500 a. Comprehensive b. Collision Soo 500 500 500 j EMPLO 'S (VON - OWNERSHIP C(? P Y NO I 13YES ❑ NO ®YES []No YES NO �I tl(.t)VERA ES O YES NO YES —'ONO YES �[ NO Name so Address of Certificate Holder Collier county Board County C;ominimioners Contract # if -562STigertall Bcach and Restroom riod botudwalk- 3299 Tainlami Trail east St. 303 Naples. Fl 34112 AGENT 2794 06110/2011 Time Agent Code Date Address Name and :2�'�i.4$ � ltd'- °",u s y,,�l.i�'''� -°5� o-�• �rd�'�5� Check,f as permanent Certificate of Insurance for Iiabillty coverage is needed: ;:heck if the Certificate Holder should be added as an Additional Insured: Remarks: 30 DAY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION WILL BE GIVEN. Fax sent by : 3058222558 TOM LEDWIDGE ST FARM 86 -18 -11 15:55 Pg: 313 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 16D 8 SUCK INSURANCE AS RESPECTS THE INTEREST OF THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER WILL NOT BE CANCELED OR OTHERWISE TERMINATED WITHOUT OWING 10 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED BELOW, BUT IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS CERTIFICATE BE VAUD MORE THAN 30 {SAYS FROM THE DATE WRITTEN. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CHANGE THE COVERAGE PROVIDED BY ANY POLICY DESCRIBED BELOW. > 4ert1fies that: X STATE FARM MUTUAL AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE COMPANY of Btoomington. Illinois. or 4TA1 i s FARM FIRE AND CASUALTY COMPANY of Bloomington. illinois Has coverage in force for the €ollovAng Named Insured as shown below: Named Insured: OAC ACTION CONSTRUCTION CORP 12540 SW 130TH ST STE 2 -3 MIAMI FL 33186 -6266 POLICY NUMBER 946 1858- 028-59 I 945 4338 - 022 -59 ` r 6EHECTIVE DATE OF POLICY i 03129/11- 0912911'1 03122111- 09122111 DESCRIPTION OF VEHICLE' ':. 11 FORD I723Q i 1F77W28T16E852505 LIABILITY COVERAGE _L'IW 1ZYE8 ONO j 0 YES NO I i 8 OF LIABILITY � 1,000,000 a. Bodily injury �QQQ,Q0 { Eadh Psrsun j x. Bodily Injury 1,000,004 ! 1,000,000 Each Accident b. Property Osmige 1,000,000 1,0001000... - c. Bodily Injury & Property Dernage Single Limit Each Accident f PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGES a. Comprehensive j b. Collision l EMPLOYER'S YES ONO BYES F_1N0 1 NON - OWNERSHIP tf7E iREE3 CAR C=E OYES NO 0 YES CINO ; i i re of A *t€ zod Representative of Certificate Bolder Collier County Board of County Commissioner Contract # 11 -5628 Tigertail Beach and Restroom and Boardwalk 3299 Tarniami Trail East ST 303 Nat1las. FL 34112 AGENT 2794 0. Title Agent Code - Date" r— Name and Address 4 Agent v Check If a permanent Certificate of Insurance for livability coverage Is needed: CheciK if the Certificate Haider should be added as an AddiGonai Insured; Remarks, 30 DAY NOTICE OF CANCELLATION WILL BE GIVEN. 168 , 6- CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE F�61172 DD/YY1 `-�011 PRODUCER (305) 630 -4777 FAX: (305) 279 -3022 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Gil, Garden, Avetrani Insurance Group ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 10689 N. Kendall Drive ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Suite 208 Miami FL 33176 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED INSURER A:Mid-Continent Casualty Co. OAC Action Construction Corp. INSURER B: 12540 SW 130 St, #2 -3 INSURER C: INSURER D. IMiami FL 33186 INSURER E: rnVFRAnFC THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR DD'L -- __.- -- - -_ - - TR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION AT MM D YY T MM D - LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY II�� EACH OCCURRENCE _ I $ 1,000,000 _ _ -- X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY +_ __ _ DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) _ $ _ 100,000 ;CLAIMS MADE X OCCUR �04GL000792220 1 6/4/2011 6/4/2012 MED EXP (Any one person) $ EXCLUDED _ PERSONAL &ADV_INJURY $ 1,000,000 III j_ GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2_,_000,000_ GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: -''., ll PRODUCTS - COMP /OPAGG $ 21 000, 000 X POLICY PRO- LOC - A_ UTOMOBILE LIABILITY 1' COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ ANY AUTO (Ea accident) ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY SCHEDULED AUTOS (Per person) $ HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY NON -OWNED AUTOS (Per accident) $ -- - - - -- -', PROPERTY DAMAGE ,. $ (Per accident) 1 GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY EA ACCIDENT _ $ � ANY AUTO �! COTHER ACC $ _- THAN - -. -.- AUTO ONLY: $ EXCESS/ / UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ OCCUR CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $ DEDUCTIBLE $ RETENTION $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION WCSTATU- BOTH -I AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Y / N _.... TORY LIMITS 1 _ER ANY PROP RIETOR/PARTN ER /EXECUTIVE E L EACH ACCIDENT; $ OFFICER /MEMBER EXCLUDED? ❑ (Mandatory in NH) If describe E.L. I E $ DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE - yes, under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below -- - -- - E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ OTHER I I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT/ SPECIAL PROVISIONS CONTRACT #- 11 -5628- Tigertail Beach and Restroom and Boardwalk 3299 Tamiami Trail East St 303 Naples, FL 34112 - Certificate Holder listed as Additional Insured t,AN1,,CLLA I IUN SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION COLLIER COUNTY BOARD OF DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 10 DAYS WRITTEN COUNTY COMMISSIONERS NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL 3299 TAMIAMI TRAIL EAST ST 303 NAPLES, FL 34112 IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Frank Gil /SVC �� t�vuwry I1 V 1988 -2009 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. INS025 (200901) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Q IMPORTANT 16D v If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER This Certificate of Insurance does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer, and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. INS025 (200901 M p 1 001 EXHIBIT B INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Vendor shall at its own expense, carry and maintain insurance coverage from responsible companies duly authorized to do business in the State of Florida as set forth in EXHIBIT B of this solicitation. The Vendor shall procure and maintain property insurance upon the entire project, if required, to the full insurable value of the scope of work. The County and the Vendor waive against each other and the County's separate Vendors, Contractors, Design Consultant, Subcontractors, agents and employees of each and all of them, all damages covered by property insurance provided herein, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance. The Vendor and County shall, where appropriate, require similar waivers of subrogation from the County's separate Vendors, Design Consultants and Subcontractors and shall require each of them to include similar waivers in their contracts. Collier County shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining its own liability insurance Certificates issued as a result of the award of this solicitation must identify "For any and all work performed on behalf of Collier County." The General Liability Policy provided by Vendor to meet the requirements of this solicitation shall name Collier County, Florida, as an additional insured as to the operations of Vendor under this solicitation and shall contain a severability of interests provisions. The Certificate Holder shall be named as Collier County Board of County Commissioners, OR, Board of County Commissioners in Collier County, OR Collier County Government, OR Collier County The amounts and types of insurance coverage shall conform to the minimum requirements set forth in EXHIBIT B with the use of Insurance Services Office (ISO) forms and endorsements or their equivalents. If Vendor has any self- insured retentions or deductibles under any of the below listed minimum required coverage, Vendor must identify on the Certificate of Insurance the nature and amount of such self- insured retentions or deductibles and provide satisfactory evidence of financial responsibility for such obligations. All self- insured retentions or deductibles will be Vendor's sole responsibility. Coverages shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of completion and acceptance of the scope of work by the County or as specified in this solicitation, whichever is longer. The Vendor and /or its insurance carrier shall provide thirty (30) days written notice to the County of policy cancellation or non - renewal on the part of the insurance carrier or the Vendor. The Vendor shall also notify the County, in a like manner, within twenty -four (24) hours after receipt, of any notices of expiration, cancellation, non - renewal or material change in coverage or limits received by Vendor from its insurer and nothing contained herein shall relieve Vendor of this requirement to provide notice. In the event of a reduction in the aggregate limit of any policy to be provided by Vendor hereunder, Vendor shall immediately take steps to have the aggregate limit reinstated to the full extent permitted under such policy. Should at any time the Vendor not maintain the insurance coverages required herein, the County may terminate the Agreement or at its sole discretion shall be authorized to purchase such coverages and charge the Vendor for such coverages purchased. If Vendor fails to reimburse the County for such costs within thirty (30) days after demand, the County has the right to offset these costs from any amount due Vendor under this GC- CA -C -1 1 0 1d d Agreement or any other agreement between the County and Vendor. The County shall be under no obligation to purchase such insurance, nor shall it be responsible for the coverages purchased or the insurance company or companies used. The decision of the County to purchase such insurance coverages shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of any of its rights under the Contract Documents. If the initial or any subsequently issued Certificate of Insurance expires prior to the completion of the scope of work, the Vendor shall furnish to the County renewal or replacement Certificate(s) of Insurance not later than ten (10) calendar days after the expiration date on the certificate. Failure of the Vendor to provide the County with such renewal certificate(s) shall be considered justification for the County to terminate any and all contracts. GC- CA -C -2 *, � Collier County Florida 8 Insurance and Bonding Requirements Insurance! Bond Type Required Limits 1. ® Worker's Statutory Limits of Florida Statutes, Chapter 440 and all Federal Government Compensation Statutory Limits and Requirements 2. ® Employer's Liability $1,000,OOOsingle limit per occurrence 3. ® Commercial General Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability (Occurrence Form) patterned after the current $1,000,000.00 single limit per occurrence ISO form 4. ® Indemnification To the maximum extent permitted by Florida law, the ContractorNendor /Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless Collier County, its officers and employees from any and all liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and paralegals' fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentionally wrongful conduct of the Contractor/Vendor/Consultant or anyone employed or utilized by the ContractorNendor /Consultant in the performance of this Agreement. This indemnification obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge or reduce any other rights or remedies which otherwise may be available to an indemnified party or person described in this paragraph. This section does not pertain to any incident arising from the sole negligence of Collier County. 4. ® Automobile Liability $ 1,000,000 Each Occurrence; Bodily Injury & Property Damage, Owned /Non - owned /Hired; Automobile Included 5. ❑ Other insurance as ❑ Watercraft $ Per Occurrence noted: ❑ United States Longshoreman's and Harborworker's Act coverage shall be maintained where applicable to the completion of the work. $ Per Occurrence ❑ Maritime Coverage (Jones Act) shall be maintained where applicable to the completion of the work. $ Per Occurrence ❑ Aircraft Liability coverage shall be carried in limits of not less than $5,000,000 each occurrence if applicable to the completion of the Services under this Agreement. $ Per Occurrence ❑ Pollution $ Per Occurrence ❑ Professional Liability $ Per Occurrence • $ 500,000 each claim and in the aggregate • $1,000,000 each claim and in the aggregate • $2,000,000 each claim and in the aggregate ❑ Project Professional Liability $ Per Occurrence ❑ Valuable Papers Insurance $ Per Occurrence GC- CA -C -3 6. ® Bid bond Shall be submitted with proposal response in the form of certified funds 16D 8 cashiers' check or an irrevocable letter of credit, a cash bond posted with the County Clerk, or proposal bond in a sum equal to 5% of the cost proposal. All checks shall be made payable to the Collier County Board of County Commissioners on a bank or trust company located in the State of Florida and insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 7. ® Performance and For projects in excess of $200,000, bonds shall be submitted with the Payment Bonds executed contract by Proposers receiving award, and written for 100% of the Contract award amount, the cost borne by the Proposer receiving an award. The Performance and Payment Bonds shall be underwritten by a surety authorized to do business in the State of Florida and otherwise acceptable to Owner; provided, however, the surety shall be rated as "A -" or better as to general policy holders rating and Class V or higher rating as to financial size category and the amount required shall not exceed 5% of the reported policy holders' surplus, all as reported in the most current Best Key Rating Guide, published by A.M. Best Company, Inc. of 75 Fulton Street, New York, New York 10038. 8. ® Vendor shall ensure that all subcontractors comply with the same insurance requirements that he is required to meet. The same Vendor shall provide County with certificates of insurance meeting the required insurance provisions. 9. ® Collier County must be named as "ADDITIONAL INSURED" on the Insurance Certificate for Commercial General Liability where required. 10. ® The Certificate Holder shall be named as Collier County Board of County Commissioners, OR, Board of County Commissioners in Collier County, OR Collier County Government, OR Collier County (or Airport Authority or Collier MPO) 11. ® Thirty (30) Days Cancellation Notice required. Vendor's Insurance Statement We understand the insurance requirements of these specifications and that the evidence of insurability may be required within five (5) days of the award of this solicitation. Name of Firm Vendor Signature Print Name Insurance Agency Agent Name GC- CA -C -4 Date Telephone Number EXHIBIT C RELEASE AND AFFIDAVIT FORM COUNTY OF COLLIER ) STATE OF FLORIDA ) Before me, the undersigned authority, personally appeared _ who after being duly sworn, deposes and says: (1) In accordance with the Contract Documents and in consideration of $ paid, ( "Contractor ") releases and waives for itself and it's subcontractors, material -men, successors and assigns, all claims demands, damages, costs and expenses, whether in contract or in tort, against the Board of County Commissioners of Collier County, Florida, relating in any way to the performance of the Agreement between Contractor and Owner dated 1 2010 for the period from to excluding all retainage withheld and any pending claims or disputes as expressly specified as follows: (2) Contractor certifies for itself and its subcontractors, material -men, successors and assigns, that all charges for labor, materials, supplies, lands, licenses and other expenses for which Owner might be sued or for which a lien or a demand against any payment bond might be filed, have been fully satisfied and paid. (3) To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Owner from all demands or suits, actions, claims of liens or other charges filed or asserted against the Owner arising out of the performance by Contractor of the Work covered by this Release and Affidavit. (4) This Release and Affidavit is given in connection with Contractor's [monthly /final] Application for Payment No. CONTRACTOR BY: ITS: DATE: Witnesses STATE OF COUNTY OF President The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of 2010, by , as of corporation, on behalf of the corporation. He /she is personally known to me or has produced as identification and did (did not) take an oath. My Commission Expires: (AFFIX OFFICIAL SEAL) NAME: GC- CA -C -5 (Signature of Notary) (Legibly Printed) Notary Public, State of Commissioner No.: a EXHIBIT D FORM OF CONTRACT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT (County Project Manager) (County Department) Collier County Board of County Commissioners (the OWNER) or Collier County Water -Sewer District (the OWNER) FROM RE: Original Contract Time: Revised Contract Time: Bid No. _ Project No. Application Date (Contractor's Representative) Payment Application No. (Contractor's Name) for Work accomplished through the Date: (Contractor's Address) Retainage @ 10% thru[insert date] $ Retainage @ _% after [insert date] $ _ Percent Work completed to Date: % Percent Contract Time completed to Date % Liquidated Damages to be Accrued $ Original Contract Price: $ Total Change Orders to Date $ Revised Contract Amount $ Total value of Work Completed and stored to Date $ Less Retainage $ Total Earned Less Retainage $. Less previous payment (s) $ AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: $ Remaining Contract Balance $ RO W10401 Project Name) ATTACH SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION TO THIS APPLICATION CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that: (1) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through inclusive; (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (except such as covered by Bond acceptable to OWNER); (3) all amounts have been paid for work which previous payments were issued and received from the OWNER and that current payment is now due; and (4) CONTRACTOR has only included amounts in this Application for Payment properly due and owing and CONTRACTOR has not included within the above referenced amount any claims for unauthorized or changed Work that has not been properly approved by Owner in writing and in advance of such Work. By CONTRACTOR: (Contractor's Name) (Signature) DATE: (Type Name & Title) (shall be signed by a duly authorized representative of CONTRACTOR) Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is recommended: By Design Professional : . (DP's Name) (Signature) DATE: (Type Name & Title) Payment to the CONTRACTOR for the above AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION is approved: By OWNER'S Project Manager: (Signature) DATE: (Type Name and Title) GC- CA -D -1 I f e .1 e e - o M }LU k a §2 LLI e� 'e Co I $ 7 A / ■= %] \j @} 0 co 0 Z 2 e� \% `\ uL LU Fll . �\ o� -_ o cc ILk °Q m» Liu® aLLJ a _ o )2k0 0 cu E f\ , /W =j5 m< )U: 0d /U) w z ; ( �w �f / §} Lu -c \ LU � �G �. w 0 u a) g § M�. cm & CL Mn U � oa �c - 2� aE /f uj uj c0 w, �a k -0 J£m aa£ a. Z 7#�, o [c . E -02 k \ a) § 0 « o ®o § a§) ® f2) CL \ Ln } - Q, CL c § 0-m ¢ §ƒ �\f T, b / �� \i\ I f e .1 e e - o M w 0 U m Q (d 75 E O U- a `o m m N rte+ R V m O N N O c C O U_ D 72 s x W o miolp M D Q U U C� o w d— = N ea c m a a o d •c a = N N U 7 d C > N L � a— O in IL v N 7 � Q O > V d G1 a m W d V O E c Z `m c O .` v N d D ca O o miolp M D Q U U C� TO: Project Name: Bid No. : Change Order No.: Change Order Description EXHIBIT E CHANGE ORDER FROM: Collier County Government Construction Agreement Dated: Date: Original Agreement Amount ............................. ..............................$ Sum of previous Change Orders Amount ......... ..............................$ This Change Order Amount ............................. ..............................$ Revised Agreement Amount ............................ ............................... $ Original Contract Time in calendar days Adjusted number of calendar days due to previous Change Orders This Change Order adjusted time is Revised Contract Time in calendar days Original Notice to Proceed Date Completion date based on original Contract Time Revised completion date Contractor's acceptance of this Change Order shall constitute a modification to the Agreement and will be performed subject to all the same terms and conditions as contained in the Agreement, as if the same were repeated in this acceptance. The adjustments, if any, to the Agreement shall constitute a full and final settlement of any and all claims of the Contractor arising out of, or related to, the change set forth herein, including claims for impact and delay costs. Prepared by: Date: Project Manager Recommended by: Date: Design Professional Accepted by: Date: Contractor Approved by: Date: Department Director Approved by: Date: Division Administrator Approved by: Date: Purchasing Department GC- CA -E -5 Authorized by Director Date: (For use by Owner: Fund Cost Center: Number: ) GC- CA -E -6 Object Code: 160b Project 16D8 EXHIBIT F CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OWNER'S Project No. Design Professional's Project No. PROJECT: CONTRACTOR Contract For Contract Date This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the Contract Documents or to the following specified parts thereof: To OWNER And To Substantial Completion is the state in the progress of the Work when the Work (or designated portion) is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents on: DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all- inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibility of CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The items in the tentative list shall be completed or corrected by CONTRACTOR within days of the above date of Substantial Completion. GC- CA -F -1 19176401 The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as follows: RESPONSIBILITIES: OWNER: CONTRACTOR The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of CONTRACTOR'S obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Design Professional on By: Design Professional Type Name and Title 2010 CONTRACTOR accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on , 2010 CONTRACTOR By: Type Name and Title OWNER accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on 2010 OWNER By: Type Name and Title GC- CA -F -2 EXHIBIT G FINAL PAYMENT CHECKLIST Bid No.: Project No.: Date: Contractor: The following items have been secured by the for the Project known as and have been reviewed and found to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Original Contract Amount: Commencement Date: Final Contract Amount: Substantial Completion Time as set forth in the Agreement: Actual Date of Substantial Completion: Final Completion Time as set forth in the Agreement: Actual Final Completion Date: YES NO Calendar Days. Calendar Days. 2010 1. All Punch List items completed on 2. Warranties and Guarantees assigned to Owner (attach to this form). 3. Effective date of General one year warranty from Contractor is: 4. 2 copies of Operation and Maintenance manuals for equipment and system submitted (list manuals in attachment to this form). 5. As -Built drawings obtained and dated: 6. Owner personnel trained on system and equipment operation. 7. Certificate of Occupancy No.: issued on (attach to this form). 8. Certificate of Substantial Completion issued on 9. Final Payment Application and Affidavits received from Contractor on 10. Consent of Surety received on 11. Operating Department personnel notified Project is in operating phase. 12. All Spare Parts or Special Tools provided to Owner: 13. Finished Floor Elevation Certificate provided to Owner: 14. Other: If any of the above is not applicable, indicate by N /A. If NO is checked for any of the above, attach explanation. Acknowledgments: By Contractor: GC- CA -G -1 (Company Name) (Signature) (Typed Name & Title) By Design Professional: By Owner: GC- CA -G -2 (Firm Name) (Signature) (Typed Name & Title) (Department Name) (Signature) (Name & Title) 11.1 • EXHIBIT H GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.1 It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or portion thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents as being required to produce the intended result shall be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words which have a well known technical or trade meaning are used to describe work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Reference to standard specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association or to the laws or regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Project, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, law or regulation in effect at the time the Work is performed, except as may be otherwise specifically stated herein. 1.2 If before or during the performance of the Work Contractor discovers a conflict, error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, Contractor immediately shall report same to the Project Manager in writing and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from the Project Manager; said interpretation or clarification from the Project Manager may require Contractor to consult directly with Design Professional or some other third party, as directed by Project Manager. Contractor shall take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing any portion of the Work. 1.3 Drawings are intended to show general arrangements, design and extent of Work and are not intended to serve as shop drawings. Specifications are separated into divisions for convenience of reference only and shall not be interpreted as establishing divisions for the Work, trades, subcontracts, or extent of any part of the Work. In the event of a discrepancy between or among the drawings, specifications or other Contract Document provisions, Contractor shall be required to comply with the provision which is the more restrictive or stringent requirement upon the Contractor, as determined by the Project Manager. Unless otherwise specifically mentioned, all anchors, bolts, screws, fittings, fillers, hardware, accessories, trim and other parts required in connection with any portion of the Work to make a complete, serviceable, finished and first quality installation shall be furnished and installed as part of the Work, whether or not called for by the Contract Documents. 2. INVESTIGATION AND UTILITIES. 2.1 Subject to Section 2.3 below, Contractor shall have the sole responsibility of satisfying itself concerning the nature and location of the Work and the general and local conditions, and particularly, but without limitation, with respect to the following: GC- CA -H -1 •1: those affecting transportation, access, disposal, handling and storage of materials; availability and quality of labor; water and electric power; availability and condition of roads; work area; living facilities; climatic conditions and seasons; physical conditions at the work -site and the project area as a whole; topography and ground surface conditions; nature and quantity of the surface materials to be encountered; subsurface conditions; equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during performance of the Work; and all other costs associated with such performance. The failure of Contractor to acquaint itself with any applicable conditions shall not relieve Contractor from any of its responsibilities to perform under the Contract Documents, nor shall it be considered the basis for any claim for additional time or compensation. 2.2 Contractor shall locate all existing roadways, railways, drainage facilities and utility services above, upon, or under the Project site, said roadways, railways, drainage facilities and utilities being referred to in this Sub - Section 2.2 as the "Utilities ". Contractor shall contact the owners of all Utilities to determine the necessity for relocating or temporarily interrupting any Utilities during the construction of the Project. Contractor shall schedule and coordinate its Work around any such relocation or temporary service interruption. Contractor shall be responsible for properly shoring, supporting and protecting all Utilities at all times during the course of the Work. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all other utility work so as to not interfere with the prosecution of the Work (except those utilities to be coordinated by the Owner as may be expressly described elsewhere in the Contract Documents). 2.3 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, if conditions are encountered at the Project site which are (i) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (ii) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, and which reasonably should not have been discovered by Contractor as part of its scope of site investigative services required pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents, then Contractor shall provide Owner with prompt written notice thereof before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than three (3) calendar days after first observance of such conditions. Owner and Design Professional shall promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, Owner will acknowledge and agree to an equitable adjustment to Contractor's compensation or time for performance, or both, for such Work. If Owner determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or not of an unusual nature or should have been discovered by Contractor as part of its investigative services, and that no change in the terms of the Agreement is justified, Owner shall so notify Contractor in writing, stating its reasons. Claims by Contractor in opposition to such determination by Owner must be made within seven (7) calendar days after Contractor's receipt of Owner's written determination notice. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment to Contractor's cost or time of performance, the dispute resolution procedure set forth in the Contract Documents shall be complied with by the parties. GC- CA -H -2 NMI 3. SCHEDULE. 3.1 The Contractor, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Award, shall prepare and submit to Project Manager, for their review and approval, a progress schedule for the Project (herein "Progress Schedule "). The Progress Schedule shall relate to all Work required by the Contract Documents, and shall utilize the Critical Path method of scheduling and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work within the Contract Time. The Progress Schedule shall indicate the dates for starting and completing the various stages of the Work. 3.2 The Progress Schedule shall be updated monthly by the Contractor. All monthly updates to the Progress Schedule shall be subject to the Project Manager's review and approval. Contractor shall submit the updates to the Progress Schedule with its monthly Applications for Payment noted below. The Project Manager's review and approval of the submitted Progress Schedule updates shall be a condition precedent to the Owner's obligation to pay Contractor. 3.3 All work under this Agreement shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of all Collier County Noise Ordinances then in effect. Unless otherwise specified, work will generally be limited to the hours of 50 a.m. to 50 p.m., Monday through 51. No work shall be performed outside the specified hours without the prior approval of the Project Manager. 4. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. 4.1 Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Project Manager, for their review and approval, a schedule of values based upon the Contract Price, listing the major elements of the Work and the dollar value for each element. After its approval by the Project Manager, this schedule of values shall be used as the basis for the Contractor's monthly Applications for Payment. This schedule shall be updated and submitted each month along with a completed copy of the Application for Payment form signed by the Contractor's authorized representative and attached to the Agreement as Exhibit D. 4.2 Prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall provide to the Project Manager the list of its Subcontractors and materialmen submitted with its Bid showing the work and materials involved and the dollar amount of each subcontract and purchase order. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any modifications to the list of Subcontractors submitted with Contractor's Bid and any subsequently identified Subcontractors are subject to Owner's prior written approval. The first Application for Payment shall be submitted no earlier than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if approved by Owner in its sole discretion, Contractor may submit its invoice for any required Payment and Performance Bonds prior to the first Application of Payment provided that Contractor has furnished Owner certified copies of the receipts evidencing the premium paid by Contractor for the bonds. GC- CA -H -3 4.3 Contractor shall submit all Applications for Payment to Engineer's Name, Engineer's Firm, located at Engineer's Address. 4.4 Unless expressly approved by Owner in advance and in writing, said approval at Owner's sole discretion, Owner is not required to make any payment for materials or equipment that have not been incorporated into the Project. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated into the Project, but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location, and such payment and storage have been agreed to by Owner in writing, the Application for Payment also shall be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that the Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests and encumbrances, together with evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which shall be subject to the Owner's satisfaction. Thereafter, with each Application for Payment, Contractor also shall complete and submit to Owner as part of its Application for Payment, the Stored Materials Record attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit D. 4.5 Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of its monthly Application for Payment to the Project Manager or his or her designee, as directed by Owner (which designee may include the Design Professional). After the date of each Application for Payment is stamped as received and within the timeframes set forth in Section 218.735 F.S., the Project Manager, or Design Professional, shall either: (1) Indicate its approval of the requested payment; (2) indicate its approval of only a portion of the requested payment, stating in writing its reasons therefore; or (3) return the Application for Payment to the Contractor indicating, in writing, the reason for refusing to approve payment. Payments of proper invoices in the amounts approved shall be processed and paid in accordance with Section 218.735, F.S. and the administrative procedures established by the County's Purchasing Department and the Clerk of Court's Finance Department respectively. In the event of a total denial by Owner and return of the Application for Payment by the Project Manager, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and re- submit the Application for Payment. The Owner shall, within ten (10) business days after the Application for Payment is stamped and received and after Project Manager approval of an Application for Payment, pay the Contractor the amounts so approved. 4.6 Owner shall retain ten percent (10 %) of the gross amount of each monthly payment request or ten percent (10 %) of the portion thereof approved by the Project Manager for payment, whichever is less. Such sum shall be accumulated and not released to Contractor until final payment is due unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner in accordance with Florida Statute 255.078. The Project Manager shall have the discretion to establish, in writing, a schedule to periodically reduce the percentage of cumulative retainage held through out the course of the Project schedule. Owner shall reduce the amount of the retainage withheld on each payment request subsequent to fifty percent (50 %) completion subject to the guidelines set forth in Florida Statute 255.078 and as set forth in the Owner's Purchasing Policy. GC- CA -H-4 • j 4.7 Monthly payments to Contractor shall in no way imply approval or acceptance of Contractor's Work. 4.8 Each Application for Payment, subsequent to the first pay application, shall be accompanied by a Release and Affidavit, in the form attached as Exhibit C, acknowledging Contractor's receipt of payment in full for all materials, labor, equipment and other bills that are then due and payable by Owner with respect to the current Application for Payment. Further, to the extent directed by Owner and in Owner's sole discretion, Contractor shall also submit a Release and Affidavit from each Subcontractor, sub - subcontractor, or supplier in the form attached as Exhibit C acknowledging that each Subcontractor, sub - subcontractor or supplier has been paid in full through the previous month's Application for Payment. The Owner shall not be required to make payment until and unless these affidavits are furnished by Contractor. 4.9 Contractor agrees and understands that funding limitations exist and that the expenditure of funds must be spread over the duration of the Project at regular intervals based on the Contract Amount and Progress Schedule. Accordingly, prior to submitting its first monthly Application for Payment, Contractor shall prepare and submit for Project Manager's review and approval, a detailed Project Funding Schedule, which shall be updated as necessary and approved by Owner to reflect approved adjustments to the Contract Amount and Contract Time. No voluntary acceleration or early completion of the Work shall modify the time of payments to Contractor as set forth in the approved Project Funding Schedule. 4.10 Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, Contractor acknowledges and agrees that in the event of a dispute concerning payments for Work performed under this Agreement, Contractor shall continue to perform the Work required of it under this Agreement pending resolution of the dispute provided that Owner continues to pay Contractor all amounts that Owner does not dispute are due and payable. 4.11 Payments will be made for services furnished, delivered, and accepted, upon receipt and approval of invoices submitted on the date of services or within six (6) months after completion of contract. Any untimely submission of invoices beyond the specified deadline period is subject to non - payment under the legal doctrine of "laches" as untimely submitted. Time shall be deemed of the essence with respect to the timely submission of invoices under this agreement. 5. PAYMENTS WITHHELD. 5.1 The Project Manager may decline to approve any Application for Payment, or portions thereof, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent inspections that reveal non - compliance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager may nullify the whole or any part of any approval for payment previously issued and Owner may withhold any payments otherwise due Contractor under this Agreement or any other agreement between Owner and Contractor, to such extent as may be necessary in the Owner's opinion to protect it from loss because of: GC- CA -H -5 no IT (a) defective Work not remedied; (b) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; (c) failure of Contractor to make payment properly to subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; (d) reasonable doubt that the Work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; (e) reasonable indication that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time; (f) unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor; or (g) any other material breach of the Contract Documents by Contractor. 5.2 If any conditions described in 5.1. are not remedied or removed, Owner may, after three (3) days written notice, rectify the same at Contractor's expense. Provided, however, in the event of an emergency, Owner shall not be required to provide Contractor any written notice prior to rectifying the situation at Contractor's expense. Owner also may offset against any sums due Contractor the amount of any liquidated or non - liquidated obligations of Contractor to Owner, whether relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement between Contractor and Owner. 5.3 In instances where the successful contractor may owe debts (including, but not limited to taxes or other fees) to Collier County and the contractor has not satisfied nor made arrangement to satisfy these debts, the County reserves the right to off -set the amount owed to the County by applying the amount owed to the vendor or contractor for services performed of for materials delivered in 6. FINAL PAYMENT. 6.1 Owner shall make final payment to Contractor in accordance with Section 218.735, F.S. and the administrative procedures established by the County's Purchasing Department and the Clerk of Court's Finance Department after the Work is finally inspected and accepted by Project Manager as set forth with Section 20.1 herein, provided that Contractor first, and as an explicit condition precedent to the accrual of Contractor's right to final payment, shall have furnished Owner with a properly executed and notarized copy of the Release and Affidavit attached as Exhibit C, as well as, a duly executed copy of the Surety's consent to final payment and such other documentation that may be required by the Contract Documents and the Owner. Prior to release of final payment and final retainage, the Contractor's Representative and the Project Manager shall jointly complete the Final Payment Checklist, a representative copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit G. 6.2 Contractor's acceptance of final payment shall constitute a full waiver of any and all claims by Contractor against Owner arising out of this Agreement or otherwise relating to the Project, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and identified by Contractor as unsettled in its final Application for Payment. Neither the acceptance of the Work nor payment by Owner shall be deemed to be a waiver of Owner's right to enforce any obligations of Contractor hereunder or to the recovery of damages for defective Work not discovered by the Design Professional or Project Manager at the time of final inspection. 7. SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS. GC- CA -H -6 UNIT: 7.1 Contractor shall carefully examine the Contract Documents for all requirements for approval of materials to be submitted such as shop drawings, data, test results, schedules and samples. Contractor shall submit all such materials at its own expense and in such form as required by the Contract Documents in sufficient time to prevent any delay in the delivery of such materials and the installation thereof. 7.2 Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted by Owner if sufficient information is submitted by Contractor to allow the Owner to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by Owner from anyone other than Contractor and all such requests must be submitted by Contractor to Project Manager within thirty (30) calendar days after Notice of Award is received by Contractor, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. 7.3 If Contractor wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, Contractor shall make application to the Project Manager for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute shall adequately perform the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified. The application shall state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice Contractor's achievement of substantial completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for the Project), to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use by the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance, repair and replacement service shall be indicated. The application also shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs for redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by the Project Manager in evaluating the proposed substitute. The Project Manager may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense additional data about the proposed substitute. 7.4 If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to the Project Manager, if Contractor submits sufficient information to allow the Project Manager to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedures for submission to and review by the Project Manager shall be the same as those provided herein for substitute materials and equipment. GC- CA -H -7 7.5 The Project Manager shall be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute and, if need be, to consult with the Design Professional. No substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without the Project Manager's prior written acceptance which shall be evidenced by a Change Order, a Work Directive Change, a Field Order or an approved Shop Drawing. The Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. The Project Manager will record time required by the Project Manager and the Project Manager's consultants in evaluating substitutions proposed by Contractor and making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. Whether or not the Owner accepts a proposed substitute, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of the Design Professional and the Design Professional's consultants for evaluating each proposed substitute. 8. DAILY REPORTS, AS- BUILTS AND MEETINGS. 8.1 Unless waived in writing by Owner, Contractor shall complete and submit to Project Manager on a weekly basis a daily log of the Contractor's work for the preceding week in a format approved by the Project Manager. The daily log shall document all activities of Contractor at the Project site including, but not limited to, the following: 8.1.1 Weather conditions showing the high and low temperatures during work hours, the amount of precipitation received on the Project site, and any other weather conditions which adversely affect the Work; 8.1.2 Soil conditions which adversely affect the Work; 8.1.3 The hours of operation by Contractor's and Sub - Contractor's personnel; 8.1.4 The number of Contractor's and Sub - Contractor's personnel present and working at the Project site, by subcontract and trade; 8.1.5 All equipment present at the Project site, description of equipment use and designation of time equipment was used (specifically indicating any down time); 8.1.6 Description of Work being performed at the Project site; 8.1.7 Any unusual or special occurrences at the Project site; 8.1.8 Materials received at the Project site; 8.1.9 A list of all visitors to the Project 8.1.10 Any problems that might impact either the cost or quality of the Work or the time of performance. The daily log shall not constitute nor take the place of any notice required to be given by Contractor to Owner pursuant to the Contract Documents. GC- CA -H -8 .1: 8.2 Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Project site one record copy of the Contract Documents, including, but not limited to, all drawings, specifications, addenda, amendments, Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders, as well as all written interpretations and clarifications issued by the Design Professional, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. The annotated drawings shall be continuously updated by the Contractor throughout the prosecution of the Work to accurately reflect all field changes that are made to adapt the Work to field conditions, changes resulting from Change Orders, Work Directive Changes and Field Orders, and all concealed and buried installations of piping, conduit and utility services. All buried and concealed items, both inside and outside the Project site, shall be accurately located on the annotated drawings as to depth and in relationship to not less than two (2) permanent features (e.g. interior or exterior wall faces). The annotated drawings shall be clean and all changes, corrections and dimensions shall be given in a neat and legible manner in a contrasting color. The "As- Built" record documents, together with all approved samples and a counterpart of all approved shop drawings shall be available to the Project Manager or Design Professional for reference. Upon completion of the Work and as a condition precedent to Contractor's entitlement to final payment, these "As- Built" record documents, samples and shop drawings shall be delivered to Project Manager by Contractor for Owner. 8.3 Contractor shall keep all records and supporting documentation which concern or relate to the Work hereunder for a minimum of five (5) years from the date of termination of this Agreement or the date the Project is completed or such longer period as may be required by law, whichever is later. Owner, or any duly authorized agents or representatives of Owner, shall have the right to audit, inspect and copy all such records and documentation as often as they deem necessary during the period of this Agreement and during the document retention period noted above; provided, however, such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours. 9. CONTRACT TIME AND TIME EXTENSIONS. 9.1 Contractor shall diligently pursue the completion of the Work and coordinate the Work being done on the Project by its subcontractors and material -men, as well as coordinating its Work with all work of others at the Project Site, so that its Work or the work of others shall not be delayed or impaired by any act or omission by Contractor. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, as well as coordination of all portions of the Work under the Contract Documents, and the coordination of Owner's suppliers and contractors as set forth in Paragraph 12.2. herein. 9.2 Should Contractor be obstructed or delayed in the prosecution of or completion of the Work as a result of unforeseeable causes beyond the control of Contractor, and not due to its fault or neglect, including but not restricted to acts of Nature or of the public enemy, acts of government, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine regulation, strikes or lockouts, Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing within forty -eight (48) hours after the commencement of such delay, stating the cause or causes thereof, or be GC- CA -H -9 a I: deemed to have waived any right which Contractor may have had to request a time extension. 9.3 No interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the commencement or progress of the Work from any cause whatever, including those for which Owner may be responsible, in whole or in part, shall relieve Contractor of its duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from Owner. Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall receive no damages for delay. Contractor's sole remedy, if any, against Owner will be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time; provided, however, the granting of any such time extension shall not be a condition precedent to the aforementioned "No Damage For Delay" provision. This paragraph shall expressly apply to claims for early completion, as well as to claims based on late completion. 9.4 In no event shall any approval by Owner authorizing Contractor to continue performing Work under this Agreement or any payment issued by Owner to Contractor be deemed a waiver of any right or claim Owner may have against Contractor for delay damages hereunder. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK. 10.1 Owner shall have the right at any time during the progress of the Work to increase or decrease the Work. Promptly after being notified of a change, Contractor shall submit an itemized estimate of any cost or time increases or savings it foresees as a result of the change. Except in an emergency endangering life or property, or as expressly set forth herein, no addition or changes to the Work shall be made except upon written order of Owner, and Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor for any increased compensation without such written order. No officer, employee or agent of Owner is authorized to direct any extra or changed work orally. Any alleged changes must be approved by Owner in writing prior to starting such items. Owner will not be responsible for the costs of any changes commenced without Owner's express prior written approval. Failure to obtain such prior written approval for any changes will be deemed: (i) a waiver of any claim by Contractor for such items and (ii) an admission by Contractor that such items are in fact not a change but rather are part of the Work required of Contractor hereunder. 10.2 A Change Order, in the form attached as Exhibit E to this Agreement, shall be issued and executed promptly after an agreement is reached between Contractor and Owner concerning the requested changes. Contractor shall promptly perform changes authorized by duly executed Change Orders. The Contract Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted in the Change Order in the manner as Owner and Contractor shall mutually agree. 10.3 If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on a Change Order for the requested change, Contractor shall, nevertheless, promptly perform the change as directed by Owner in a written Work Directive Change. In that event, the Contract Amount and Contract Time shall be adjusted as directed by Owner. If Contractor GC- CA -H -10 disagrees with the Owner's adjustment determination, Contractor must make a claim pursuant to Section 11 of these General Conditions or else be deemed to have waived any claim on this matter it might otherwise have had. 10.4 In the event a requested change results in an increase to the Contract Amount, the amount of the increase shall be limited to the Contractor's reasonable direct labor and material costs and reasonable actual equipment costs as a result of the change (including allowance for labor burden costs) plus a maximum ten percent (10 %) markup for all overhead and profit. In the event such change Work is performed by a Subcontractor, a maximum ten percent (10 %) markup for all overhead and profit for all Subcontractors' and sub - subcontractors' direct labor and material costs and actual equipment costs shall be permitted, with a maximum five percent (5 %) markup thereon by the Contractor for all of its overhead and profit, for a total maximum markup of fifteen percent (15 %). All compensation due Contractor and any Subcontractor or sub - subcontractor for field and home office overhead is included in the markups noted above. Contractor's and Sub - Contractor's bond costs associated with any change order shall be included in the overhead and profit expenses and shall not be paid as a separate line item. No markup shall be placed on sales tax, shipping or subcontractor markup. 10.5 Owner shall have the right to conduct an audit of Contractor's books and records to verify the accuracy of the Contractor's claim with respect to Contractor's costs associated with any Change Order or Work Directive Change. 10.6 The Project Manager shall have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes may be effected by Field Order or by other written order. Such changes shall be binding on the Contractor. 10.7 Any modifications to this Contract shall be in compliance with the County Purchasing Policy and Administrative Procedures in effect at the time such modifications are authorized. 11. CLAIMS AND DISPUTES. 11.1 Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract Documents. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. 11.2 Claims by the Contractor shall be made in writing to the Project Manager within forty -eight (48) hours from when the Contractor knew or should have known of the event giving rise to such Claim or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the GC- CA -H -11 16D8 Claim. Written supporting data shall be submitted to the Project Manager within fifteen (15) calendar days after the occurrence of the event, unless the Owner grants additional time in writing, or else the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived the Claim. All Claims shall be priced in accordance with the provisions of Subsection 10.4. 11.3 The Contractor shall proceed diligently with its performance as directed by the Owner, regardless of any pending Claim, action, suit or administrative proceeding, unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner in writing. Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents during the pendency of any Claim. 12. OTHER WORK. 12.1 Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the site by Owner's own forces, have other work performed by utility owners or let other direct contracts. If the fact that such other work is to be performed is not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work. If Contractor believes that such performance will involve additional expense to Contractor or require additional time, Contractor shall send written notice of that fact to Owner and Design Professional within forty -eight (48) hours of being notified of the other work. If the Contractor fails to send the above required forty -eight (48) hour notice, the Contractor will be deemed to have waived any rights it otherwise may have had to seek an extension to the Contract Time or adjustment to the Contract Amount. 12.2 Contractor shall afford each utility owner and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract (or Owner, if Owner is performing the additional work with Owner's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work and shall properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of the Project Manager and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other Contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. 12.3 If any part of Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other contractor or utility owner (or Owner), Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to Project Manager in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Contractor's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work. 13. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE. GC- CA -H -12 13.1 To the maximum extent permitted by Florida law, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and its officers and employees from any and all liabilities, claims, damages, penalties, demands, judgments, actions, proceedings, losses or costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and paralegals' fees, whether resulting from any claimed breach of this Agreement by Contractor or from personal injury, property damage, direct or consequential damages, or economic loss, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor or anyone employed or utilized by the Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. 13.2 The duty to defend under this Article 13 is independent and separate from the duty to indemnify, and the duty to defend exists regardless of any ultimate liability of the Contractor, Owner and any indemnified party. The duty to defend arises immediately upon presentation of a claim by any party and written notice of such claim being provided to Contractor. Contractor's obligation to indemnify and defend under this Article 13 will survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement until it is determined by final judgment that an action against the Owner or an indemnified party for the matter indemnified hereunder is fully and finally barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 13.3 Contractor shall obtain and carry, at all times during its performance under the Contract Documents, insurance of the types and in the amounts set forth in Exhibit B to the Agreement. Further, the Contractor shall at all times comply with all of the terms, conditions, requirements and obligations set forth under Exhibit B. 14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. 14.1 Contractor agrees to comply, at its own expense, with all federal, state and local laws, codes, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and requirements applicable to the Project, including but not limited to those dealing with taxation, worker's compensation, equal employment and safety (including, but not limited to, the Trench Safety Act, Chapter 553, Florida Statutes). If Contractor observes that the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, it shall promptly notify Project Manager in writing. To the extent any law, rule, regulation, code, statute, or ordinance requires the inclusion of certain terms in this Agreement in order for this Agreement to be enforceable, such terms shall be deemed included in this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, it is understood and agreed that in the event of a change in any applicable laws, ordinances, rules or regulations subsequent to the date this Agreement was executed that increases the Contractor's time or cost of performance of the Work, Contractor is entitled to a Change Order for such increases, except to the extent Contractor knew or should have known of such changes prior to the date of this Agreement. 14.2 By executing and entering into this agreement, the Contractor is formally acknowledging without exception or stipulation that it is fully responsible for complying with the provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 as located at 8 U.S.C. 1324, et sea. and regulations relating thereto, as either may be amended. GC- CA -H -13 !NIT0011 Failure by the Contractor to comply with the laws referenced herein shall constitute a breach of this agreement and the County shall have the discretion to unilaterally terminate this agreement immediately. 14.3 Statutes and executive orders require employers to abide by the immigration laws of the United States and to employ only individuals who are eligible to work in the United States. The Employment Eligibility Verification System (E- Verify) operated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) in partnership with the Social Security Administration (SSA), provides an Internet -based means of verifying employment eligibility of workers in the United States; it is not a substitute for any other employment eligibility verification requirements. The program will be used for Collier County formal Invitations to Bid (ITB) and Request for Proposals (RFP) including professional services and construction services. Exceptions to the program: • Commodity based procurement where no services are provided. • Where the requirement for the affidavit is waived by the Board of County Commissioners Vendors / Bidders are required to enroll in the E- Verify program, and provide acceptable evidence of their enrollment, at the time of the submission of the vendor's /bidder's proposal. Acceptable evidence consists of a copy of the properly completed E- Verify Company Profile page or a copy of the fully executed E- Verify Memorandum of Understanding for the company. Vendors are also required to provide the Collier County Purchasing Department an executed affidavit certifying they shall comply with the E- Verify Program. The affidavit is attached to the solicitation documents. If the BidderNendor does not comply with providing both the acceptable E- Verify evidence and the executed affidavit the bidder's / vendor's proposal shall be deemed non - responsive. Documentation of these requirements will not be accepted after the bid / proposal deadline date. Additionally, vendors shall require all subcontracted vendors to use the E- Verify system for all purchases not covered under the "Exceptions to the program" clause above. For additional information regarding the Employment Eligibility Verification System (E- Verify) program visit the following website: http: / /www.dhs.gov /E- Verify. It shall be the vendor's responsibility to familiarize themselves with all rules and regulations governing this program. Vendor acknowledges, and without exception or stipulation, any firm(s) receiving an award shall be fully responsible for complying with the provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 as located at 8 U.S.C. 1324, et seq. and regulations relating thereto, as either may be amended and with the provisions contained within this affidavit. Failure by the awarded firm(s) to comply with the laws referenced herein or GC- CA -H -14 1608 the provisions of this affidavit shall constitute a breach of the award agreement and the County shall have the discretion to unilaterally terminate said agreement immediately. 15. CLEANUP AND PROTECTIONS. 15.1 Contractor agrees to keep the Project site clean at all times of debris, rubbish and waste materials arising out of the Work. At the completion of the Work, Contractor shall remove all debris, rubbish and waste materials from and about the Project site, as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials, and shall leave the Project site clean and ready for occupancy by Owner. 15.2 Any existing surface or subsurface improvements, including, but not limited to, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, pipes, utilities, footings, structures, trees and shrubbery, not indicated in the Contract Documents to be removed or altered, shall be protected by Contractor from damage during the prosecution of the Work. Subject to the Section 2.3 above, any such improvements so damaged shall be restored by Contractor to the condition equal to that existing at the time of Contractor's commencement of the Work. 16. ASSIGNMENT. 16.1 Contractor shall not assign this Agreement or any part thereof, without the prior consent in writing of Owner. Any attempt to assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement, or any part herein, without the Owner's consent, shall be void. If Contractor does, with approval, assign this Agreement or any part thereof, it shall require that its assignee be bound to it and to assume toward Contractor all of the obligations and responsibilities that Contractor has assumed toward Owner. 17. PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES. 17.1 Pursuant to Section 218.80, F.S., Owner will pay for all Collier County permits and fees, including license fees, permit fees, impact fees or inspection fees applicable to the Work through an internal budget transfer(s). Contractor is not responsible for paying for permits issued by Collier County, but Contractor is responsible for acquiring all permits. Owner may require the Contractor to deliver internal budget transfer documents to applicable Collier County agencies when the Contractor is acquiring permits. 17.2 All permits, fees and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are not issued by Collier County shall be acquired and paid for by the Contractor. 17.3 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes associated with the Work or portions thereof, which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 18. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT. 18.1 Contractor shall be considered in material default of the Agreement and such default shall be considered cause for Owner to terminate the Agreement, in whole or in GC- CA -H -15 • I • part, as further set forth in this Section, if Contractor: (1) fails to begin the Work under the Contract Documents within the time specified herein; or (2) fails to properly and timely perform the Work as directed by the Project Manager or as provided for in the approved Progress Schedule; or (3) performs the Work unsuitably or neglects or refuses to remove materials or to correct or replace such Work as may be rejected as unacceptable or unsuitable; or (4) discontinues the prosecution of the Work; or (5) fails to resume Work which has been suspended within a reasonable time after being notified to do so; or (6) becomes insolvent or is declared bankrupt, or commits any act of bankruptcy; or (7) allows any final judgment to stand against it unsatisfied for more than ten (10) days; or (8) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (9) fails to obey any applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations with respect to the Work; or (10) materially breaches any other provision of the Contract Documents. 18.2 Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of Contractor's default(s). If Owner determines that Contractor has not remedied and cured the default(s) within seven (7) calendar days following receipt by Contractor of said written notice or such longer period of time as may be consented to by Owner in writing and in its sole discretion, then Owner, at its option, without releasing or waiving its rights and remedies against the Contractor's sureties and without prejudice to any other right or remedy it may be entitled to hereunder or by law, may terminate Contractor's right to proceed under the Agreement, in whole or in part, and take possession of all or any portion of the Work and any materials, tools, equipment, and appliances of Contractor, take assignments of any of Contractor's subcontracts and purchase orders, and complete all or any portion of Contractor's Work by whatever means, method or agency which Owner, in its sole discretion, may choose. 18.3 If Owner deems any of the foregoing remedies necessary, Contractor agrees that it shall not be entitled to receive any further payments hereunder until after the Project is completed. All moneys expended and all of the costs, losses, damages and extra expenses, including all management, administrative and other overhead and other direct and indirect expenses (including Design Professional and attorneys' fees) or damages incurred by Owner incident to such completion, shall be deducted from the Contract Amount, and if such expenditures exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount, Contractor agrees to pay promptly to Owner on demand the full amount of such excess, including costs of collection, attorneys' fees (including appeals) and interest thereon at the maximum legal rate of interest until paid. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all such costs, expenditures and damages incurred by the Owner to complete the Work, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be approved by the Project Manager, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Agreement. 18.4 The liability of Contractor hereunder shall extend to and include the full amount of any and all sums paid, expenses and losses incurred, damages sustained, and obligations assumed by Owner in good faith under the belief that such payments or assumptions were necessary or required, in completing the Work and providing labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and other items therefor or re- letting the Work, and in GC- CA -H -16 ME settlement, discharge or compromise of any claims, demands, suits, and judgments pertaining to or arising out of the Work hereunder. 18.5 If, after notice of termination of Contractor's right to proceed pursuant to this Section, it is determined for any reason that Contractor was not in default, or that its default was excusable, or that Owner is not entitled to the remedies against Contractor provided herein, then the termination will be deemed a termination for convenience and Contractor's remedies against Owner shall be the same as and limited to those afforded Contractor under Section 19 below. 18.6 In the event (i) Owner fails to make any undisputed payment to Contractor within thirty (30) days after such payment is due or Owner otherwise persistently fails to fulfill some material obligation owed by Owner to Contractor under this Agreement, and (ii) Owner has failed to cure such default within fourteen (14) days of receiving written notice of same from Contractor, then Contractor may stop its performance under this Agreement until such default is cured, after giving Owner a second fourteen (14) days written notice of Contractor's intention to stop performance under the Agreement. If the Work is so stopped for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or its Subcontractors or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor or any Subcontractor, the Contractor may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to Owner of Contractor's intent to terminate this Agreement. If Owner does not cure its default within fourteen (14) days after receipt of Contractor's written notice, Contractor may, upon fourteen (14) additional days' written notice to the Owner, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment for Work performed through the termination date, but in no event shall Contractor be entitled to payment for Work not performed or any other damages from Owner. 19. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE AND RIGHT OF SUSPENSION. 19.1 Owner shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without cause upon seven (7) calendar days written notice to Contractor. In the event of such termination for convenience, Contractor's recovery against Owner shall be limited to that portion of the Contract Amount earned through the date of termination, together with any retainage withheld and reasonable termination expenses incurred, but Contractor shall not be entitled to any other or further recovery against Owner, including, but not limited to, damages or any anticipated profit on portions of the Work not performed. 19.2 Owner shall have the right to suspend all or any portions of the Work upon giving Contractor not less than two (2) calendar days' prior written notice of such suspension. If all or any portion of the Work is so suspended, Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy shall be to seek an extension of time to its schedule in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Contract Documents. In no event shall the Contractor be entitled to any additional compensation or damages. Provided, however, if the ordered suspension exceeds six (6) months, the Contractor shall have the right to terminate the Agreement with respect to that portion of the Work which is subject to the ordered suspension. GC- CA -H -17 .I: 20. COMPLETION. 20.1 When the entire Work (or any portion thereof designated in writing by Owner) is ready for its intended use, Contractor shall notify Project Manager in writing that the entire Work (or such designated portion) is substantially complete. Within a reasonable time thereafter, Owner, Contractor and Design Professional shall make an inspection of the Work (or designated portion thereof) to determine the status of completion. If Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, does not consider the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Owner, after conferring with the Design Professional, considers the Work (or designated portion) substantially complete, Project Manager shall prepare and deliver to Contractor a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion for the entire Work (or designated portion thereof) and include a tentative punch -list of items to be completed or corrected by Contractor before final payment. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Work and Project site (or designated portion thereof) after the date of Substantial Completion, but Owner shall allow Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative punch -list. 20.2 Upon receipt of written certification by Contractor that the Work is completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and is ready for final inspection and acceptance, Project Manager and Design Professional will make such inspection and, if they find the Work acceptable and fully performed under the Contract Documents shall promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment, recommending that, on the basis of their observations and inspections, and the Contractor's certification that the Work has been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, that the entire balance found to be due Contractor is due and payable. Neither the final payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable until Contractor submits: (1) Receipt of Contractor's Final Application for Payment. (2) The Release and Affidavit in the form attached as Exhibit C. (3) Consent of surety to final payment. (4) Receipt of the final payment check list. (5) If required by Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, arising out of the Contract Documents, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by Owner. Owner reserves the right to inspect the Work and make an independent determination as to the Work's acceptability, even though the Design Professional may have issued its recommendations. Unless and until the Owner is completely satisfied, neither the final payment nor the retainage shall become due and payable. 21. WARRANTY. 21.1 Contractor shall obtain and assign to Owner all express warranties given to Contractor or any subcontractors by any subcontractor or materialmen supplying GC- CA -H -18 "WIT,:1 materials, equipment or fixtures to be incorporated into the Project. Contractor warrants to Owner that any materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be new unless otherwise specified, and that all Work shall be of good quality, free from all defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. Contractor further warrants to Owner that all materials and equipment furnished under the Contract Documents shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers or processors except as otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents. If, within one (1) year after Substantial Completion, any Work is found to be defective or not in conformance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from Owner. Contractor shall also be responsible for and pay for replacement or repair of adjacent materials or Work which may be damaged as a result of such replacement or repair. Further, in the event of an emergency, Owner may commence to correct any defective Work, without prior notice to Contractor, at Contractor's expense. These warranties are in addition to those implied warranties to which Owner is entitled as a matter of law. 21.2 No later than 30 days prior to expiration of the warranty, the Project Manager, or another representative of the Owner, shall conduct an inspection of the warranted work to verify compliance with the requirements of the Agreement. The Contractor's Representative shall be present at the time of inspection and shall take remedial actions to correct any deficiencies noted in the inspection. Failure of the Contractor to correct the cited deficiencies shall be grounds for the Owner to disqualify the Contractor from future bid opportunities with the Owner, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to Owner. 22. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 22.1 Owner, Design Professional, their respective representatives, agents and employees, and governmental agencies with jurisdiction over the Project shall have access at all times to the Work, whether the Work is being performed on or off of the Project site, for their observation, inspection and testing. Contractor shall provide proper, safe conditions for such access. Contractor shall provide Project Manager with timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals. 22.2 If the Contract Documents or any codes, laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of any public authority having jurisdiction over the Project requires any portion of the Work to be specifically inspected, tested or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefore, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Project Manager the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. All inspections, tests or approvals shall be performed in a manner and by organizations acceptable to the Project Manager. 22.3 Contractor is responsible, without reimbursement from Owner, for re- inspection fees and costs; to the extent such re- inspections are due to the fault or neglect of Contractor. GC- CA -H -19 •1: 22.4 If any Work that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence from the Project Manager, such work must, if requested by Project Manager, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Project Manager timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Project Manager has not acted with reasonable promptness to respond to such notice. If any Work is covered contrary to written directions from Project Manager, such Work must, if requested by Project Manager, be uncovered for Project Manager's observation and be replaced at Contractor's sole expense. 22.5 The Owner shall charge to Contractor and may deduct from any payments due Contractor all engineering and inspection expenses incurred by Owner in connection with any overtime work. Such overtime work consisting of any work during the construction period beyond the regular eight (8) hour day and for any work performed on Saturday, Sunday or holidays. 22.6 Neither observations nor other actions by the Project Manager or Design Professional nor inspections, tests or approvals by others shall relieve Contractor from Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 23. DEFECTIVE WORK. 23.1 Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or any warranties made or assigned by Contractor to Owner shall be deemed defective Work. If required by Project Manager, Contractor shall as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or if the defective Work has been rejected by Project Manager, remove it from the site and replace it with non - defective Work. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such correction or removal (including, but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals) made necessary thereby, and shall hold Owner harmless for same. 23.2 If the Project Manager considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Design Professional or inspected or tested by others and such Work is not otherwise required to be inspected or tested, Contractor, at Project Manager's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or tests as Project Manager may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction (including, but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals), and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount and /or an extension to the Contract Time, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing and reconstruction. GC- CA -H -20 90T918 23.3 If any portion of the Work is defective, or if Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers, suitable materials or equipment or fails to finish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Project Manager may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated. The right of Project Manager to stop the Work shall be exercised, if at all, solely for Owner's benefit and nothing herein shall be construed as obligating the Project Manager to exercise this right for the benefit of Design Engineer, Contractor, or any other person. 23.4 Should the Owner determine, at its sole opinion, it is in the Owner's best interest to accept defective Work, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept defective Work. If such determination is rendered prior to final payment, a Change Order shall be executed evidencing such acceptance of such defective Work, incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents and reflecting an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount. If the Owner accepts such defective Work after final payment, Contractor shall promptly pay Owner an appropriate amount to adequately compensate Owner for its acceptance of the defective Work. 23.5 If Contractor fails, within a reasonable time after the written notice from Project Manager, to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected defective Work as required by Project Manager or Owner, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any of the provisions of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. Provided, however, Owner shall not be required to give notice to Contractor in the event of an emergency. To the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from any or all of the Project site, take possession of all or any part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Project site and incorporate. in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Project site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Design Professional and their respective representatives, agents, and employees such access to the Project site as may be necessary to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of Owner in exercising such rights and remedies shall be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order shall be issued, incorporating the necessary revisions to the Contract Documents, including an appropriate decrease to the Contract Amount. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs shall include, but not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals, all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 24. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENTS. GC- CA -H -21 Mel 24.1 Contractor shall plan, organize, supervise, schedule, monitor, direct and control the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall be subject to Owner's approval and not be replaced without prior written notice to Project Manager except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent shall be employed by the Contractor and be the Contractor's representative at the Project site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Owner shall have the right to direct Contractor to remove and replace its Project superintendent, with or without cause. Attached to the Agreement as Exhibit N is a list identifying Contractor's Project Superintendent and all of Contractor's key personnel who are assigned to the Project; such identified personnel shall not be removed without Owner's prior written approval, and if so removed must be immediately replaced with a person acceptable to Owner. 24.2 Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the project at all times whenever contractor's work crews, or work crews of other parties authorized by the Project Manager are engaged in any activity whatsoever associated with the Project. Should the Contractor fail to comply with the above condition, the Project Manager shall, at his discretion, deduct from the Contractor's monthly pay estimate, sufficient moneys to account for the Owner's loss of adequate project supervision, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages, separate from the liquidated damages described in Section 5.13, for services not rendered. 25. PROTECTION OF WORK. 25.1 Contractor shall fully protect the Work from loss or damage and shall bear the cost of any such loss or damage until final payment has been made. If Contractor or any one for whom Contractor is legally liable for is responsible for any loss or damage to the Work, or other work or materials of Owner or Owner's separate contractors, Contractor shall be charged with the same, and any moneys necessary to replace such loss or damage shall be deducted from any amounts due Contractor. 25.2 Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 25.3 Contractor shall not disturb any benchmark established by the Owner or Design Professional with respect to the Project. If Contractor, or its subcontractors, agents or anyone for whom Contractor is legally liable, disturbs the Owner or Design Professional's benchmarks, Contractor shall immediately notify Project Manager and Design Professional. The Owner or Design Professional shall re- establish the benchmarks and Contractor shall be liable for all costs incurred by Owner associated therewith. GC- CA -H -22 26. EMERGENCIES. W91 1: 26.1 In the event of an emergency affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Project site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from Owner or Design Professional is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Project Manager written notice within forty -eight (48) hours after Contractor knew or should have known of the occurrence of the emergency, if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Project Manager determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Change Order shall be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. If Contractor fails to provide the forty -eight (48) hour written notice noted above, the Contractor shall be deemed to have waived any right it otherwise may have had to seek an adjustment to the Contract Amount or an extension to the Contract Time. 27. USE OF PREMISES. 27.1 Contractor shall maintain all construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other lands and areas permitted by law, rights of way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Project site with construction equipment or other material or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. 28. SAFETY. 28.1 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 28.1.1 All employees on or about the project site and other persons and /or organizations who may be affected thereby; 28.1.2 All the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Project site; and 28.1.3 Other property on Project site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and any underground structures or improvements not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the Contract Documents. 28.2 Contractor shall comply with all applicable codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall erect and maintain all GC- CA -H -23 O necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground structures and improvements and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation or replacement of their property. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as the Work is completed and final acceptance of same by Owner has occurred. All new electrical installations shall incorporate NFPA 70E Short Circuit Protective Device Coordination and Arc Flash Studies where relevant as determined by the engineer. All electrical installations shall be labeled with appropriate NFPA 70E arch flash boundary and PPE Protective labels. 28.3. Contractor shall designate a responsible representative located on a full time basis at the Project site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner. 28.4 Alcohol, drugs and all illegal substances are strictly prohibited on any Owner property. All employees of Contractor, as well as those of all subcontractors and those of any other person or entity for whom Contractor is legally liable (collectively referred to herein as "Employees "), shall not possess or be under the influence of any such substances while on any Owner property. Further, Employees shall not bring on to any Owner property any gun, rifle or other firearm, or explosives of any kind. 28.5 Contractor acknowledges that the Work may be progressing on a Project site which is located upon or adjacent to an existing Owner facility. In such event, Contractor shall comply with the following: 28.5.1 All Owner facilities are smoke free. Smoking is strictly prohibited; 28.5.2 All Employees shall be provided an identification badge by Contractor. Such identification badge must be prominently displayed on the outside of the Employees' clothing at all times. All Employees working at the Project site must log in and out with the Contractor each day; 28.5.3 Contractor shall strictly limit its operations to the designated work areas and shall not permit any Employees to enter any other portions of Owner's property without Owner's expressed prior written consent; 28.5.4 All Employees are prohibited from distributing any papers or other materials upon Owner's property, and are strictly prohibited from using any of Owner's telephones or other office equipment; 28.5.5 All Employees shall at all times comply with the OSHA regulations with respect to dress and conduct at the Project site. Further, all Employees shall GC- CA -H -24 lfeffiyeeo� comply with the dress, conduct and facility regulations issued by Owner's officials onsite, as said regulations may be changed from time to time; 28.5.6 All Employees shall enter and leave Owner's facilities only through the ingress and egress points identified in the site utilization plan approved by Owner or as otherwise designated, from time to time, by Owner in writing; 28.5.7 When requested, Contractor shall cooperate with any ongoing Owner investigation involving personal injury, economic loss or damage to Owner's facilities or personal property therein; 28.5.8 The Employees may not solicit, distribute or sell products while on Owner's property. Friends, family members or other visitors of the Employees are not permitted on Owner's property; and 28.5.9 At all times, Contractor shall adhere to Owner's safety and security regulations, and shall comply with all security requirements at Owner's facilities, as said regulations and requirements may be modified or changed by Owner from time to time. 29. PROJECT MEETINGS. Prior to the commencement of Work, the Contractor shall attend a pre- construction conference with the Project Manager, Design Professional and others as appropriate to discuss the Progress Schedule, procedures for handling shop drawings and other submittals, and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. During the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall attend any and all meetings convened by the Project Manager with respect to the Project, when directed to do so by Project Manager or Design Professional. The Contractor shall have its subcontractors and suppliers attend all such meetings (including the pre- construction conference) as may be directed by the Project Manager. 30. VENDOR PERFORMANCE EVALUATION Owner has implemented a Vendor Performance Evaluation System for all contracts awarded in excess of $25,000. To this end, vendors will be evaluated on their performance upon completion /termination of this Agreement. 31. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC POLICY For all projects that are conducted within a Collier County Right -of -Way, the Contractor shall provide and erect Traffic Control Devices as prescribed in the current edition of the Manual On Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), where applicable on local roadways and as prescribed in the Florida Department of Transportations Design Standards (DS), where applicable on state roadways. These projects shall also comply with Collier County's Maintenance of Traffic Policy, #5807, incorporated herein by GC- CA -H -25 "rAll: reference. Copies are available through Risk Management and /or Purchasing Departments, and is available on -line at colliergov.net/purchasing. The Contractor will be responsible for obtaining copies of all required manuals, MUTCD, FDOT Roadway & Traffic Design Standards Indexes, or other related documents, so to become familiar with their requirements. Strict adherence to the requirements of the Maintenance of Traffic ( "MOT ") policy will be enforced under this Contract. All costs associated with the Maintenance of Traffic shall be included on the line item on the bid page. If MOT is required, MOT is to be provided within ten (10) days of receipt of Notice of Award. 32. SALES TAX SAVINGS AND DIRECT PURCHASE 32.1 Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes associated with the Work or portions thereof, which are applicable during the performance of the Work. No markup shall be applied to sales tax. Additionally, as directed by Owner and at no additional cost to Owner, Contractor shall comply with and fully implement the sales tax savings program with respect to the Work, as set forth in section 32.2 below: 32.2 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, because Owner is exempt from sales tax and may wish to generate sales tax savings for the Project, Owner reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials and equipment included in the Work ( "Direct Purchase "). Contractor shall prepare purchase orders to vendors selected by Contractor, for execution by Owner, on forms provided by Owner. Contractor shall allow two weeks for execution of all such purchase orders by Owner. Contractor represents and warrants that it will use its best efforts to cooperate with Owner in implementing this sales tax savings program in order to maximize cost savings for the Project. Adjustments to the Contract Amount will be made by appropriate Change Orders for the amounts of each Owner Direct Purchase, plus the saved sales taxes. A Change Order shall be processed promptly after each Direct Purchase, or group of similar or related Direct Purchases, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. With respect to all Direct Purchases by Owner, Contractor shall remain responsible for coordinating, ordering, inspecting, accepting delivery, storing, handling, installing, warranting and quality control for all Direct Purchases. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor expressly acknowledges and agrees that all Direct Purchases shall be included within and covered by Contractor's warranty to Owner to the same extent as all other warranties provided by Contractor pursuant to the terms of the Contract Documents. In the event Owner makes a demand against Contractor with respect to any Direct Purchase and Contractor wishes to make claim against the manufacturer or supplier of such Direct Purchase, upon request from Contractor Owner shall assign to Contractor any and all warranties and Contract rights Owner may have from any manufacturer or supplier of any such Direct Purchase by Owner. GC- CA -H -26 Am M1 32.3 Bidder represents and warrants that it is aware of its statutory responsibilities for sale tax under Chapter 212, Florida Statutes, and for its responsibilities for Federal excise taxes. 33. SUBCONTRACTS 33.1 Contractor shall review the design and shall determine how it desires to divide the sequence of construction activities. Contractor will determine the breakdown and composition of bid packages for award of subcontracts, based on the current Project Milestone Schedule, and shall supply a copy of that breakdown and composition to Owner and Design Professional for their review and approval prior to submitting its first Application for Payment. Contractor shall take into consideration such factors as natural and practical lines of severability, sequencing effectiveness, access and availability constraints, total time for completion, construction market conditions, availability of labor and materials, community relations and any other factors pertinent to saving time and costs. 33.2 A Subcontractor is any person or entity who is performing, furnishing, supplying or providing any portion of the Work pursuant to a contract with Contractor. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over the Subcontractors. Contractor shall negotiate all Change Orders, Work Directive Changes, Field Orders and Requests for Proposal, with all affected Subcontractors and shall review the costs of those proposals and advise Owner and Design Professional of their validity and reasonableness, acting in Owner's best interest, prior to requesting approval of any Change Order from Owner. All Subcontractors performing any portion of the Work on this Project must be "qualified" as defined in Collier County Ordinance 87 -25, meaning a person or entity that has the capability in all respects to perform fully the Agreement requirements with respect to its portion of the Work and has the integrity and reliability to assure good faith performance. 33.3 In addition to those Subcontractors identified in Contractor's bid that were approved by Owner, Contractor also shall identify any other Subcontractors, including their addresses, licensing information and phone numbers, it intends to utilize for the Project prior to entering into any subcontract or purchase order and prior to the Subcontractor commencing any work on the Project. The list identifying each Subcontractor cannot be modified, changed, or amended without prior written approval from Owner. Any and all Subcontractor work to be self - performed by Contractor must be approved in writing by Owner in its sole discretion prior to commencement of such work. Contractor shall continuously update that Subcontractor list, so that it remains current and accurate throughout the entire performance of the Work. 33.4 Contractor shall not enter into a subcontract or purchase order with any Subcontractor, if Owner reasonably objects to that Subcontractor. Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone it reasonably objects to. Contractor shall keep on file a copy of the license for every Subcontractor and sub - subcontractor performing any portion of the Work, as well as maintain a log of all such licenses. All subcontracts and purchase orders between Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be in writing and are GC- CA -H -27 .1 • subject to Owner's approval. Further, unless expressly waived in writing by Owner, all subcontracts and purchase orders shall (1) require each Subcontractor to be bound to Contractor to the same extent Contractor is bound to Owner by the terms of the Contract Documents, as those terms may apply to the portion of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, (2) provide for the assignment of the subcontract or purchase order from Contractor to Owner at the election of Owner upon termination of Contractor, (3) provide that Owner will be an additional indemnified party of the subcontract or purchase order, (4) provide that Owner, Collier County Government, will be an additional insured on all liability insurance policies required to be provided by the Subcontractor except workman's compensation and business automobile policies, (5) assign all warranties directly to Owner, and (6) identify Owner as an intended third -party beneficiary of the subcontract or purchase order. Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make copies of such documents available to its sub - subcontractors. 33.5 Each Subcontractor performing work at the Project Site must agree to provide field (on -site) supervision through a named superintendent for each trade (e.g., general concrete forming and placement, masonry, mechanical, plumbing, electrical and roofing) included in its subcontract or purchase order. In addition, the Subcontractor shall assign and name a qualified employee for scheduling direction for its portion of the Work. The supervisory employees of the Subcontractor (including field superintendent, foreman and schedulers at all levels) must have been employed in a supervisory (leadership) capacity of substantially equivalent level on a similar project for at least two years within the last five years. The Subcontractor shall include a resume of experience for each employee identified by it to supervise and schedule its work. 33.6 Unless otherwise expressly waived by Owner in writing, all subcontracts and purchase orders shall provide: 33.6.1 That the Subcontractor's exclusive remedy for delays in the performance of the subcontract or purchase order caused by events beyond its control, including delays claimed to be caused by Owner or Design Professional or attributable to Owner or Design Professional and including claims based on breach of contract or negligence, shall be an extension of its contract time. 33.6.2 In the event of a change in the work, the Subcontractor's claim for adjustments in the contract sum are limited exclusively to its actual costs for such changes plus no more than 10% for overhead and profit. 33.6.3 The subcontract or purchase order, as applicable, shall require the Subcontractor to expressly agree that the foregoing constitute its sole and exclusive remedies for delays and changes in the Work and thus eliminate any other remedies for claim for increase in the contract price, damages, losses or additional compensation. Further, Contractor shall require all Subcontractors to similarly incorporate the terms of this Section 33.6 into their sub - subcontracts and purchase orders. GC- CA -H -28 tol1: 33.6.4 Each subcontract and purchase order shall require that any claims by Subcontractor for delay or additional cost must be submitted to Contractor within the time and in the manner in which Contractor must submit such claims to Owner, and that failure to comply with such conditions for giving notice and submitting claims shall result in the waiver of such claims. 34. CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 34.1 Contractor shall maintain at the Project site, originals or copies of, on a current basis, all Project files and records, including, but not limited to, the following administrative records: 34.1.1 Subcontracts and Purchase Orders 34.1.2 Subcontractor Licenses 34.1.3 Shop Drawing Submittal /Approval Logs 34.1.4 Equipment Purchase /Delivery Logs 34.1.5 Contract Drawings and Specifications with Addenda 34.1.6 Warranties and Guarantees 34.1.7 Cost Accounting Records 34.1.8 Labor Costs 34.1.9 Material Costs 34.1.10 Equipment Costs 34.1.11 Cost Proposal Request 34.1.12 Payment Request Records 34.1.13 Meeting Minutes 34.1.14 Cost - Estimates 34.1.15 Bulletin Quotations 34.1.16 Lab Test Reports 34.1.17 Insurance Certificates and Bonds 34.1.18 Contract Changes 34.1.19 Permits 34.1.20 Material Purchase Delivery Logs 34.1.21 Technical Standards 34.1.22 Design Handbooks 34.1.23 "As- Built" Marked Prints 34.1.24 Operating & Maintenance Instruction 34.1.25 Daily Progress Reports 34.1.26 Monthly Progress Reports 34.1.27 Correspondence Files 34.1.28 Transmittal Records 34.1.29 Inspection Reports 34.1.30 Punch Lists 34.1.31 PMIS Schedule and Updates 34.1.32 Suspense (Tickler) Files of Outstanding Requirements GC- CA -H -29 •1. The Project files and records shall be available at all times to Owner and Design Professional or their designees for reference, review or copying. 34.2 Contractor Presentations At the discretion of the County, the Contractor may be required to provide a brief update on the Project to the Collier County Board of County Commissioners, "Board ", up to two (2) times per contract term. Presentations shall be made in a properly advertised Public Meeting on a schedule to be determined by the County Manager or his designee. Prior to the scheduled presentation date, the Contractor shall meet with appropriate County staff to discuss the presentation requirements and format. Presentations may include, but not be limited to, the following information: Original contract amount, project schedule, project completion date and any changes to the aforementioned since Notice to Proceed was issued. 35. SECURITY If required, Vendor / Contractor / Proposer shall be responsible for the costs of providing background checks and drug testing for all employees that shall provide services to the County under this Agreement. This may include, but not be limited to, checking federal, state and local law enforcement records, including a state and FBI fingerprint check, credit reports, education, residence and employment verifications and other related records. Contractor shall be required to maintain records on each employee and make them available to the County for at least four (4) years. 36. VENUE Any suit or action brought by either party to this Agreement against the other party relating to or arising out of this Agreement must be brought in the appropriate federal or state courts in Collier County, Florida, which courts have sole and exclusive jurisdiction on all such matters. 37. VALUE ENGINEERING All projects with an estimated cost of $10 million or more shall be reviewed for consideration of a Value Engineering (VE) study conducted during project development. A "project" shall be defined as the collective contracts, which may include but not be limited to: design, construction, and construction, engineering and inspection (CEI) services. Additionally, any project with an estimated construction value of $2 million or more may be reviewed for VE at the discretion of the County. 38. ABOVEGROUND /UNDERGROUND TANKS An underground 62 -761, Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.) or aboveground 62 -762, F.A.C. regulated tank requires notification to the `County prior to installation or closure of the tank. The Pollution Control Department (239- 252 - 2502), via contract GC -690 with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), is the County (local program) for the purposes of these rules. GC- CA -H -30 � ' f Regulated tanks require notification to the 'county' local program thirty (30) days prior to installation and again forty -eight (48) hours prior to commencement of the installation. Closure activities require a ten (10) day notification and then a forty -eight (48) hour notification prior to commencement. The notification is to allow for scheduling of the inspections pertaining to the installation /closure activities. A series of inspections will be scheduled based upon system design after discussing the project with the contractor /project manager. Specifics on applicability, exemptions, and requirements for regulated pollutant storage tank systems can be found in 62 -761, F.A.C. and 62 -762, F.A.C. or you may contact the Pollution Control Department with your questions. Please note that equipment must be listed on the FDEP approved equipment list and will be verified at inspection along with installation and testing procedures. The approved equipment list is constantly updated and can be found at the FDEP Storage Tank Regulation website along with rules, forms and other applicable information. 39. STANDARDS OF CONDUCT: PROJECT MANAGER, SUPERVISOR, EMPLOYEES. The Contractor shall employ people to work on Owner's projects who are neat, clean, well - groomed and courteous. Subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act, Contractor shall supply competent employees who are physically capable of performing their employment duties. The Owner may require the Contractor to remove an employee it deems careless, incompetent, insubordinate or otherwise objectionable and whose continued employment on Owner's projects is not in the best interest of the County. 40. DISPUTE RESOLUTION Prior to the initiation of any action or proceeding permitted by this Agreement to resolve disputes between the parties, the parties shall make a good faith effort to resolve any such disputes by negotiation. The negotiation shall be attended by representatives of CONSULTANT with full decision - making authority and by OWNER'S staff person who would make the presentation of any settlement reached during negotiations to OWNER for approval. Failing resolution, and prior to the commencement of depositions in any litigation between the parties arising out of this Agreement, the parties shall attempt to resolve the dispute through Mediation before an agreed -upon Circuit Court Mediator certified by the State of Florida. The mediation shall be attended by representatives of CONSULTANT with full decision - making authority and by OWNER'S staff person who would make the presentation of any settlement reached at mediation to OWNER'S board for approval. Should either party fail to submit to mediation as required hereunder, the other party may obtain a court order requiring mediation under Section 44.102, Fla. Stat. Any suit or action brought by either party to this Agreement against the other party relating to or arising out of this Agreement must be brought in the appropriate federal or state courts in Collier County, Florida, which courts have sole and exclusive jurisdiction on all such matters. GC- CA -H -31 1' EXHIBIT I SUPPLEMENTAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS The County may, at its discretion, use VISA/MASTER card credit network as a payment vehicle for goods and /or services purchased as a part of this contract. GC- CA -1 -1 1698 , EXHIBIT J TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS See Project Manual and Specifications and any addenda making changes thereto. GC- CA -J -1 EXHIBIT K PERMITS GC- CA -K -1 1608 , 16084 EXHIBIT L STANDARD DETAILS GC- CA -L -1 •1: EXHIBIT M PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS GC- CA -M -1 I]] EXHIBIT N CONTRACTOR'S KEY PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO THE PROJECT GC- CA -N -1